PopSugar

Exercise No Good For Weight Loss?

FitSugar — Thu, 06 Aug 2009 14:30:17 -0700

A couple of years ago the Cardio Free Diet introduced popular culture to the concept that exercise and weight loss were incompatible. Recently we learned that exercise doesn't boost fat-burning. Now Time magazine's new cover story investigates the seemingly detrimental relationship even further. A thumbnail sketch of the article: exercise makes you hungry, so you eat more and don't lose weight.

Should you give up the treadmill forever? Learn more.

Skin wrinkles and blemishes

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:34:59 -0700

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Smoking and Skin Damage

The skin of smokers ages more rapidly than the skin of non-smokers, even in areas of the body not exposed to sunlight, according to a 2007 study. Women in the study who smoked also had much lower levels of vitamin E secretions in their skin. Vitamin E may protect the skin from sun damage.
There may be an association between smoking and higher frequency of a type of acne (noninflammatory acne) in adult women, according to a European study.

Antioxidants and Your Skin

A study in the Journal of Nutrition found that a combination of antioxidants and trace elements supplementation raises the risk of skin cancer in women, but not in men.

Ultraviolet Radiation

Overall, exposure to ultraviolet radiation from sunlight (radiation referred to as UVA or UVB) accounts for about 90% of the symptoms of premature skin aging.
UVB primarily affects the outer skin layers. It is most intense when sunlight is brightest. People receive slightly over 70% of their yearly UVB dose during the summer.
UVA penetrates more deeply and efficiently. The intensity of UVA rays is less dependent on the time of day and season of the year than that of UVB rays.

Vitamin D

A report analyzing studies of vitamin D supplementation found that people who take vitamin D supplements live longer than those who do not. People who avoid sunlight are at risk for vitamin D deficiency.

Introduction

As you age, your skin undergoes progressive changes:

The cells divide more slowly, and the inner layer of skin (the dermis) starts to thin. Fat cells beneath the dermis begin to shrink. In addition, the ability of the skin to repair itself decreases with age, so wounds heal more slowly. The thinning skin becomes vulnerable to injuries and damage.
The deeper layer of the skin, which provides scaffolding for the surface skin layers, loosens and unravels. Skin then loses its elasticity (ability to stretch). When pressed, it no longer springs back to its initial position. Instead, older skin sags and forms furrows.
The sweat- and oil-secreting glands atrophy (waste away), leaving the skin without a protective layer of water and fat. The skin's ability to stay moisturized then decreases, and it becomes dry and scaly.
Frown lines (those between the eyebrows) and crow's feet (lines that spread from the corners of the eyes) appear to develop because of permanent small muscle contractions. Habitual facial expressions also form characteristic lines.
Gravity makes the situation worse, contributing to the formation of jowls and drooping eyelids. Eyebrows, surprisingly, move up as a person ages, possibly pulled up by forehead wrinkles.

Wrinkles can have a profound impact on self-esteem. The stigma attached to looking old is evidenced by the more than $12 billion Americans spend each year on cosmetics to hide the signs of aging. Our society places a premium on youthfulness, and age discrimination in the workplace, although illegal, has stalled many people's careers. Indeed, the emotional consequences of aging explain in large part why the cosmetics industry and plastic surgeons thrive.

The sun is the most important cause of prematurely aging skin (a process called photoaging) and skin cancers. Overall, exposure to ultraviolet radiation from sunlight (radiation referred to as UVA or UVB) accounts for about 90% of the symptoms of premature skin aging. Most of these effects occur by age 20:

Even small amounts of UV radiation trigger the processes leading to skin wrinkles.
Long-term repetitive exposure to sunlight adds up, and likely is responsible for the vast majority of unwanted consequences of aging skin, including basal cell and squamous cell cancers.
Intense exposure to sunlight in early life is an important cause of melanoma, a particularly aggressive type of skin cancer.

Initial Damaging Effects of Sunlight. Ultraviolet radiation penetrates the layers of the skin. Both UVA and UVB rays cause damage leading to wrinkles, lower immunity against infection, aging skin disorders, and cancer. They appear to damage cells in different ways, however.

UVB is the main cause of sunburns, and primarily affects the outer skin layers. UVB is most intense at midday when sunlight is brightest. People receive slightly over 70% of their yearly UVB dose during the summer. We receive only 28% during the remainder of the year. Window glass filters out UVB.
UVA penetrates more deeply and efficiently. The intensity of UVA rays is less dependent on the time of day and season of the year than that of UVB rays. For example, you receive only about half of your yearly UVA dose during the summer months, with the balance spread over the rest of the year. Window glass does NOT filter out UVA.

Both UVA and UVB rays cause damage to the body, including genetic injury, wrinkles, aging skin disorders, and skin cancers. Exactly how they cause this damage is not yet fully understood.

Processes Leading to Wrinkles. Even small amounts of UV radiation trigger the processes that can cause wrinkles:

Sunlight damages collagen fibers (the major protein that gives structure to the skin). Sunlight also causes damage to elastin, a protein in the skin that normally maintains springiness and strength of tissue beneath the skin.
In response to this sun-induced elastin accumulation, the body produces large amounts of enzymes called metalloproteinases. One study indicated that when people with light to moderate skin color are exposed to sunlight for just 5 - 15 minutes, the metalloproteinase levels in their body remain high for about a week.
The normal function of these metalloproteinases is generally positive -- to remodel the sun-injured tissue by producing and repairing collagen. This is an imperfect process, however, and some of metalloproteinases produced by sunlight actually degrade (break down) collagen. The result is an uneven formation (matrix) of disorganized collagen fibers called solar scars. Repetition of this imperfect skin rebuilding causes wrinkles.
An important event in this process is the over-production of oxidants, also called free radicals. These are unstable molecules that are normally produced by chemical processes in the body, a process called oxidation. Environmental damage, however, causes an overproduction of oxidants. Excessive amounts of oxidants damage the body's cells and even alter their genetic material. Oxidation may contribute to wrinkling by activating the specific metalloproteinases that degrade connective tissue.

In addition to sunlight, other factors may hasten the formation of wrinkles:

Cigarette Smoke. Smoking produces oxygen-free radicals, which accelerate wrinkles and aging skin disorders, and increase the risk for non-melanoma skin cancers. Studies also suggest that smoking and subsequent oxidation produce higher levels of metalloproteinases, the enzymes associated with wrinkles.

Air Pollution. Ozone, a common air pollutant, may be a particular problem for the skin. One study reported that it might deplete the amount of vitamin E in the skin. This vitamin is an important antioxidant.

Rapid Weight Loss. If weight loss occurs too rapidly, the volume of fat cells that cushion the face are also decreased before chemicals in the skin can react. This not only makes a person look gaunt, but can cause the skin to sag.

Blemishes

This report covers three types of blemishes: Liver spots, purpura, and seborrheic keratoses (or warts).

Liver spots (known as lentigos, or sun-induced or pigmented lesions) are flat brown spots on the skin. They are almost universal signs of aging. Occurring most noticeably on the hands and face, these blemishes tend to enlarge and darken over time. The extent and severity of the spots are determined by a combination of skin type, sun exposure, and age. These spots are harmless, but should be distinguished from lentigo maligna, which is an early sign of melanoma.

Liver spots or age spots are a type of skin change that are associated with aging. The increased pigmentation may be brought on by exposure to sun, or other forms of ultraviolet light, or other unknown causes.

Treating Liver Spots. Liver spots do not require treatment, although some people are distressed by their appearance. Treatments may include the following:

Trichloroacetic acid (a chemical peel).
Tretinoin (Retin A) alone or in a combination with Mequinol (Solagé). Tretinoin is related to vitamin A, and is also effective in treating wrinkles.
Gentle freezing with liquid nitrogen (cryotherapy).
Laser treatment. Specific lasers, such as the Nd:YAG, are effective in eliminating 80% of liver spots in one treatment. It may be more effective than cryotherapy and have fewer side effects.
Bleaching creams -- these are commonly available but are not as satisfactory as peels, and high concentrations can sometimes cause permanent loss of skin color.

Purpura occurs when tiny capillaries (blood vessels) break and leak blood into the skin. In older people, the condition (called senile or actinic purpura) is usually caused by fragile blood vessels. The capillaries appear as flat purplish patches. These patches are called petechiae when they are smaller than 3 mm (about a tenth of an inch). When they are greater than 3 mm, they are referred to as ecchymoses. Patients typically complain of a rash, which may appear reddish at first but gradually change color, turning brown or purple.

Treatment. Although there is no specific treatment for purpura, patients are advised to avoid trauma, including vigorous rubbing of the skin, which may be sufficient to damage the capillaries. Emollients that soften the skin may be helpful. Some doctors also recommend vitamin C, but its effectiveness is unproven.

Seborrheic keratoses, (also called seborrheic warts), are among the most common skin disorders in older adults. Their cause or causes are unknown. They usually appear on the head, neck, or trunk and can range in size from 0.2 - 3 cm (a little over an inch). They are well defined and appear to be pasted onto the skin, but their appearance can vary widely:

They can be smooth with tiny, round, pearl-like formations embedded in them.
They can be rough and warty.
They can be brown or black.

Seborrheic keratoses sometimes look like melanoma, since they can have an irregular border, but they are always benign. A dermatologist can tell the difference between them, although experts warn that melanomas may "hide" among these benign lesions and go unnoticed without close inspection. In general, seborrheic keratoses have a uniform appearance while melanomas often have a smooth surface that varies in height, color density, and shading. In some cases, keratoses may cause itching or irritation. They can be easily removed with surgery or freezing. Vitamin D3 ointment is also showing promise in clinical trials.

Risk Factors

Exposure to Sun in Childhood. It is estimated that 50 - 80% of skin damage occurs in childhood and adolescence from intermittent, intense sun exposure that causes severe sunburns. In spite of this now well-known effect, many people still believe that a tan in children signifies health. And even though many parents are concerned about sun exposure, they still rely too much on sunscreen and not enough on protective clothing.

The Elderly. Most people over 70 have at least one skin disorder. Many have three or four. Everyone experiences skin changes as they age, but a long life is not the sole determinant of aging skin. Family history, genetics, and behavioral choices all have a profound impact on the onset of aging-skin symptoms.

Of all the risk factors for aging skin, exposure to UV radiation from sunlight is by far the most serious. Indeed, the vast majority of undesirable consequences of aging skin occur in individuals who are repetitively exposed to the sun, including the following:

Outdoor workers, such as farmers, fishermen, construction workers, and lifeguards
Outdoor enthusiasts
Sunbathers
People who regularly attend tanning salons or use tanning beds (One study indicated that regular use significantly increases the risk for non-melanoma skin cancers. Fair-skinned women under age 50 may be at particular risk.)

Experts have devised a classification system for skin phototypes (SPTs) based on the sensitivity to sunlight. It ranges from SPT I (lightest skin plus other factors) to IV (darkest skin). People with skin types I and II are at highest risk for photoaging skin diseases, including cancer. It should be noted, however, that premature aging from sunlight can affect people of all skin shades.


Skin Type	Tanning and Burning History
I	Always burns, never tans, sensitive to sun exposure
II	Burns easily, tans minimally
III	Burns moderately, tans gradually to light brown
IV	Burns minimally, always tans well to moderately brown
V	Rarely burns, tans profusely to dark
VI	Never burns, deeply pigmented, least sensitive

The common belief is that women are at greater risk for wrinkles than men. Some evidence suggests, however, that given the same risk factors, men and women in the same age groups have comparable risks for skin photoaging. In a French study, the evidence of moderate-to-severe photoaging was observed in the following:

Twenty two percent of women and 17% of men ages 45 - 49
Thirty six percent of women and 38% of men by age 54
Nearly half of both men and women by age 60

Some studies report that men are more likely to develop non-melanoma skin cancers.

Heavy smokers are almost five times more likely to have wrinkled facial skin than nonsmokers, according to one study. The skin of smokers in areas of their bodies not exposed to sunlight also seems to age more rapidly, compared to non-smokers in the same age group, according to a 2007 study. In fact, heavy smokers in their 40s often have facial wrinkles more like those of nonsmokers in their 60s.

Studies of identical twins have found smokers to have thinner skin (in some cases by as much as 40%), more severe wrinkles, and more gray hair than their non-smoking twins. Even worse, cigarette smokers are more prone to skin cancers, including squamous cell carcinoma and giant basal cell carcinomas. A European study found an association between smoking and higher frequency of a particular type of acne in adult women. The study also found that women who smoked had much lower levels of vitamin E secretions in their skin. Vitamin E is an antioxidant that may help protect the skin from sun damage. [See In-Depth Report #41: Smoking.]

Prevention

The best long-term prevention for overly wrinkled skin is a healthy lifestyle.

Eat Healthy. A diet with plenty of whole grains, fresh fruits and vegetables, and the use of healthy oils (such as olive oil) may protect against oxidative stress in the skin. One study reported that people over age 70 years had fewer wrinkles if they ate such foods. Diet played a role in improving skin regardless of whether the people in the study smoked or lived in sunny countries. Benefits from these foods may be due to high levels of anti-oxidants found in them.

Exercise. Daily exercise keeps blood flowing, which brings oxygen to the skin. Oxygen is an important ingredient for healthy skin.

Reduce Stress. Reducing stress and tension may have benefits on the skin.

Quit Smoking. Smoking not only increases wrinkles, but smokers have a risk for squamous cell cancers that is 50% higher than nonsmokers' risk. Smokers should quit smoking to prevent many health problems, not just unhealthy skin.

The following are some daily measures for skin protection:

Don't wash your face too often with tap water. (Once a day is enough.) It strips the skin of oil and moisture. In addition, chlorinated water, particularly at high temperatures, poses special risks for wrinkles.
Wash your face with a mild soap that contains moisturizers. Avoid alkaline soaps, especially with deodorant.
Pat the skin dry and immediately apply a water-based moisturizer.
Always apply sunscreen, even if going outdoors for short periods.
Avoid drinking alcohol within 3 hours of bedtime. Alcohol increases the risk for leaks in the capillaries, which allows more water in and causes sagging and puffiness. Capillary leakage increases when one is lying down.
Lie on the back when sleeping. This helps offset the effects of gravity.

One of the most important ways to prevent skin damage is to avoid episodes of excessive sun exposure. The following are some specific guidelines:

Use sunscreens that block out both UVA and UVB radiation. However, do not rely only on sunscreen for sun protection. Wear protective clothing and sunglasses in addition.
Avoid exposure particularly from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m., when sunlight pours down 80% of its daily UV dose.
Avoid reflective surfaces, such as water, sand, concrete, and white-painted areas. Clouds and haze are not protective and in some cases may intensify UVB rays.
Ultraviolet intensity depends on the angle of the sun, not heat or brightness. So the dangers are greater the closer to the summer-start date. For example, in the Northern Hemisphere, UV intensity in April (2 months before summer starts) is equal to that in August (2 months after summer begins).
The higher the altitude the quicker one sunburns. One study suggested, for example, that an average complexion burns in 6 minutes at an altitude of 11,000 feet at noon, compared with 25 minutes at sea level in a temperate climate.
Avoid sun lamps and tanning beds or salons. They provide mostly high-output UVA rays. Some experts believe that 15 - 30 minutes at a tanning salon is as dangerous as a day spent in the sun. People should not be misled by advertising claims of "safe" tanning or promotions offering unlimited tanning.

Sunscreens. The use of sunscreens is complex, and everyone should understand how and when to use them. The bottom line is not that people should avoid sunscreens or sunblocks, but that they should always use them in combination with other sun-protective measures.

Protective Clothing. Wearing sun-protective clothing is extremely important and protects even better than sunscreens. Special clothing is now available for blocking UV rays and is rated using SPF ratings or a system called the UPF (ultraviolet protection factor) index, with 50 UPF being the highest. (According to one study, this is a very reliable indicator of protection.) The clothing is expensive, however. The following are some tips for everyone:

Adults and children should wear hats with wide brims. Even wearing a hat, however, may not be fully protective against skin cancers on the head and neck.
People should look for loosely fitted, unbleached, tightly woven fabrics. The tighter the weave, the more protective the garment.
Washing clothes over and over improves UPF by drawing fabrics together during shrinkage. An easy way to assess protection is simply to hold the garment up to a window or lamp and see how much light comes through. The less the better.
Everyone over age 1 should wear sunglasses that block all UVA and UVB rays.

Chemical Tanners. Some research suggests that melanin and dihydroxyacetone (DHA), the active ingredients in many self-tanning lotions, may help filter out UVA and UVB radiation and are therefore protective against sun damage More research is underway. A preliminary study funded by the National Cancer Institute found that people who received numerous daily injections of melanotan-1 (MT-1) before going in the sun or a tanning bed tanned more quickly and showed fewer signs of sun-related damage. MT-1 is a synthetic version of the hormone melanin, which helps produce the skin's natural pigment (color).

In choosing a sunscreen, look at the ingredients. Preparations that help block UV radiation are sometimes classified as sunscreens or sunblocks, according to the substances they contain. In general, sunscreens contain organic formulas and sunblocks inorganic formulas. However, the term sunblock is used less and less as sunscreens increasingly contain both kinds of ingredients:

Organic formulas contain UV-filtering chemicals such as octocrylene, octyl salicylate, homosalate, and octyl methoxycinnamate (block UVB), avobenzone-Parsol 1789 (blocks UVA), cinoxate, ethylhexyl p-methoxycinnamate (blocks UVB and small amounts of UVA), oxybenzone, benzophenone-3 (blocks UVA/UVB). People should look for a wide-spectrum sunscreen that contains combinations of these ingredients and filter both UVA and UVB. Of note: para-amino benzoic acid (PABA), once a popular ingredient, is now used infrequently. PABA may actually break down in the presence of UV exposure and release harmful oxidants. In addition, many people have an allergic reaction to it. Some products contain PABA derivatives, such as padimate O or octyl dimethyl PABA. It is not known if they have the same effects.
The Food and Drug Administration approved Anthelios SX in July 2006. This new sunscreen prevents sunburn and protects against ultraviolet A and B rays. The product contains ecamsule, an ingredient not previously marketed in the United States.
Inorganic formulas contain the UV-blocking pigments zinc oxide or titanium dioxide. Zinc and titanium oxides lie on top of the skin and are not absorbed. They prevent nearly all UVA and UVB rays from reaching the skin. Older sunblocks are white, pasty, and unattractive, but current products use so-called microfine oxides, either zinc (Z-Cote) or titanium. They are transparent and nearly as protective as the older types. Microfine zinc oxide may be more protective and less pasty-colored than microfine titanium oxide.

Inexpensive products work as well as expensive ones with the same ingredients. Unfortunately, there are still no standards for sunscreens, and even those claiming UVA protection may offer very little. In one study, the average UVA protection from a wide range of brands was only 23%. In fact, the average protection of brands not making the claim was 37%!

Organic formulas and inorganic microfine oxides do not protect against visible light, which is a problem for people who have light-sensitive skin conditions, including actinic prurigo, porphyria, and chronic actinic dermatitis. Inorganic sunscreens that protect against visible light and are still cosmetically acceptable are now available in Europe, but not yet in the US.

Calculating the SPF. The sun protection factor (SPF) on all sunscreen labels is a ratio based on the amount of UVB (not UVA) radiation required to turn sunscreen- or sunblock-treated skin red compared to non-treated skin. For instance, people who sunburn in 5 minutes and who want to stay in the sun for 150 minutes might use an SPF 30. The formula would be: 30 (the SPF number) times 5 (minutes to burn) = 150 minutes in the sun.

Protection offered by sunscreens may be classified as follows:

Minimal: SPF 2 to 11.
Moderate: SPF 12 through 29.
High: 30+. (Although some sunscreens claim SPFs higher than 30, the added protection at such higher levels is insignificant.)

SPF Levels by Age Group. Certain groups should have higher or lower SPFs depending on age and other factors:

Although sunscreens are safe in most toddlers and children, they should not be the first and only lines of defense. In fact, experts are worrying that by relying too much on sunscreen and not providing other protective measures, parents may actually be increasing their children's risk for melanoma. All young children should be well covered with clothing, sunglasses, and hats as the first line of defense against sunburn. Children should be kept out of the sun during peak sunlight periods. Sunscreens should not be used on babies younger than 6 months without consulting a doctor.
Older children and adults (even those with darker skin) benefit from using SPFs of 15 and over. Some experts recommend that most people should use SPF 30 on the face and 15 on the body.
Adults who burn easily instead of tanning and anyone with risk factors for skin cancer should use at least SPF 30.

Timing and Amount of Application. You should apply sunscreen or sunblock liberally as follows:

Adults should include sunscreen with a daily skin regimen, even if going outdoors for only a short time.
Apply a large amount to all exposed areas, including ears and feet. To achieve protection as indicated by the sunscreen's SPF, experts recommend half a teaspoon each for the head, neck, and each arm and a teaspoon each for the chest area, the back, and each leg.
Apply initially 30 minutes before venturing outdoors for best results. (This allows time for the sunscreen to be absorbed. Then reapply every 15 - 30 minutes while being in the sunlight.
Also reapply each time after exercise or swimming. (Choose a waterproof or water-resistant formula even if activities don't include swimming. Waterproof formulas last for about 40 minutes in the water, whereas water-resistant formulas last half as long.)
Insect repellents reduce sunscreen SPFs by up to one-third. Use higher SPFs and very liberal application when applying both.

Sunscreen Use May Not Protect Against Basal Cell and Melanoma Cancers and May Even Increase the Risk. Although sunscreens help prevent squamous cell carcinomas and other skin disorders, sunscreens do not appear to provide protection against melanoma and some basal cell cancers. In fact, some studies have reported a higher association with sunscreen use and these skin malignancies, though not all studies report such negative results.

The reasons for this possible increased risk are unclear, though some theories include the following:

Until recently, many sunscreens blocked only or mostly UVB rays and not UVA, the more deeply penetrating rays now known to be especially dangerous. Past studies may not have reflected the effects of the broad-spectrum sunscreens now available, which block both UVA and UVB.
People who apply sunscreens may feel safe and stay out longer during high sun-exposure hours than is safe. Even if a person doesn't sunburn, UVA rays can still penetrate the skin and do harm.
People may not put on enough sunscreen. According to a 2002 study, people generally apply only 20 - 60% of the recommended amount, which can provide significantly less protection than the given SPF. (Of note, a 2003 study reported that when applied at the recommended amount, a broad-screen sunscreen prevents DNA damage from UV exposure. However, omitting it even once resulted in significant cell injury.)

Sunscreen Use May Increase the Risk for Health Problems Related to Sunlight Deficiencies. There is some major concern that underexposure to sunlight, due to the use of sunscreens or sun-avoidance measures, may produce other health problems, such as the following:

Vitamin D Deficiency. Vitamin D is found in only a few foods, such as fortified dairy products and fish, but it is produced in the skin in response to UVB sunlight. A medical literature review published in the journal Nutrition and Cancer reported that UVB rays may outshine dietary supplements for building the body's vitamin D reserves. Without an appropriate mix of diet and supplements, vigorous sun protection measures may increase a person's risk for developing vitamin D deficiency. Vitamin D is important for prevention of rickets, osteoporosis, and some cancers, including melanoma. People who need to avoid sunlight and whose diet is low in foods that contain vitamin D should check with their doctor about taking supplements. People with darker skin are at higher risk for deficiencies from sun protection than those with whiter skin. Note: vitamin D is toxic in high doses. Most doctors recommend 200 IU a day (for young adults) to 600 IU a day (above age 70). Doses up to 2,000 IU a day are considered safe. A report analyzing studies of vitamin D supplementation found that people who take vitamin D supplements live longer than those who do not. The researchers looked at 18 studies. They found that participants who received vitamin D supplements were, on average, 7% less likely to die during the study they were in, compared with those receiving "sugar pills."
Other Cancers. Although sunlight is implicated in skin cancers, it is also associated with lower risks for breast, prostate, ovarian, and colon cancers. Some protection against these cancers may be related to vitamin D production by sunlight.
Depression. Many people suffer from SAD (seasonal affective disorder), a form of depression that generally occurs in winter and is associated with exposure to less sunlight.

The bottom line is that some sunlight is important and even necessary for a healthful and high-quality life. Adults may benefit from daily moderate tanning (20 - 30 maximum minutes of exposure during lower-risk hours) over several days to slowly build up pigment in the skin.

Treatment

An increasing number of dermatology patients are looking for a way to improve the appearance of their skin. As a result, more and more products have become available to treat skin wrinkles and blemishes. From vitamins and supplements to exfoliants and chemical peels -- the options can be overwhelming. In some cases, more than one approach may be needed.

Antioxidants are substances that hunt oxygen-free radicals, the unstable particles that can damage cells. Free radicals may also cause sun damage and even skin cancers. Exposure to sunlight depletes antioxidants in the skin, and therefore they must be replaced.

Antioxidant ointments, creams, and lotions ("topical products") may help reduce the risk of wrinkles and protect against sun damage. Unlike sunscreens, they build up in the skin and are not washed away, so the protection may last. Selenium, coenzyme Q10 (CoQ10), and alpha-lipoic acid are types of antioxidants that come in topical form. Many are proving to be very beneficial for the skin.

Vitamin A. Vitamin A is important for skin health. UV radiation produces vitamin A deficiencies in the skin. Topical products containing natural forms of vitamin A (retinol, retinaldehyde) or vitamin A-related products called retinoids (tretinoin, tazarotene) may help repair skin damage due to sunburn and natural aging.

Tretinoin (Retin-A). Tretinoin (known commercially as Retin-A) is the only topical agent approved for treating photoaging and is available in prescription form (Avita, Renova, Differin). The June 2004 issue of Dermatology Surgery reported that tretinoin (0.25% concentration) was an effective and well-tolerated treatment for photodamaged facial skin. This drug produces a rosy glow and reduces fine and large wrinkles, liver spots, and surface roughness. It also may help prevent more serious effects of ultraviolet radiation. Patients may apply tretinoin to the face, neck, chest, hands, and forearms, and should do so at least twice a week. Noticeable improvement takes 2 - 6 months. Because Retin-A increases a person's sensitivity to the sun, patients should apply just a tiny amount at bedtime, and wear sunblock during the day. Patients should also avoid overexposure to the sun. Almost all patients experience redness, scaling, burning, and itching after 2 or 3 days that can last up to 3 months. In women who experience irritation, a daytime moisturizer or low-dose corticosteroid cream, such as 1% hydrocortisone, may help. There is some concern that overuse of high-dose tretinoin may cause excessive skin thinness over time. Studies now suggest that low concentrations (as low as .02%) of tretinoin can produce significant improvements in wrinkles and skin color, with less irritation than the higher doses.
Retinol. Retinol, a natural form of vitamin A, could not, until recently, be used in skin products because it was unstable and easily broken down by UV radiation. Stable preparations are now sold over the counter. In the right concentrations, retinol may be as effective as tretinoin, and studies indicate that it has fewer side effects. An animal study suggests that adding antioxidant creams (such as those containing vitamins C or E) may offer added protection against degradation of retinol, but not tretinoin. The Food and Drug Administration warns that over-the-counter retinol skin products are unregulated. The amount of active ingredients is unknown, and some preparations, in fact, may contain almost no retinol.
Tazarotene. Tazarotene (Tazorac, Zorac, Avage) is a retinoid used for acne and psoriasis. It has now been approved for treating wrinkles, skin discoloration, and blemishes due to photoaging. One short-term study suggested that it may be as effective as tretinoin and even slightly better at high doses. At such high doses, however, it can cause very severe irritation. Redness and peeling may be reduced by administering tretinoin first to get the skin acclimated. A randomized study of 562 patients with facial photodamage found that a daily application of tazarotene 0.1% cream resulted in a minimum 1 grade improvement in fine and coarse wrinkling, uneven skin color, pore size, skin roughness, and overall photodamage. More research is needed to determine if it produces any long-lasting significant benefits.

Warning: Pregnant women and those who may become pregnant should avoid any vitamin A derivative (a product related to vitamin A). For example, oral tretinoin causes birth defects, and women should avoid even topical Retin-A when pregnant or trying to conceive.

Vitamin C. Vitamin C, or ascorbic acid, is a very potent antioxidant. Most studies on the effects of antioxidants on the skin have used this vitamin. In laboratory studies, large amounts of vitamin C reduced skin swelling and protected immune factors from sunlight. It may even promote collagen production. Vitamin C by itself is unstable, but products that solve the delivery problem are now available (such as Cellex-C, Avon's Anew Formula C Treatment Capsules, Physician Elite, and others). More research is needed.

Antioxidants Under Investigation for Skin Care. Other antioxidants are also being investigated for their value in skin protection. Most available brands, however, contain very low concentrations of these antioxidants. In addition, they are also not well absorbed and have a short-term effect. New delivery techniques, however, may prove to offset some of these problems.

Vitamin E. Studies suggest that topical vitamin E, particularly alpha tocopherol cream (a form of vitamin E), decreased skin roughness, length of facial lines, and wrinkle depth. Studies on mice have also reported reductions in UV-induced skin cancer with its use.
Both green and black tea may provide some protection against skin cancers and photoaging. There is also some evidence that pomegranate and soy extracts may help rejuvenate aging skin.
Aloe, ginger, grape seed extract, and coral extracts contain antioxidants and are promoted as being healthy for the skin, although evidence of their effects on wrinkles is weak.

A small study found that taking vitamin C and E supplements by mouth -- at the same time -- may help reduce sunburn, although it doesn't work as well as sunscreen. Taking the vitamins separately did not have any effect. Vitamin C and E are also antioxidants.

One of the basic methods for improving skin and eliminating small wrinkles is exfoliation (also called resurfacing), which is the removal of the top layer of skin to allow regrowth of new skin. Methods for doing this run from simple scrubs to special creams to intensive peeling treatments, including laser resurfacing. People with darker skin are at particularly higher risk for scarring or discoloration with the more powerful exfoliation methods.

Abrasive Scrubs. Scrub gently with a mildly abrasive material and a soap that contains salicylic acid to remove old skin so that new skin can grow. The motion should be perpendicular to the wrinkles. Use textured material or cleansing grains with microbeads. Organic materials, such as loofahs or sea sponges, may harbor bacteria. Avoid cleansing grains that contain pulverized walnut shells and apricot seeds, which can scratch skin on a microscopic level. Cleansing grains with microbeads don't have sharp edges and remove skin without cutting it. Exfoliation using scrubs, however, can worsen certain conditions, such as acne, sensitive skin, or broken blood vessels.

Topical Alpha Hydroxy Acid and Similar Substances. Alpha hydroxy acids (AHA) ease the shedding of dead skin cells and may even stimulate the production of collagen and elastin. Their natural forms are:

Lactic acid (milk)
Glycolic acid (sugar cane)
Malic acid (found in apples and pears)
Citric acid (oranges and lemons)
Tartaric acids (grapes)

Most alpha hydroxy acid products contain glycolic acid. Skin care products are also made from polyhydroxy acids (PHAs) and beta hydroxy acids (BHAs). Research suggests that PHA products may cause less skin irritation than AHA or BHA products.

Acid concentrations in over-the-counter AHA preparations are 2 - 10%. One clinical study suggested that 8% concentrations showed modest skin improvement Some examples include Avon's Anew Intensive Treatment (8% glycolic), Pond's Age Defying Complex (8%), Elizabeth Arden's Alpha-Ceramid Intensive Skin Treatment (3 - 7.5%), and BioMedic's home product (10%). Prescription strength creams contain at least 12% glycolic acid, and glycolic acid peels of 30 - 70% concentration may be administered in a doctor's office at weekly or monthly intervals.

Response to AHA varies, and the treatment is not without risk, particularly in high-concentration products. Side effects from over-the-counter creams, prescription products, and professional AHA peels can include burns, itching, pain, and possibly scarring. Studies also suggest that AHA may increase susceptibility to sun damage, even at concentrations as low as 4%. Such effects can persist up to a week after a person stops using the product. Experts advise that people purchase products with AHA concentrations of 10% or less. Chemical peels of up to 60% are available without prescription on the Internet. Such concentrations are not recommended, except under a doctor's supervision. If any adverse effects occur, stop using the product immediately. Always avoid sunlight or use proper sun protection when using these products.

Copper Peptides. Certain copper-containing compounds may protect skin and help repair it. Note: copper is a toxic metal. When using products containing copper, buy only those that contain peptides (small protein fragments) that bind to copper. Most studies have been conducted on the copper peptide glycyl-l-histidyl-l-lysine:copper (II) or GHK-Cu. It is currently used in a number of products (such as CP Serum, Neutrogena's Visibly Firm, ProCyte's Neova).

Furfuryladenine. Furfuryladenine (Kinetin, Kinerase) is a naturally occurring growth hormone found in plant and animal DNA. It has antioxidant and anti-aging properties. Some small laboratory studies suggest that furfuryladenine may delay the onset and decrease the effects of aging on skin. However, there are no well-conducted human studies to support this suggestion.

Vitamin K. Microsponge-based vitamin K is said to clear bruises spider veins, and other small blood vessel damage. Vitamin K is important for blood clotting.

Moisturizers help prevent dryness, bruising, and tearing. They have no effect on wrinkles by themselves. Moisturizers should be applied while the skin is still damp. These products retain skin moisture in various ways:

Occlusives, such as petroleum jelly, prevent water from evaporating.
Humectants, including glycerin, act by pulling water up to the surface of the skin from deep tissues. People with oily skin generally should use the humectant type.
More powerful compounds, such as monolaurin (Glylorin), contain mixtures of fatty molecules (lipids), which may help restore the skin's natural barriers against moisture loss and damage.

Most moisturizers contain combinations of these compounds. They usually have other ingredients as well, such as alpha hydroxy acids, sunscreens, collagen, and keratin. Collagen and keratin leave a protein film and temporarily stretch the skin. They range widely in price, and a major consumer organization found little difference in general between the more and less expensive products.

The skin under the eyes is very thin and does not produce as much of the protective oils that keep skin soft and supple. Manufacturers market their under-eye gels as being able to reduce puffiness and dark circles. The creams typically work in one of two ways:

By temporarily constricting blood vessels to prevent the build-up of fluids
By firming the skin with an invisible film

Never rub the creams under the eyes, as this may cause more wrinkles to form. Instead, apply these products with a light tapping motion to stimulate the skin.

Cosmetics, if properly applied, can be surprisingly effective in camouflaging the signs of aging skin, including wrinkles and age spots. Moreover, they offer additional benefits by retarding water loss and providing a physical barrier to UV radiation. However, as women age, less is more.

Here are some suggestions for older women:

Moisturizers. Apply moisturizers before foundation. If reddish discoloration is extensive or the skin is sallow, tinted moisturizers may be helpful and can be worn alone or under foundation.

Foundations. Caking on make-up will cause cracks at the wrinkle lines and only increase the appearance of aging. Try to cover large areas of the face with a moderate-coverage foundation that has a matte or semi-matte finish. Facial powder reflects light and thus minimizes wrinkles, but people with dry skin should avoid it.

Correcting Color. When blemishes are especially prominent, applying color correctors under the foundation can be very effective:

Green neutralizers mask red lesions.
Yellow will camouflage dark circles and bruises.
Mauve (a purplish-pink color) helps neutralize sallow skin or yellowish blemishes.
A white, pearled base helps to minimize wrinkles.

Blushes. Blushes and color washes can help conceal the spidery network of dilated capillaries on the nose and cheeks. Powder blushes are preferred because they blend easily on top of foundation.

Eyes. Powder eye shadows applied on top of a moisturizer are better than cream-based shadows. Light-colored shadow, applied along the upper eyelid crease and above the iris (the colored part of the eye) is best for offsetting the appearance of deep-set eyes. You should then apply a slightly deeper shade of the same color to the lower part of the eyelid, and draw it out to the corner.

Lips. A lip-setting cream or facial foundation should be applied before lipstick to help prevent it from bleeding into surrounding wrinkles. Try using a stiff bristle brush instead of a lip pencil. The brush will help keep the lipstick on and prevent bleeding. (Some women use the pencil itself for the full lip, which gives color but appears natural.) Some make-up artists recommend cream lipsticks instead of matte.

The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) does not regulate herbal remedies and dietary supplements. In other words, the manufacturers and distributors of such products do not need FDA approval to sell their products. In addition, any substance that affects the body's chemistry can, like any drug, produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been numerous reported cases of serious and even deadly side effects from herbal products.

Overexposure to sunlight can damage skin. The following natural remedies may cause extra sensitivity to light (photosensitivity):

St. John's wort (Hypericum perforatum) is a popular herbal remedy for depression. People who are sensitive to light should not use it. A case report suggests that St. John's wort may cause skin reactions in patients who have laser treatment.
Kava (Piper methysticum) is an herb used to calm nerves and reduce stress. In addition to photosensitivity, it can cause liver damage.
Yohimbe (Pausinystalia yohimbe) is used to treat erectile dysfunction. Both the herb and the pharmaceutical drug (yohimbine) can cause sensitivity to light.
Essential oils in many botanical aromatherapy products can trigger photosensitivity. Avoid citrus oils (grapefruit, lemon, lime, and orange) as well as bergamot, cumin, ginger, and angelica root oils.

Resurfacing Treatments

There are many choices for skin resurfacing (also called exfoliation), and the patient must consider several different factors that affect the choice. Resurfacing can achieve the following:

Removal of abnormal tissue and rough skin
Stimulation of new skin growth
Stimulation of collagen and elastin production

In addition to determining the skill of the surgeon and the safety of the procedure, the patient must discuss the desired depth of the resurfacing and the capability of each procedure to reach this depth safely. All resurfacing procedures require a healing period afterward, during which the skin is red and sensitive. The deeper the procedure, the higher the risk for complications, including delayed healing, infection, loss of pigment (skin color), and scarring.

If you make the decision to pursue intensive treatments, consider the following factors, among others, and discuss them with your dermatologist or plastic surgeon:

The ability of the procedure to safely reduce wrinkles
The ease and safety record of the procedure
The skill of the doctor
The length of recovery
Possible complications
How long the benefits will last

A person's age also helps determine the procedure:

For people in their 30s, a simple chemical peel is sufficient.
After age 40, people may benefit from collagen or fat implants.
At age 50 and over, plastic surgeons recommend laser resurfacing and customized treatments for individual needs.

In older individuals, combination procedures may be beneficial. Some examples include the following:

Laser surgery may be used for deep lines (such as those around the mouth) and chemical peels used over the rest of the face.
For enhancing the eye by correcting droopy eyelids, bags, and a "sinking" brow, combinations of eyelift (blepharoplasty), Botox, and laser resurfacing may be used.

Chemical peels, also known as chemosurgery, help restore wrinkled, lightly scarred, or blemished facial skin. Much like chemical paint strippers, chemical peels strip off the top layers of skin, and new, younger-looking skin grows back. The procedure is very effective for the upper lip but cannot be performed around the eyes. Partial peels are often done in conjunction with a face-lift. Combinations of the topical antioxidants, such as tretinoin and vitamin C, along with a chemical peel, may be particularly effective.

The Procedure.

A dermatologist applies chemicals to the skin. They include trichloroacetic acid, high concentrations of alpha hydroxy or beta hydroxy acids, or combinations of all three.
In some cases, tretinoin or alpha hydroxy is applied 4 - 6 weeks before, and starting one day after, the peel. Such treatments can enhance the effects of a peel and reduce the risk of discoloration in people at risk for this complication. Tretinoin is being tested as a chemical peel.
A crust or scab generally forms within 24 hours after surgery. You can remove this scab by gently cleansing with soap and water.
The skin takes 6 - 7 days to heal.
After the scab disappears, the visible skin is deep red but gradually lightens as it regenerates.

Complications. Complications include white heads, cold sores, infection, scarring, numbness, and permanent discoloration, particularly in people with darker skin. Refinement of chemical peel techniques are now permitting doctors to reach deeper skin, improvements which make it easier to apply peels to non-facial skin and to individuals with darker skin.

Dermabrasion affects deeper layers of skin than chemical peels, and may be useful for removing disfiguring marks, such as deep acne scars or deep wrinkles. As with chemical peels, it is effective for wrinkles on the upper lip and chin, and cannot be used around the eyes. Some doctors prefer dermabrasion to lasers for skin surfacing of people with darker skin colors.

Standard Dermabrasion. Standard dermabrasion uses a rotating brush that removes the top layers of a person's skin. As with chemical peels, dermabrasion selectively strips away the upper layers of skin, leaving the underlying skin layers exposed. Similar to chemical peels, after the procedure, the treated skin oozes and forms a scab, a reaction that looks and feels uncomfortable, but only temporary. Postoperative care is similar for both procedures.

Microdermabrasion. A gentler variation called microdermabrasion uses very tiny crystals to polish the skin and a vacuum technique to remove them. It has largely replaced the older dermabrasion, and, in fact, was the fourth most common non-surgical cosmetic procedure performed in 2005, with over a million done. Results are similar to light chemical peels. Patients can have this procedure done on their lunch hour and return to work. Only mild redness occurs after treatment, although for best results five or six repetitive treatments are needed every 1 - 2 weeks. To date, overall patient satisfaction has been very high.

Lasers are currently the most effective exfoliation tools for eliminating wrinkles. Their unique advantages over other resurfacing methods are their ability to tighten the skin. A successful procedure can make patients look 10 - 20 years younger, and the results can last up to 10 years.

The procedure is most beneficial for the following areas:

It is best around the mouth and eyes. Recent evidence suggests CO₂ lasers may be even better than dermabrasion for the upper lip.
It is slightly less beneficial for the area around the nose.

Used alone, current laser therapy does not eliminate crow's feet, broken blood vessels, or dark circles under the eye. The evidence of the effects of lasers on acne scars is incomplete.

Standard laser dermabrasion is too harsh for thinner skin layers, such as on the neck. Newer and gentler laser techniques, however, stimulate collagen without removing skin layers, and may prove to be useful for necklines.

The Laser Resurfacing Procedure. In general the procedure works in the following way:

Laser pulses penetrate the skin quickly, vaporizing water and surface skin without damaging the deeper layers, allowing new top skin to grow.
In addition, the laser delivers enough heat to shorten collagen fibers, restoring some elasticity to the skin.

Choice of Lasers. The lasers used depend on skin type and severity of the condition. Some of the more common laser types are:

The carbon dioxide (CO₂) laser. This is the most powerful laser treatment and is used for deep wrinkles and skin imperfections. People who have had silicone injections should not have CO₂ procedures, which can burn and scar the skin over the implanted area.
The erbium: YAG (Er:YAG). This laser is gentler than the CO₂ laser, and is effective for mild wrinkles and for providing a smooth skin texture. It has a shorter recovery time. Some experts have even found the YAG laser as effective in removing deep wrinkles as CO₂ when used to sufficient depth. A variable pulse YAG laser can shift between pulses that destroy skin tissue to those that heat the skin. This process effectively resurfaces the skin with fewer side effects than CO₂ laser therapy.
Pulsed dye laser. Pulsed dye laser uses yellow light, which is easily absorbed by hemoglobin, the molecule that gives blood its red color. Pulsed dye laser treatments are used to treat skin blemishes that are due to blood vessel abnormalities, such as port-wine stains.

A gentle laser procedure called non-ablative laser resurfacing (NLite), also called photorejuvenation, is now approved for the treatment of all facial wrinkles. The procedure uses light energy to gently stimulate new collagen, and possibly elastin production, without removing the skin tissue itself. Its effects are less pronounced than those of other laser procedures. However, because it does not injure the external layers of skin, it can be used on delicate skin areas, such as the neck and around the eyes. It also causes very little irritation afterward.

Some surgeons are using combination techniques that employ more than one laser technology in one session, to achieve different effects. For example, one combination technique uses CO₂, YAG, pulsed-dye laser, and one other laser technology to both improve wrinkles and clear under-eye dark circles and acne scarring. Pretreatment with botulinum (Botox) injections before laser resurfacing significantly improved the treatment of crow's feet in one study.

Post-Procedure Recovery. The procedure itself is relatively painless, but the redness and irritation that occur during the healing process can be severe. Non-ablative laser resurfacing does not have the same severe after-effects as other laser treatments. For 8 - 9 days, the face looks skinned and swollen, and requires continuous moisturizing. Some doctors suggest that people with very sensitive skin, who cannot tolerate the necessary medications and lubricants, should avoid laser resurfacing. Redness and sensitivity can persist for 1 - 4 months. The patient must stay out of the sun as much as possible during this time, and should always avoid sunbathing and damaging their skin again. Early research suggests that silicone dressings may reduce post-procedure pain and crusting.

Complications. Scarring and infections can occur in about 1% of procedures. The risk of complications depends on the experience of the surgeon. People with a history of herpes simplex may experience flare-ups of fever, facial pain, and flu-like symptoms for 5 or 6 days after the procedure. In addition, people with darker skin may wish to avoid the procedure, because it can cause unpredictable and dramatic lightening of the skin.

A new skin rejuvenation technology, called Plasma Skin Resurfacing, or Portrait Plasma, was introduced in February 2005. The technology uses plasma energy (heat and light energy) to rejuvenate the skin from the deeper layers outwards. While new skin regenerates, the outer layers of the skin act as a natural bandage. When the outer layers peel off in the week after treatment, the new skin emerges. The process prevents or minimizes the raw appearance that follows laser treatments. This system uses radio waves to "excite" nitrogen gas, resulting in the release of energy. According to the manufacturer, skin regeneration using the Portrait Plasma system is rapid, and satisfaction with the procedure appears high. Long-term follow-up studies are not available yet for this new method. In 2006, the Food and Drug Administration approved this method for the treatment of wrinkles on other areas of the body, besides the face.

Cold Ablation. Cold ablation, called coblation for short, delivers saline (salt water) to the skin, through which a cool electric current is passed. A subsequent reaction heats and vaporizes the top shallow layer of skin. The procedure is very specific and appears to minimize any damage to other areas of the skin.

Radiofrequency Resurfacing. A promising technique uses low radiowave energy to resurface the skin. Preliminary research indicates that this procedure may eventually be as effective as laser surgery in reducing severe wrinkles around the eyes and mouth, with minimal pain and a shorter recovery time. In one study, one radiofrequency treatment with only a skin anesthetic resulted in tighter facial skin for 14 out of 15 patients within 12 weeks. All but one patient returned to normal activity immediately afterward. A small clinical trial published in Dermatology Surgery found that a noninvasive radiofrequency technique called NARF safely and effectively improved drooping lower eyelids.

Intense Pulsed Light. Intense pulsed light (IPL) uses filters to deliver different wavelengths of light. Doctors use it to treat a number of photoaging skin problems, and it appears to have long-term effects. Typically, four to six treatments are performed over a four-month period. Each treatment takes 15 - 20 minutes. Unlike laser light, which uses one color wavelength (such as green or red), intense pulsed light starts with a full spectrum of light. It then allows the doctor to selectively block off specific wavelengths, depending on how shallow or deep the procedure should go. IPL machines are less expensive and safer than lasers.

Implant Procedures

Implants, also called injectable fillers, are becoming a common means of erasing wrinkles and folds. Several materials are being used for deep wrinkles, depression under the eyes, lip enhancements, and acne scars.

After being banned from the market in 1992, silicone is making a comeback in research settings as a potential permanent wrinkle eraser. Scientists are looking into a new microdroplet technique (the use of very small drops) combined with purified silicone as a way to eliminate any danger. The past problems with silicone occurred when it was mixed with a foreign substance, like mineral oil, or when it was injected in large doses.

Most implants to date, however, are not completely satisfactory. Collagen implants and biologic fillers from animal, bacterial, or human sources do not provide long-lasting benefits. Synthetic fillers are permanent but may cause an allergic reaction, which can lead to chronic problems. Such reactions are rare, but they can be painful and unattractive.

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved the Juvéderm product line in June 2006. Juvéderm is an injectable treatment of moderate-to-severe facial wrinkles and folds. Juvéderm products are gels made from hyaluronic acid. They are injected into the face. Doctors report good results after a single treatment with Juvéderm, and the results last for at least 6 months.


Name and Material Used	Procedure	Specific Areas Affected	Benefits	Drawbacks
Collagen implants. Collagen is the protein that forms the structures in the body (such as skin, bones, cartilage). The implant procedure has typically used bovine (cow) collagen. A form of human collagen (CosmoDerm, CosmoPlast) has now been approved.	Injected into target wrinkles with needle and syringe. Several weeks after injection, cow collagen breaks down and is replaced by newly created human collagen.	Wrinkles around the eyes and mouth. It is used to give lips greater fullness.	Very simple with faster recovery than many other implant techniques.	Wrinkles form again, and require repeat treatments 3 - 12 months later. Rarely, severe allergic reactions occur. Should not be used by children, pregnant women, and people with a history of autoimmune disease.
Microlipoinjection. Fat tissue from the patient's own thigh or abdomen.	Injected into target wrinkles with needle and syringe.	Deep wrinkles around the nose and mouth, folds in the forehead, and wrinkles on the hands.	No allergic or immune reaction because substance is patient's own fat.	Body eventually absorbs the fat, resulting in a need for multiple injections. Some studies suggest that 70% of the fat may still be in place after at least a year.
Gore-Tex. Highly porous (full of tiny holes) and inert (not chemically active) synthetic material.	Requires some surgery. Tiny patches are inserted under the skin to fill out wrinkles. Skin cells and blood vessels pass through the porous material easily, reducing the risk of severe irritation.	Deep wrinkles.	Material does not break down.	Possible scarring from surgical procedure. Allergic reactions are rare but can occur even with chemically inactive materials.
Artecoll. Contains PMMA, or polymethylmethacrylate, an inert substance, enclosed in tiny droplets of natural collagen.	Material is injected. Body absorbs collagen. PMMA remains and stimulates new collagen growth.	Deep wrinkles.	Although part of the implant is a natural collagen implant, it does not degrade as quickly as a full collagen implant.	Repeat treatments may still be needed. Possible allergic reaction.
Hyaluronic acid. Natural (non-animal) substance acts like a molecular sponge to absorb water. The FDA approved Restylane in 2003, Captiva, Hylaform-Plus, and Hylaform in 2004, and Juvéderm in 2006.	Gel is injected under the skin.	Moderate-to-severe wrinkles.	Low risk for allergic reaction. May last longer than cow collagen.	Repeat treatments needed.
Poly-L-lactic acid. Synthetic polymer. Approved in US as Sculpta. Approved in other countries as New-Fill.	Material is injected under the skin.	Approved in U.S. only for patients with facial fat loss due to HIV. Approved in other countries for wrinkles.	Low risk of allergies. Treatment effects can last 18 - 24 months.	Doctors require special training.

The popularity of Botox injections has skyrocketed in the United States. Between 2004 and 2005, the number of procedures performed jumped 16 percent. Botox injection was the number one non-surgical cosmetic procedure in 2005, with more than 3.2 million injections. Botulinum, the deadly toxin found in uncooked foods, is also a powerful muscle-relaxant. Tiny amounts of a purified form (Botox) are injected into wrinkles to relax the surrounding muscles. It may benefit forehead and frown lines, crow's feet, lower eyelids, lines on the side of the nose, and the area between the upper lip and the nose. It is also useful for treating involuntary muscle movements that can occur after a face-lift.

The injections need to be repeated every few months, since the effects wear off. The treatment decreases the ability to frown or squint and may cause the corners of the mouth to turn down. When used for areas around eyes, it produces a rounder appearance afterward, which patients should be aware of before they undertake the procedure.

The drug does not cross the blood-brain barrier, and, to date, the only side effects are temporary muscle weakness near the injection site. Although there have been some reports that Botox can reduce migraine and tension headaches, Botox also causes headaches in about 1% of cases. In some cases, the headaches can be very severe and long lasting (from 8 days to a month). Some researchers suggest that either a contaminated batch of Botox or a specific injection technique may be the cause, but additional investigation is needed.

Plastic Surgery

In 2005, there were over 2.1 million cosmetic surgeries, up 1% from the year before. Most of these surgeries were liposuction and breast surgeries. However, over 200,000 each of eyelid and nose surgeries were performed. Facial plastic surgeries range from being fairly minimal, such as a brow lift, to a full face-lift.

Several face-lift procedures (called rhytidectomies) are available. Face-lifts can provide individuals with a more youthful look. The degree of improvement, however, depends on many factors, including age, bone structure, skin type, and personal habits, such as smoking and sunbathing.

The Procedure. When a face-lift is a relatively simple procedure, it can take about 2 hours under local anesthetic in a doctor's office. Complicated face-lifts are done under general anesthesia in a hospital and can take 3 - 6 hours. The face-lift procedure may be one of the following:

Superficial musculoaponeurotic system (SMAS) is the most common face-lift procedure. The surgeon makes an incision at the hairline and separates the skin from the underlying tissue and muscles. The muscles are tightened and excess fat and tissue, such as fat under the chin and neck, are removed.
The endoscopic subperiosteal or subgaleal face-lift is a less invasive surgical technique. The surgeon raises facial structures rather than cutting away flaps of skin. Only a few half-inch incisions are made, and scarring is minimal. Not all individuals are candidates for this procedure, however.

Neither SMAS nor the endoscopic version is effective for the middle part of the face, particularly the deep lines (naso-labial folds) that run down from the nose beside the mouth. Some time after the SMAS face-lift, the upper face begins to age again while the lower area keeps its shape, causing the face to look imbalanced. Researchers are looking at other approaches, such as one called composite face-lift, that lift most muscles in the face.

Recovery Process. Recovery normally lasts from several weeks to several months. Swelling and discoloration are common. Some patients report tingling or numbing sensations after surgery. These sensations generally decrease as damaged nerves regenerate.

Complications. A face-lift is not without risks. A postsurgical hematoma is a collection of blood that can occur after a face-lift. In one study, major hematomas occurred in 2.2% of patients and minor hematomas in 6.65% of patients. They generally develop within 2 weeks of the surgery and require draining. Even minor hematomas need fast treatment to prevent greater complications. Such complications can include infection, changes in skin color, fluid buildup, and prolonged recovery time.

Other less common complications may include the following:

Infection
Excessive bleeding
Imbalanced facial muscles
Delayed healing
Scarring
Permanent injury to the nerves that control facial movements

These complications are rare, particularly with a skilled surgeon, but the more complex the face-lifts, the greater the risk.

Blepharoplasty. Blepharoplasty is the primary surgical procedure for eye lifts. Results usually last 5 -10 years. Although simple, it has potential complications, including permanent difficulty in closing the eyes or making a stern expression. Newer techniques, however, are preventing this complication. Assuming the surgeon is experienced, laser surgery is now preferred to the standard surgical scalpel approach. Laser surgery reduces bleeding and bruising, and both the operation and recovery are faster. Temporary blurred or double vision is common. More serious complications include infection, bleeding, dry eyes, difficulty in closing the eyes, and pulling down of the lower lids. Rare cases of blindness have been reported.

Transconjunctival Upper Blepharoplasty. An innovative procedure called transconjunctival upper blepharoplasty removes fat from the membrane that lines the eyelids (the conjunctiva) and is an effective technique for treating both the upper and lower eyelids. Unlike traditional blepharoplasty, this procedure does not cause scarring in the nasal area. In patients who have scars from previous surgeries, transconjunctival removal of fat can also make existing scars less obvious. Long-term side effects and effectiveness of this procedure have not been studied.

Laser Liposculpture and Platysma Resurfacing. A procedure called laser neck and jowl liposculpture and platysma resurfacing may prove to be an alternative to face-lifts. The procedure requires only a one-inch incision under the chin and removing excess fat. After the fat is removed, the surgeon tightens the platysma, the thin muscular sheet under the skin of the neck, which improves the shape of the neck. Only local anesthetic is needed, and the patient can return to normal activities in 2 days. The patient's skin should be elastic enough to be able to reform without sagging.

Resources

www.aad.org -- American Academy of Dermatology
www.asds.net -- American Society for Dermatologic Surgery
www.plasticsurgery.org -- American Society of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgeons
www.surgery.org -- American Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery
www.skincarephysicians.com/agingskinnet -- Aging Skin Net

References

Autier P, Gandini S. Vitamin D Supplementation and Total Mortality : A Meta-analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials. Arch Intern Med. 2007;167:1730-1737.

Cho HS, Lee MH, Lee JW, et al. Anti-wrinkling effects of the mixture of vitamin C, vitamin E, pycnogenol and evening primrose oil, and molecular mechanisms on hairless mouse skin caused by chronic ultraviolet B irradiation. Photodermatol Photoimmunol Photomed. 2007;23(5):155-62.

Edison BL, Green BA, Wildnauer RH, Sigler ML. A polyhydroxy acid skin care regimen provides antiaging effects comparable to an alpha-hydroxyacid regimen. Cutis. 2004;73(2 Suppl):14-17.

Gordon, ML. A conservative approach to the nonsurgical rejuvenation of the face. Dermatol Clin. 2005 Apr;23(2):365-71.

Helfrich YR, Yu L, Ofori A, et al. Effect of smoking on aging of photoprotected skin: evidence gathered using a new photonumeric scale. Arch Dermatol. 2007;143(3):397-402.

Hercberg S, Ezzedine K, Guinot C, et al. Antioxidant supplementation increases the risk of skin cancers in women but not in men. J Nutr. 2007;137(9):2098-105

Kang S. A multicenter, randomized, double-blind trial of tazarotene 0.1% cream in the treatment of photodamage. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2005; 52(2): 268-274.

Mitsuhashi Y, Kawaguchi M, Hozumi Y, Kondo S. Topical vitamin D3 is effective in treating senile warts possibly by inducing apoptosis. Dermatol. 2005;32(6):420-423.

Rubino C, Farace F, Dessy LA, Sanna MP, Mazzarello V. A prospective study of anti-aging topical therapies using a quantitative method of assessment. Plast Reconstr Surg. 2005;115(4):1156-1162.

Samuel M, Brooke RC, Hollis S, Griffiths CE. Interventions for photodamaged skin. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2005;(1):CD001782.

Sudel KM, Venzke K, Mielke H, et al. Novel aspects of intrinsic and extrinsic aging of human skin: beneficial effects of soy extract. Photochem Photobiol. 2005;81(3):581-587.

Thornfeldt C. Cosmeceuticals containing herbs: fact, fiction, and future. Dermatol Surg. 2005;31(7 Pt 2):873-880.

Vochelle D. The use of poly-L-lactic acid in the management of soft-tissue augmentation: a five-year experience. Semin Cutan Med Surg. 2004;23(4):223-226.

Yarosh D, Klein J, O'Connor A, Effect of topically applied T4 endonuclease V in liposomes on skin cancer in xeroderma pigmentosum: a randomised study. Xeroderma Pigmentosum Study Group. Lancet. 2001;357(9260):926-9.

Review Date:
10/23/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M., Inc. is accredited by URAC, also known as the American Accreditation HealthCare Commission (www.urac.org). URAC's accreditation program is an independent audit to verify that A.D.A.M. follows rigorous standards of quality and accountability. A.D.A.M. is among the first to achieve this important distinction for online health information and services. Learn more about A.D.A.M.'s editorial policy, editorial process and privacy policy. A.D.A.M. is also a founding member of Hi-Ethics and subscribes to the principles of the Health on the Net Foundation (www.hon.ch).

A.D.A.M. Copyright

The information provided herein should not be used during any medical emergency or for the diagnosis or treatment of any medical condition. A licensed medical professional should be consulted for diagnosis and treatment of any and all medical conditions. Call 911 for all medical emergencies. Links to other sites are provided for information only -- they do not constitute endorsements of those other sites. © 1997-2009 A.D.A.M., Inc. Any duplication or distribution of the information contained herein is strictly prohibited.

adam.com

Uterine fibroids and hysterectomy

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:01 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Symptoms
Risk Factors
Complications
Diagnosis
Lifestyle Changes
Medications
Surgery
Other Procedures
Hysterectomy
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Uterine Artery Embolization Versus Standard Surgery

Many women with fibroids are considering a procedure called uterine artery embolization (UAE) as an alternative to standard surgery such as hysterectomy or myomectomy. A study published in 2007 in the New England Journal of Medicine compared these treatment approaches. The study suggested that UAE results in shorter hospital stay and faster recovery time, but a small percentage of women may later need repeat embolization or a hysterectomy. There were similar improvements in quality of life regardless of whether a woman had UAE or standard surgery.

Magnetic-Resonance Guided Focused Ultrasound (MRgFUS)

MRgFUS is a new non-surgical approach for treating fibroids. A 2006 study in Obstetrics and Gynecology indicated that taking gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) agonist drugs before this procedure may help reduce fibroid volume and improve outcomes.

Predictors of Hysterectomy

Combined factors can predict whether a woman will decide to have a hysterectomy, according to a 2007 study published in the Journal of the American College of Surgeons. Women who met all three criteria had a 95% chance of having a hysterectomy:

Presence of symptoms (pelvic pain, bleeding, symptomatic fibroids)
Lack of symptom improvement despite treatment
Previous use of GnRH agonist drugs

Hysterectomy and Sexual Function

Women who have both their uterus and cervix removed (total hysterectomy) are no more likely to experience sexual problems than women who have only their uterus removed (subtotal hysterectomy), suggests a 2006 review in the Cochrane Database. The review also found no differences between total and subtotal hysterectomy for urinary and bowel problems. However, women who had subtotal hysterectomy were more likely to experience cyclical bleeding during the year after surgery than women who had a total hysterectomy.

Hormone Replacement Therapy (HRT) and Breast Cancer Risk

Estrogen-only HRT after hysterectomy does not appear to increase breast cancer risk when used in the short term (up to 20 years), according to several 2006 studies. Combination estrogen-progestin HRT does increase breast cancer risk.

Introduction

A uterine fibroid (known medically as a leiomyoma or myoma ) is a noncancerous (benign) growth composed of smooth muscle and connective tissue. The size of a fibroid varies from that of a pinhead to larger than a melon. Fibroids have been reported weighing more than 20 pounds.

Fibroids originate from the thick wall of the uterus and are categorized by the direction in which they grow:

Intramural fibroids grow within the middle and thickest layer of the uterus (called the myometrium). They are the most common fibroids.
Subserosal fibroids grow out from the thin outer fibrous layer of the uterus (called the serosa). Subserosal can be either stalk-like (pedunculated) or broad-based (sessile). These are the second most common fibroids.
Submucous fibroids grow from the uterine wall toward and into the inner lining of the uterus (the endometrium). Submucous fibroids can also be stalk-like or broad-based. Only about 5% of fibroids are submucous.

Fibroid tumors may not need to be removed if they are not causing pain, bleeding excessively, or growing rapidly.

The Primary Organs and Structures in the Reproductive System. The primary structures in the reproductive system are as follows:

The uterus is a pear-shaped organ located between the bladder and lower intestine. It consists of two parts, the body and the cervix.
When a woman is not pregnant the body of the uterus is about the size of a fist, with its walls collapsed and flattened against each other. During pregnancy the walls of the uterus are pushed apart as the fetus grows.
The cervix is the lower portion of the uterus. It has a canal opening into the vagina with an opening called the os, which allows menstrual blood to flow out of the uterus into the vagina.
Leading off each side of the body of the uterus are two tubes known as the fallopian tubes. Near the end of each tube is an ovary.
Ovaries are egg-producing organs that hold 200,000 - 400,000 follicles (from folliculus, meaning "sack" in Latin). These cellular sacks contain the materials needed to produce ripened eggs, or ova.

The inner lining of the uterus is called the endometrium. During pregnancy this inner lining thickens and becomes enriched with blood vessels to house and support the growing fetus. If pregnancy does not occur, the endometrium is shed as part of the menstrual flow. Menstrual flow also consists of blood and mucus from the cervix and vagina.

Reproductive Hormones. The hypothalamus (an area in the brain) and the pituitary gland regulate the reproductive hormones. The pituitary gland is often referred to as the master gland because of its important role in many vital functions, many of which require hormones.

In women, six key hormones serve as chemical messengers that regulate the reproductive system:

The hypothalamus first releases the gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH).
This chemical, in turn, stimulates the pituitary gland to produce follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) and luteinizing hormone (LH).
Estrogen, progesterone, and the male hormone testosterone are secreted by the ovaries at the command of FSH and LH and complete the hormonal group necessary for reproductive health.

Click the icon to see an image of the uterus.

Click the icon to see an image of the pituitary gland.

Click the icon to see an image of the hypothalamus.

Causes

Inherited genetic factors may be important in many cases of fibroids. Researchers are investigating unique genetic factors that regulate hormones. Proteins called growth factors may be responsible for some of the abnormalities leading to uterine muscle overgrowth and fibroids. Scientists have identified chromosomes carrying a total of 145 genes that may affect fibroid growth. Some experts report that uterine fibroids are inherited from paternal (the father's) genes.

Uterine fibroids often grow during pregnancy, and they degenerate after menopause. From these observations and certain studies researchers are fairly certain that the female hormones, both estrogen and progesterone, play a role in their growth. Their role, however, is not clear. Some theories about the relationship to fibroids and estrogen include the following:

Estrogen patterns in fibroids are similar to those in pregnancy. That is, like smooth muscle cells in the uterus during pregnancy, fibroid cells exposed to female hormones do not respond normally to signals that would make them self-destruct and return to a nonpregnant state. (This natural self-destruction is a process called apoptosis). Instead, they continue to grow.
Some evidence suggests that estrogen may inhibit a tumor-suppressor gene called p53 in fibroid tissue, therefore triggering cell proliferation leading to fibroid growth. (P53 plays a role in some cancer-cell growth, although in this case the process is not cancerous.)

The formation of fibroids may be attributable to abnormalities in substances called growth factors. These are special proteins, secreted by different cell types, that are responsible for cell-to-cell interaction. Many of these substances regulate a process called angiogenesis, which causes new blood vessels to sprout from pre-existing ones. The production of new blood vessels then feeds any existing growth, such as fibroids.

The growth factors that appear to play an important role in many female reproductive disorders are Basic Fibroblast Growth Factor (BFGF) and Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF). BFGFs are involved in the proliferation of cells that form connective tissue, which supports the body's organs and structure. VEGFs are involved with cell growth in smooth muscles that line blood vessels. Some evidence suggests they play a role in uterine fibroids.

Other growth factors being studied specifically for fibroids include Insulin-like Growth Factor (IGF)-I, Epidermal Growth Factor (EGF), Platelet Derived Growth Factor (PDGF), and Transforming Growth Factor (TGF).

Symptoms

Fewer than 25% of patients with fibroids experience symptoms. When they do, they include:

The most common symptom is prolonged and heavy bleeding during menstruation. This is caused by fibroid growth bordering the uterine cavity. In severe cases, heavy bleeding may last as many as 2 weeks. Fibroids rarely bleed between periods, except in a few cases of very large fibroids.
Large fibroids can also cause pressure and pain in the abdomen or lower back that sometimes feels like menstrual cramps.
As the fibroids grow larger, some women feel them as hard lumps in the lower abdomen.
Very large fibroids may give the abdomen the appearance of pregnancy and cause a feeling of heaviness and pressure. In fact, large fibroids are defined by comparing the size of the uterus to the size it would be at specific months during gestation.
Unusually large fibroids may press against the bladder and urinary tract and cause frequent urination or the urge to urinate, particularly during the night when a woman is lying down.
Abnormal pain during intercourse (called dyspareunia).
If the fibroids press on the ureters (the tubes going from the kidneys to the bladder), obstruction or blockage of urine may result.
Fibroid pressure against the rectum can cause constipation.

Risk Factors

Uterine fibroids are the most common tumor found in female reproductive organs. It is estimated that over 50% of women age 30 - 50 have fibroids, although they cause symptoms in only about 25%. A survey of 1,364 women suggested an even higher prevalence of over 80% in African-American women and almost 70% in white women. A number of possible risk factors have been identified, but very little research exists to confirm them.

Uterine fibroids are particularly common in African-American women, with an estimated prevalence of 50 - 75%. These women are also more likely to have severe pain, anemia, and larger and more numerous fibroids than women in other population groups. Although genetics may play a role, women of African descent who live in other countries do not appear to have as high an incidence of fibroids. This suggests that diet or other environmental factors are at work in the development of fibroids in African-American women.

Fibroids can start to grow soon after puberty, although usually they are detected when a woman reaches young adulthood. Women with fibroids are at risk for accelerated fibroid growth when estrogen levels are high or when lifestyle behaviors keep estrogen levels high.

Some examples of risk factors for fibroids that are also associated with high estrogen exposure include:

Early onset of menstrual period (before age 12)
Being overweight and sedentary
Never being pregnant. The risk for fibroids decreases with more children. (This risk factor, however, may be due to a greater risk for infertility caused by fibroids in the first place.)

Combined Oral Contraceptives. Combined oral contraceptives contain estrogen and progesterone and the evidence on their effects on fibroids have been conflicting. Early reports suggested they might be a risk factor. Most studies conducted more recently, however, have found no association and some even suggest that the newer low-dose OC combinations may be protective.

Hormone Replacement Therapy. Hormone replacement therapies (HRT) contain estrogen alone or estrogen plus progesterone. After menopause, fibroids usually shrink. Researchers are investigating whether the hormones used in HRT could cause existing fibroids to persist or even grow. Some studies, but not all, have found greater fibroid growth with the use of patch-administered hormone drugs. (In one of the studies, taking oral estrogen, however, had no effect.) A 2001 systematic review of studies reported some fibroid growth in women taking HRT, but usually without any significant symptoms.

If HRT has an effect on fibroid growth, it is unlikely to be severe. Any increase in fibroid growth during menopause must be evaluated surgically by a gynecologist since such growth, even if a woman is on hormone replacement therapy, may mean cancer.

High blood pressure (hypertension) may be associated with increased fibroid risk according to a 2005 epidemiologic study. The prospective study tracked women in the Nurses’ Health Study for 10 years and found that for every 10 mm/Hg increase in diastolic blood pressure, the risk for developing fibroids increased by 8 - 10%. (Interestingly, women who used antihypertensive medications had the highest risk.). Researchers reported that women with hypertension were 24% more likely to develop fibroids and that the longer a woman had hypertension, the greater her risk.

Complications

Effect on Fertility. The effect of fibroids on fertility is controversial. A 2002 analysis suggested that they may account for infertility in only 1 - 2.4% of women who have trouble conceiving. Large fibroids may cause infertility by:

Impairing the uterine lining
Blocking the fallopian tubes
Distorting the shape of the uterine cavity
Altering the position of the cervix and preventing sperm from reaching the uterus

Some evidence suggests that even small fibroids may reduce the chances of pregnancy in women who are undergoing assisted reproductive techniques. Treatments to reduce fibroids may be helpful in such women, although there has been little research on this subject.

Effect on Pregnancy.Fibroids can increase pregnancy complications and delivery risks. These include:

Cesarean section delivery
Breech presentation (baby enters the birth canal upside down with feet or buttocks emerging first)
Preterm birth
Placenta previa (placenta covers the cervix)
Excessive bleeding after giving birth (postpartum hemorrhage)

A 2006 study found that pregnant women with at least one fibroid had the following increased risks: cesarean delivery (57%), breech birth (64%), preterm delivery (45%), placenta previa (86%), and postpartum hemorrhage (157%).

Anemia due to iron deficiency can develop if fibroids cause excessive bleeding. Oddly enough, smaller fibroids, usually submucous, are more likely to cause abnormally heavy bleeding than larger ones.

Most cases of anemia are mild. Mild anemia can cause weakness and fatigue. Moderate-to-severe anemia can cause shortness of breath, rapid heart rate, lightheadedness, headaches, ringing in the ears (tinnitus), irritability, pale skin, restless legs syndrome, and mental confusion. Heart problems can occur if prolonged and severe anemia is not treated. Pregnant women who are anemic, particularly in the first trimester, have an increased risk for a poor pregnancy outcome.

Large fibroids that press against the bladder occasionally result in urinary tract infections. Pressure on the ureters may cause urinary obstruction and kidney damage.

The female and male urinary tracts are relatively the same except for the length of the urethra.

Fibroids can cause cramping during a period, which can be quite intense at times.

Pain can also develop if the blood supply is cut off from the fibroid tissue. In such cases, the cells blacken and die (a process called necrosis) from lack of oxygen. This event may occur under the following circumstances:

A very large fibroid outgrows its own blood supply.
A pedunculated fibroid (one that grows on a stem from the uterine wall) becomes twisted, thus cutting off its blood supply.
Pregnancy occurs, in which the risk for fibroid cell degeneration and necrosis increases.

Rarely, a fibroid breaks away from the uterus and develops in other locations. They are typically one of the following:

Benign Metastasizing Leiomyoma or BML (which usually spreads to the lung)
Disseminated Peritoneal Leiomyomatosis (which spreads to the abdominal wall)

Neither is cancerous, although there is some evidence that BML, which often occurs after menopause, may represent a slow-growing variant of leiomyosarcoma.

Fibroids are nearly always noncancerous, even if they have abnormal cell shapes. Cancer of the uterus nearly always develops in the lining of the uterus (endometrial cancer). Only in rare cases (less than 0.1%) does cancer develop from a malignant change in a fibroid (called leiomyosarcoma). Nevertheless, rapidly enlarging fibroids in a premenopausal woman or even slowly enlarging fibroids in a postmenopausal woman require surgical evaluation to rule out cancer.

Click the icon to see an image of uterine cancer.

Diagnosis

A doctor will perform a pelvic examination to check for pregnancy-related conditions and signs of fibroids or other abnormalities, such as ovarian cysts.

The doctor needs to have a complete history of any medical or personal conditions that might be causing heavy bleeding:

Any family history of menstrual problems or bleeding disorders.
The presence or history of any medical conditions that might be causing heavy bleeding. Women who visit their gynecologist with menstrual complaints, particularly heavy bleeding, pelvic pain, or both may actually have an underlying medical disorder, which must be ruled out.
The pattern of the menstrual bleeding. (If it occurs during regular menstruation, nonhormonal treatments are tried first. If bleeding is irregular, occurs between periods, with premenstrual pain, after sex, or is associated with pelvic pain, the doctor should look for specific conditions that may cause these problems.)
Regular use of any medications (including vitamins and over-the-counter drugs).
Diet history, including caffeine and alcohol intake.
Past or present contraceptive use.
Any recent stressful events.
Sexual history. (It is very important that the patient trust the doctor enough to describe any sexual activity that might be risky.)

Almost all women, at some time in their reproductive life, experience heavy bleeding during menstrual periods ( menorrhagia ). Being taller, older, and having a higher number of pregnancies increase the chances for heavier-than-average bleeding. In some cases the cause of heavy bleeding is unknown, but a number of conditions can cause menorrhagia or contribute to the risk:

Miscarriage. An isolated instance of heavy bleeding usually after the period due date may be due to a miscarriage. If the bleeding occurs at the usual time of menstruation, however, miscarriage is less likely to be a cause.
Having late periods or approaching menopause. These events may cause occasional menorrhagia.
Uterine polyps. (These are small benign growths in the uterus.)
Certain contraceptives. (Oral contraceptives or an intrauterine device, an IUD.)

The intrauterine device (IUD) shown uses copper as the active contraceptive; others use progesterone in a plastic device. IUDs are very effective at preventing pregnancy (less than 2% chance per year for the progesterone IUD, less than 1% chance per year for the copper IUD). IUDs come with an increased risk of ectopic pregnancy and perforation of the uterus, and do not protect against sexually transmitted disease. IUDs are prescribed and placed in the uterus by a health care provider.

Bleeding disorders. Bleeding disorders that impair blood clotting can cause heavy menstrual bleeding and, according to different studies, have been associated with between 10 - 17% of menorrhagia cases. Von Willebrand disease, a genetic condition, is the most common of these bleeding disorders. Most, but not all, studies report this problem to be more common in African-American than Caucasian women. Most bleeding disorders have a genetic basis and should be suspected in adolescent girls who experience heavy bleeding.
Uterine cancer.
Pelvic infections.
Endometriosis. (These are small implants of uterine tissue. They are more likely to cause pain than bleeding.)

Click the icon to see an image of endometriosis.

Adenomyosis. This condition occurs when glands from the uterine lining become embedded in the uterine muscle. Its symptoms are nearly identical to fibroids (heavy bleeding and pain), and in one study fibroids were also present in 62% of cases. It is most likely to develop in middle-aged women who have had many children.
A number of medical conditions, including thyroid problems, systemic lupus erythematosus, diabetes, certain cancers and chemotherapies, and some uncommon blood disorder.
Certain drugs, including anticoagulants and anti-inflammatory medications.
In many cases, the cause of heavy bleeding is unknown.

Hysteroscopy is a procedure that may be used to detect the presence of fibroids, polyps, or other causes of bleeding. Although less invasive procedures can also detect causes of abnormal uterine bleeding, hysteroscopy has the added advantage of serving as a surgical procedure for the removal of submucous fibroids. It is also quite useful in ruling out cancer. If cancer is suspected, more invasive procedures, such as dilation and curettage (D&C) or endometrial biopsy, are warranted.

It is done in the office setting and requires no incisions. The procedure uses a long flexible or rigid tube called a hysteroscope, which is inserted into the vagina and through the cervix to reach the uterus. A fiber optic light source and a tiny camera in the tube allow the doctor to view the cavity. The uterus is filled with saline or carbon dioxide to inflate the cavity and provide better viewing. This can cause cramping.

Hysteroscopy is non-invasive; however, 30% of women report severe pain with the procedure. The use of an anesthetic spray, such as lidocaine, may be highly effective in preventing pain during this procedure. Other complications include excessive fluid absorption, infection, and uterine perforation.

Ultrasound and Sonohysterography. Ultrasound is the standard imaging technique for evaluating the uterus and ovaries, detecting fibroids, ovarian cysts and tumors, and also obstructions in the urinary tract. It uses sound waves to produce an image of the organs and entails no risk and very little discomfort.

Transvaginal sonohysterography uses ultrasound along with saline infused into the uterus, which enhances the visualization of the uterus. This technique is proving to be more accurate than standard ultrasound in identifying potential problems. Some experts believe it should be the first-line tool for diagnosing heavy bleeding.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) provides a better image of any fibroids that might be causing bleeding. An MRI can help the doctor decide if a woman is a candidate for minimally invasive uterine artery embolization (UAE). Fibroids with low blood flow (“nonviable tumors”) may not be suitable for UAE. An MRI may also be better than an ultrasound for evaluating uterine size and fibroid location.

When heavy or abnormal bleeding occurs, an endometrial (uterine) biopsy can be performed in the office along with an ultrasound. It is usually used with a procedure called dilation and curettage (D&C), which is particularly important to rule out uterine (endometrial) cancer. A D&C is a somewhat invasive procedure:

A D&C is usually done in an outpatient setting so that the patient can return home the same day, but it sometimes requires a general anesthetic. It may need to be performed in the operating room to rule out serious conditions or treat some minor ones that may be causing the bleeding.
The cervix (the neck of the uterus) is dilated (opened).
The surgeon scrapes the inside lining of the uterus and cervix.

Click the icon to see an image of a D&C.

The procedure is used to take samples of the tissue and to relieve heavy bleeding in some instances. D&C can also be effective in scraping off small endometrial polyps, but it is not very useful for most fibroids, which tend to be larger and more firmly attached.

Lifestyle Changes

Because fibroids are almost never life-threatening, watchful waiting is a reasonable option for many women (even those with large fibroids), particularly if they are approaching menopause.

Any woman who chooses watchful waiting should be sure other causes of heavy bleeding have been ruled out. She should also have regular pelvic examinations and ultrasounds performed to monitor the growth of the fibroid.

Foods for Maintaining Healthy Iron Stores. The following are some suggestions for increasing iron levels in the diet:

The best foods for increasing or maintaining healthy iron levels contain absorbable iron, called heme iron. Such foods include (in order of iron-richness) clams, oysters, organ meats, beef, pork, poultry, and fish.
About 60% of iron in meat is poorly absorbed; this is a form called non-heme iron. Eggs, dairy products, and vegetables that contain iron only have the non-heme form. Such plants include dried beans and peas, iron-fortified cereals, bread, and pasta products, dark green leafy vegetables (chard, spinach, mustard greens, kale), dried fruits, nuts, and seeds.
Increasing intake of vitamin-C rich foods can enhance absorption of non-heme iron during a single meal, although regular intake of vitamin C does not appear to have any significant effect on iron stores. In any case, vitamin-C rich foods are healthy and include broccoli, cabbage, citrus fruits, melon, tomatoes, and strawberries. One orange or 6 ounces of orange juice can double the amount of iron your body absorbs from plant foods.

Like most vitamins, vitamin C may be obtained in the recommended amount with a well-balanced diet, including some enriched or fortified foods.

Foods containing riboflavin (vitamin B2) may help enhance the response of hemoglobin to iron. Sources include liver, dried fortified cereals, and yogurt.
Cooking in cast iron pans and skillets is known to increase iron content of food. According to one study, however, boiling, steaming, or stir-frying many vegetables in utensils composed of any material significantly increases the release of iron stored in plants so it is available to the body.
Certain nutrients, such as tannin (found in tea) or phytic acid (found in foods such as seeds and bran) interfere with the body's absorption of dietary iron. (It is commonly believed that fiber impedes iron absorption, but researchers report that it most likely has no effect.)

Sources of Vitamins B12 and Folate. Vitamins B12 and folate are important for prevention of anemia related to nutritional deficiencies. Although this anemia is not necessarily related to fibroids, these vitamins are very important for good health in general and for reproductive health in women.

The only natural dietary sources of B12 are animal products such as meats, dairy products, eggs, and fish (clams and oily fish are very high in B12). Like other B vitamins, B12 is added to commercial dried cereals. The recommended daily allowance (RDA) is 2.4 mcg a day. Deficiencies are rare in young people, although the elderly may have trouble absorbing natural vitamin B12 and require synthetic forms from supplements and fortified foods.

Click the icon to see an image of vitamin B12 sources.

Folate is best found in avocado, bananas, orange juice, cold cereal, asparagus, fruits, green, leafy vegetables, dried beans and peas, and yeast. The synthetic form, folic acid, is added to commercial grain products. Vitamins are usually made from folic acid, which is about twice as strong as folate. Many experts recommend that adults have 400 mcg of folic acid daily, which is considerably higher than standard recommendations of 400 mcg of folate. Low levels of folate during pregnancy are common without supplements; deficiencies at that time increase the risk of neural tube defects in newborns. Women who are planning to get pregnant should take 400 mcg of folic acid before conception as well as when they are pregnant or breast feeding.

Click the icon to see an image of folate sources.

Iron Supplements. Iron supplements are best for restoring iron levels, but they should be used only when dietary measures have failed. Women should always discuss such supplements with their doctor.

See In-Depth Report #57: Anemia.]

Many women with menstrual disorders may resort to alternative treatments. There has been little research on whether any such therapies benefit fibroids.

Acupuncture. Some women report relief from pelvic pain and heaviness after acupuncture

Click the icon to see an image of acupuncture.

Yoga. Yoga exercises help some women relieve sensations of heaviness and pressure.

Herbal Remedies. Herbal remedies used for fibroids include ginseng or herbal combinations of rhubarb, cinnamon, and sargassum seaweed. There is no scientific evidence that these herbs are effective. Pycnogenol is a plant extract from the bark of the French maritime tree. Studies suggest it may provide some relief for menstrual pain (dysmenorrhea).

Generally, manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been a number of reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Patients should check with their doctor before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements.

Medications

Because fibroid growth tends to stop and regress after menopause, the important reproductive hormones -- estrogen, progesterone, or both -- most likely play a critical role in their survival. Some drugs that block either of these hormones are used to treat severe fibroids with some success.

Oral contraceptives (OCs) are sometimes used to control the heavy menstrual bleeding (menorrhagia) associated with fibroids, but they do not help prevent fibroid growth. Newer types of continuous-dosing OCs, such as Seasonique, reduce the number of periods a woman has per year. In May 2007, the FDA approved Lybrel, a continuous-dosing OC that completely eliminates periods.

Intrauterine devices (IUDs) that release progestin can be very beneficial for menorrhagia. Specifically, the levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system, or LNG-IUS (Mirena, FibroPlant), has shown excellent results. Many experts now recommend the LNG-IUS as a first-line treatment for menorrhagia, particularly for women who may face hysterectomy (removal of uterus), conservative surgery such as endometrial resection (removal of endometrial lining), or endometrial ablation (destruction of endometrial lining). [See In-Depth Report #100: Menstrual disorders.]

Gonadotropin releasing hormone (GnRH) blocks the release of the reproductive hormones LH (luteinizing hormone) and FSH (follicular-stimulating hormone). As a result, the ovaries stop ovulating and no longer produce estrogen. GnRH agonists include goserelin (Zoladex), buserelin, a monthly injection of leuprolide (depot Lupron), and nafarelin (Synarel), a nasal spray. Such drugs may be used alone or in preparation for procedures used to destroy the uterine lining.

These drugs may be used in the following situations:

As preoperative treatment 3 - 4 months before uterine surgery. In a major analysis, the use of GnRH agonists reduced fibroid size and uterus volume, helped correct any existing anemia due to blood loss, reduced blood loss during surgery, and reduced the duration of hospital stay. (Some experts question, however, whether the benefits outweigh the costs.)
For women with fibroids nearing menopause. (Such women only need them for a short period.)
Possibly helpful in improving subsequent fertility. (However, women should not try to become pregnant while taking these drugs, as they pose a risk for birth defects.)

While GnRH agonists can reduce fibroids by between 30 - 90% of original size, they have certain limitations:

They are not permanent cures, and fibroids regrow after the drugs are discontinued.
They are injected drugs and cannot be taken orally.
They are expensive.
Long-term use of GnRh agonists causes bone density loss, which can lead to osteoporosis.

Before using these drugs, the doctor should be certain that no other complicating conditions are present, particularly leiomyosarcoma (cancer). The use of these drugs can delay treatment of the malignancy and cause severe complications.

Commonly reported side effects, which can be severe in some women, include menopausal-like symptoms. These symptoms include hot flashes, night sweats, changes in the vagina, weight change, and depression. The side effects vary in intensity, depending on the GnRH agonist. They may be more intense with leuprolide and persist after the drug has been stopped.

The most important concern is possible osteoporosis from estrogen loss. Women should not take these drugs for more than 6 months. Certain approaches may preserve enough estrogen to protect bones and still effectively relieve endometriosis symptoms:

Add-back therapy, which provides doses of estrogen and progestin that are high enough to maintain bone density but too low to offset the beneficial effects of the GnRH agonist.
Intermittent leuprolide, which uses repeated 6-month courses of GnRH agonists followed by an average of 9 months of symptom control only.
Taking GnRH agonists in very low doses is an alternate approach, but is still largely untested.
Adding a bone-protective drug may be helpful. The standard ones are bisphosphonates, which include alendronate (Fosamax), risedronate (Actonel), and etidronate (Didronel). Other drugs are being tested in combination with a GnRH agonist to preserve bone. They include the parathyroid hormone teriparatide (Forteo) and selective estrogen-receptor modulators (SERMs), such as raloxifene (Evista).

GnRH treatments used alone do not prevent pregnancy. Furthermore, if a woman becomes pregnant during their use, there is some risk for birth defects. Women who are taking GnRH agonists should use non-hormonal birth control methods, such as the diaphragm, cervical cap, or condoms while on the treatments.

Danazol (Danocrine) resembles a male hormone. It suppresses estrogen and is effective for heavy menstrual bleeding caused by fibroids. In some women it produces male characteristics, such as facial hair and voice change. Other side effects include weight gain, acne, and dandruff. It may increase the risk for unhealthy cholesterol levels. A few cases of blood clots and strokes have been reported. There is no available long-term experience using danazol for fibroids.

Gestrinone. Antiprogestins are promising drugs for fibroids. Gestrinone has been shown to reduce uterine volume and stop bleeding. In addition, benefits appear to persist. In one study, 89% of the women maintained smaller uterine volume for at least 18 months after stopping the treatment. In another study, bone density even increased slightly. Adverse effects of gestrinone include male hormone symptoms, such as acne, and possibly the development of unhealthy cholesterol levels.

Mifepristone. Mifepristone (Mifeprex) is an anti-progestin that has reduced fibroid size in some studies. In one study, it reduced fibroids as significantly as GnRH agonists, and the fibroids were less likely to recur. However, this medicine can have severe side effects.

Asoprisnil. A promising new antiprogestin called Asoprisnil has been shown to reduce fibroids. The drug is in late-stage clinical trials.

Although they have not been studied for fibroids, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) taken on a regular schedule reduce heavy menstrual bleeding and pain from unknown causes. These drugs reduce inflammation, in part by their action against prostaglandins, the chemicals that stimulate uterine contractions and cause pain. Aspirin is the most common NSAID, but there are dozens of others, including ibuprofen (Advil, Motrin) and naproxen (Aleve, Anaprox, Naprosyn). Both ibuprofen and naproxen are recommended for menstrual pain. However, long-term use of any NSAID can increase the risk for gastrointestinal bleeding and ulcers. In addition, long-term use of high-dose NSAIDs (with the exception of aspirin) can increase the risk for heart attacks and strokes. To reduce these risks, it is best to take the lowest dose of NSAIDs for the shortest time possible.

A number of other drugs are under investigation for treating fibroids:

Selective estrogen-receptor modulators (SERMs) are drugs that have some of the effects of estrogen but do not produce some of its complications, such as a higher risk for uterine cancer. Raloxifene (Evista) is proving to help prevent bone loss in patients taking GnRH agonists for uterine fibroids, and may also be helpful as a single drug for preventing fibroid growth.
Drugs that block growth factors believed to play a role in fibroids are also under investigation. Pirfenidone is one such drug, which blocks fibroid cell reproduction. Another is interferon alpha, substance that inhibits angiogenesis (the growth of new blood vessels).
Drugs derived from retinoids (vitamin A compounds) may inhibit cell proliferation in fibroid tissue.
Fulvestrant (Faslodex) blocks estrogen and has been studied for uterine fibroids and endometriosis, although progress in these areas has stalled in favor of research for its use in breast cancer.

Surgery

If nonsurgical strategies do not relieve symptoms, surgery may be the best option for treatment. Surgery may be indicated depending on a number of factors:

Intractable Side Effects. Surgery may be warranted if fibroids are causing distressing and intractable symptoms that have not been relieved by nonsurgical or minimally invasive therapies. Assuming, however, that symptoms do not pose serious health or life-threatening conditions, a woman should make her decision based on the factors she deems important (the desire for children, for example).

Ureteral Obstruction. Large fibroids sometimes press down on the ureters (the tubes going from each kidney to the bladder), thereby blocking urine from emptying into the bladder. Because ureteral obstructions can permanently damage kidneys, surgery may be indicated.

Inability to Evaluate Ovaries. The risk for missing a diagnosis of ovarian cancer is higher when fibroids are too large to permit evaluation of the ovaries by pelvic examination or ultrasound. Ovarian cancer is particularly deadly because it is so difficult to catch early enough for curative treatment. The risk for this cancer, however, is very low in women without a family history, especially before menopause. Women with a family history of ovarian cancer and large fibroids may need to consider surgery.

Enlarging Fibroids. Rapidly growing fibroids may signify cancer (leiomyosarcoma), which must be ruled out. In postmenopausal women, even slow growth raises suspicions for cancer. However, many hysterectomies have been inappropriately performed because of large noncancerous fibroids that were only suspected to be cancerous. Women should be sure that diagnostic procedures have been as thorough as possible if they want to avoid an unnecessary hysterectomy.

Severe Anemia from Heavy Bleeding. When iron supplementation, resection (surgical removal) of submucous fibroids by hysteroscopy, or GnRH agonist therapy fails to resolve anemia and bleeding, major surgery (myomectomy or hysterectomy) may be recommended.

Hysterectomy. Until recently, hysterectomy was the only surgical option for uterine fibroids. This procedure involves the surgical removal of the uterus and is often accompanied by oophorectomy (the removal of the ovaries). With this procedure, fertility is not preserved. Other options may be available for many women, even those who have large fibroids. Discuss all possibilities with your physician.
Myomectomy. Myomectomy is the surgical removal of only one or more fibroids. Myomectomy usually involves a laparotomy (a procedure that uses a wide abdominal incision) or less invasive surgical techniques, such as laparoscopy and hysteroscopy. In such cases, unlike with hysterectomy, this technique may preserve fertility.
Uterine Artery Embolization (UAE). UAE, also called uterine fibroid embolization (UFE), is a non-surgical radiology procedure. An interventional radiologist injects small plastic particles through a catheter placed in the uterine artery. The particles block the blood supply to the fibroids and cause them to shrink
Other Procedures. Endometrial ablation (destruction of the lining of the uterus) may be useful in women with small fibroids and heavy bleeding. Myolysis is another procedure best suited for women with specific types of small fibroids. Magnetic resonance-guided focused ultrasound (MRgFUS) is the newest type of fibroid procedure. Myolysis and MRgFUS use heat to cut off the blood supply to fibroids.

Women should discuss each option with their doctor. Deciding on the surgical procedure depends on the location, size, and number of fibroids. Certain procedures affect a women’s fertility and are recommended only for women who are past childbearing age or who do not want to become pregnant. The risk for bleeding increases with the surgeon's inexperience, so patients are urged to investigate the surgeon's track record.

A study published in 2007 in the New England Journal of Medicine compared outcomes for uterine artery embolization (UAE) versus standard surgery (hysterectomy or myomectomy). Researchers found that after 1 year, women experienced similar improvements in quality of life regardless of the procedure. Women who had UAE had shorter hospitalizations and faster recovery than those who had standard surgery. However, around 10% of women who had UAE required a repeat procedure (embolization or hysterectomy) during the first year, and another 10% required additional treatment after the first year.

Other Procedures

In order to operate on the uterus, the surgeon may choose to reach the area through a wide abdominal incision (laparotomy) or use less invasive measures with the use of endoscopy. The decision is usually based on the severity of the case. Women should discuss all options very carefully and be sure that their surgeons have had experience with any procedure they choose.

Laparotomy. Laparotomy is the standard abdominal surgical procedure. It is invasive and usually requires a wide abdominal horizontal incision right above the pubic bone, the so-called bikini incision.

Endoscopy. Endoscopic techniques used for uterine disorders are hysteroscopy and laparoscopy. Endoscopic techniques are used increasingly to replace conventional surgical techniques for many disorders. A common factor in all endoscopic procedures is the use of a fiberoptic scope and tubes, tiny camera lenses, and minuscule surgical instruments. Any incisions made are very small, Band-Aid size.

Operative Hysteroscopy. In this procedure, the cervix is dilated, which requires either a local or general anesthetic. A device called a hysteroscopy is inserted up through the vagina and cervix into the uterine cavity. It contains tiny surgical instruments as well as a mini-camera and light source to view images of the uterus, which are transmitted to a video monitor. This approach is becoming increasingly common. Complication rates include excessive fluid absorption, infection, and uterine perforation.
Laparoscopy. This procedure uses two or more small incisions, one at the navel, and one or more in the lower abdomen. Carbon dioxide gas is injected into the abdomen, distending it and pushing the bowel away. A laparoscope is inserted through the navel incision and a probe is inserted through a second incision above the pubic hairline. The probe allows the doctor to directly view the abdominal cavity, including the outer walls of the uterus, fallopian tubes, and ovaries. The doctor manipulates surgical instruments that are passed through additional small abdominal incisions, using the image of the uterus on the video monitor as the guide.

GnRH agonists, usually depo-Lupron or Synarel, are often used for 2 - 3 months before many uterine surgical procedures.

These drugs may help by:

Reducing the volume of fibroids by 40 - 60%, in some cases to the extent that a less invasive procedure may be performed
Reducing the risk of bleeding
Shortening surgical time
Reducing postoperative symptoms

Treatments may not be useful, however, for small fibroids, which may shrink to the point that they are no longer visible at the time of surgery. Since fibroids regrow after treatment, the problem would recur.

There has also been some question whether these drugs provide any additional advantages for myomectomies that use conventional surgical techniques. Ultrasound may be useful in helping to detect fibroids most likely to benefit from GnRH agonists before such a procedure.

A myomectomy surgically removes only the fibroids and leaves the uterus intact, often preserving fertility. Myomectomy may also help regulate abnormal uterine bleeding caused by fibroids. Not all women are candidates for myomectomy. If the fibroids are numerous or large, myomectomy can become complicated, resulting in increased blood loss. If cancer is found, conversion to a full hysterectomy may be necessary.

To perform a myomectomy, the surgeon may use standard surgical approaches (laparotomy) or less invasive ones (hysteroscopy or laparoscopy).

Laparotomy. Laparotomy uses a wide abdominal incision and conventional surgery. It is used for subserosal or intramural fibroids that are very large (usually more than 4 inches), that are numerous, or when cancer is suspected. Using this approach, the doctor may be able to feel the fibroids, particularly intramural types, which can be missed during laparoscopy or hysteroscopy. (The doctor can only view the uterine cavity or outside surface with these latter procedures.) After the fibroids are removed, careful reconstruction of the uterine wall is critical in both laparotomy and laparoscopy, so that bleeding and infection do not occur. While complete recovery takes less than a week with laparoscopy and hysteroscopy, recovery from a standard abdominal myomectomy takes as many as 6 - 8 weeks. It also poses a higher risk for scarring and blood loss than with the less invasive procedures, which is a concern for women who want to retain fertility.
Hysteroscopy. A hysteroscopic myomectomy may be used for submucous fibroids found in the uterine cavity. With this procedure, fibroids are removed using an instrument called a hysteroscopic resectoscope, which is passed up into the uterine cavity through the vagina and cervical canal. A wire loop carrying electrical current is then used to shave off the fibroid. In one study, nearly 60% of patients conceived after this procedure. However, it is not appropriate for many women.
Laparoscopy. Women whose uterus is no larger than it would be at a 6-week pregnancy and who have a small number of subserous fibroids may be eligible for treatment with laparoscopy. Laparoscopy requires incisions, but they are much smaller than with laparotomy. As with hysteroscopy, a thin scope is employed that contains surgical and viewing instruments. In centers with extensive experience, laparoscopy has fewer complications, and also shorter recovery time and lower costs than laparotomy. On the other hand, compared to the invasive surgery, laparoscopy has a greater chance for fibroid recurrence (over 16% at 5 years in one study), and a greater danger for a weakened uterine wall, which could threaten pregnancies.

Complications and Postoperative Factors. Any procedure for myomectomy is very complex. To reduce the risk for complication, patients should seek a surgeon experienced in myomectomies. Complications that occur during a myomectomy from any procedure include:

Excessive blood loss (occurs more often with laparotomy)
Uterine weakening and rupture during pregnancy (more of a concern with laparoscopy)
Development of scar tissue called adhesions (more common with laparotomy)
Infection
Damage to the bowel or bladder (more common with laparotomy)

Pregnancies After Myomectomy. Studies suggest that pregnancy can be restored in more than half of women after the procedure. In appropriate candidates, there appears to be no differences in fertility rates and pregnancy complications between laparotomy or laparoscopy. The best candidates for retaining fertility include women with pedunculated and superficial serosal fibroids (stalk-like fibroids that grow out from the uterine surface). Women with deep intramural fibroids are at higher risk for infertility after myomectomy.

Although studies indicate that between 40 - 58% of women become pregnant after myomectomy, only about a quarter of the women carry their babies to term. Women who become pregnant face a higher risk for cesarean section or miscarriage. It is unclear whether laparoscopic myomectomy weakens the uterine walls and poses a higher risk for rupture during pregnancy than laparotomy.

Recurrence of Fibroids and Recurrent Surgeries. The recurrence rate for fibroid growth after myomectomy is high. Between 11 - 26% of patients will have recurring fibroids that are severe enough to need additional treatment. One study suggested that women who had uteruses that were less than the equivalent size of a 12-week pregnancy and women who were overweight had a higher risk for needing repeat surgery.

Uterine Artery Embolization (UAE), also called uterine fibroid embolization (UFE), is a relatively new way of treating fibroids. UAE deprives fibroids of their blood supply, causing them to shrink. UAE is a minimally invasive radiology treatment and is technically a nonsurgical therapy. It is much less invasive than hysterectomy and myomectomy, and involves a shorter recovery time than the other procedures. The patient remains conscious, although sedated, during the procedure, which takes around 60 - 90 minutes.

The procedure is typically performed in the following manner:

The patient receives a sedative to cause drowsiness, and a local anesthetic is applied to the skin around the groin.
An interventional radiologist makes a small quarter-inch incision in the skin and inserts a catheter (a thin tube) into the femoral artery. The femoral artery is a large artery that begins in the lower abdomen and extends down to the thigh. The radiologist then threads the catheter into the uterine artery.
Small plastic particles are injected into the artery. These particles block the blood supply to the tiny arteries that feed fibroid cells, and the tissue eventually dies.
Patients usually stay in the hospital overnight after UAE and are given pain medication. Pelvic cramps are common for the first 24 hours after the procedure.
It takes 1 - 2 weeks for the patient to recover from the procedure and return to work. It may take 2 - 3 months for the fibroids to shrink enough so that symptoms improve.

Effect on Fertility. In general, UAE is considered an option for only those who have completed childbearing. Although UAE may protect fertility in many women, the procedure does pose some risk for ovarian failure and infertility. In 2004, the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists issued an opinion statement advising women who wish to have children that it is not yet known how this procedure affects their potential for becoming pregnant. A 2005 British study of 671 women who underwent UAE found that the procedure did not interfere with fertility. The study did find a slight increase in caesarean section delivery.

Complications and Postoperative Effects. UAE has a lower rate of complication than hysterectomy and myomectomy and a shorter hospital stay. Compared to other procedures, women who undergo UAE miss fewer days of work. Serious complications occur in less than 0.5% of cases, and no deaths have been associated with the procedure.

Pain. Abdominal cramps and pelvic pain after the procedure are nearly universal and may be intense. Pain usually begins soon after the procedure and typically plateaus by 6 hours. On-demand painkillers may be required. The pain usually improves each day over the next several days. A low-grade fever is also common in the first week after the procedure.
Fibroid slough. Around 2 – 3% of patients pass small fragments of fibroid tissue during the first few days after UAE. This can cause intense labor-like pain and also increase the risk for infection. Some women may require dilation and curettage (D&C) to make sure that infection does not develop.
Early menopause. Most women who have UAE will continue to have normal menstrual periods. Around 1 – 5% of women, however, experience menopause after the procedure. Menopause is more likely to occur in women over age 45 who undergo UAE.

Success Rates. Studies on uterine artery embolization show high patient satisfaction (over 90%) and low complication rates. A 2003 study reported 83% improvement in heavy bleeding, 77% reduction in menstrual cramps, and 85% improvement in urinary symptoms. Results from the first long-term UAE study, presented at the 2005 annual scientific meeting of the Society of Interventional Radiology, reported that 73% of women experienced symptom relief that lasted for 5 years. The success rate for UAE was comparable to that of myomectomy. A 2006 study reported a success rate of 89% for UAE compared to 100% for hysterectomy.

For around 10 - 20% of women, symptom control fails or fibroids reoccur. Some studies suggest that women with large fibroids are not good candidates for UAE.

In either endometrial ablation or endometrial resection, the entire lining of the uterus (the endometrium) is removed or destroyed. These procedures are useful for women with severe heavy menstrual bleeding, including some with fibroids. They are generally not useful for large fibroids. Standard resection uses an electrosurgical wire loop to surgically remove the lining. With ablation, uterine tissue is usually vaporized using a thin powerful laser beam or high electric voltage. Newer ablation procedures include balloon ablation (ThermaChoice) and techniques that use electric wands, freezing, hot saline, lasers, microwaves, and radiofrequency.

Myolysis, or laparoscopic leiomyoma coagulation, uses either lasers or electrosurgery to heat and coagulate and destroy the fibroid tissue. This approach may prove to be beneficial for women with fibroids that measure a diameter of 10 cm (about 4 inches) or less and that respond to hormone treatments with GnRH agonists.

Myolysis uses a needle or a Nd:YAG laser that rapidly punctures a number of holes in the fibroid, heating and destroying the tissue in various locations. This widespread destruction cuts off the blood supply and shrinks the fibroid over ensuing months. The uterus is left intact, but tissue destruction makes childbearing unlikely.

In one study, myolysis performed either alone or with endometrial resection was successful in avoiding the need for major surgery in 97% of women. Advanced techniques that are performed by surgeons who are highly skilled in the procedure may make it possible to destroy even large intramural fibroids, but further study is required.

In most cases, patients return home the same day and can return to normal activities within a week. There are few side effects. However, as the fibroids degenerate over time, many women report considerable pain.

MRgFUS is a non-invasive procedure that uses high-intensity ultrasound waves to heat and destroy (ablate) uterine fibroids. This “thermal ablation” procedure is performed with a device that combines magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) with ultrasound. The FDA approved this device, the ExAblate 2000 System, in 2004.

During the 3-hour procedure, the patient lies inside an MRI machine. The patient receives a mild sedative to help relax but remains conscious throughout the procedure. The radiologist uses the MRI to target the fibroid tissue and direct the ultrasound beam. The MRI also helps the radiologist monitor the temperature generated by the ultrasound.

MRgFUS is appropriate only for women who have completed childbearing or who do not intend to become pregnant. The procedure cannot treat all types of fibroids. Fibroids that are located near the bowel and bladder, or outside of the imaging area, cannot be treated.

Research presented at the 2005 Radiological Society of North America annual meeting reported that MRgFUS helps improve fibroid symptoms and reduce fibroid size. A 2006 study indicated that the procedure provides symptom relief for up to 1 year. Another 2006 study indicated that pre-treatment with GnRH-agonist drugs before the MRgFUS procedure may help improve outcomes. However, because this procedure is new and long-term results are not yet available, some insurance companies do not pay for this treatment.

Hysterectomy

Hysterectomy, the surgical removal of the uterus, is the second most frequently performed surgery in premenopausal women (Cesarean sections are first). About 600,000 hysterectomies are performed each year in the U.S., which is among the highest rate of all countries. By age 60, about a third of American women have had this procedure. The highest hysterectomy rates are in women age 40 - 44. Women in the southern and midwestern areas of the United States are more likely to have the operation than those in the northeast and west.

A 2007 study suggested that a combination of factors predicts whether a woman will decide to have a hysterectomy. A woman who meets all three of these factors has a 95% chance of having a hysterectomy:

Presence of symptoms (pelvic pain, bleeding, symptomatic fibroids)
Lack of symptom improvement or resolution despite treatment
Previous use of GnRH agonist drugs

The number of procedures has continued to increase, but the rise has slowed substantially in recent years. The percentage of hysterectomies performed because of fibroids, however, has risen significantly. Fibroids now account for 38% of these operations, but the rates vary widely by ethnic group. In a major 2002 government report, 68% of fibroid-related hysterectomies were performed in African-American women, 33% in Caucasians, and 45% among women of other ethnic groups.

Most women are satisfied with the procedure. A major analysis on hysterectomies reported that symptoms related to menstrual problems decline significantly in most women (although none completely disappear for all women). Most women also experience improved quality of life and mood. Women who have a hysterectomy are less likely to experience hot flashes than women who have a natural menopause.

Still, in one study in 70% of cases when doctors recommended hysterectomies, they did not give their patients alternative choices or adequate diagnostic evaluations. Any woman, even one who has reached menopause, uncertain about a recommendation for a hysterectomy for fibroids should certainly seek a second opinion.

Once a decision for a hysterectomy has been made, the patient should discuss with her doctor what will be removed. The common choices are:

Total Hysterectomy (removal of uterus and cervix).
Supracervical Hysterectomy (removal of uterus and preservation of the cervix); performed in about 20 - 25% of cases.
Bilateral Salpingo-Oophorectomy (removal of the fallopian tubes and ovaries); used with either total or supracervical hysterectomy.

Total Hysterectomy. In a total hysterectomy the uterus and cervix are removed, which eliminates the risk of uterine and cervical cancer. (Given technical advances and growing surgical experience, a total hysterectomy may eventually be unnecessary except in special circumstances, such as when cancer is present.)

Supracervical Hysterectomy. In a supracervical hysterectomy (also called subtotal hysterectomy) the uterine body is removed, and the cervix is retained. Retaining the cervix helps support the pelvic floor and may help maintain full sexual sensation, but the risk for cervical cancer remains. Women may experience cyclical bleeding for up to a year after surgery.

Bilateral Oophorectomy. Bilateral oophorectomy is the removal of both ovaries. (When only one ovary is removed, the procedure is called oophorectomy.) Bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy is the removal of both fallopian tubes and ovaries. These procedures may be performed with either total or supracervical hysterectomy. When deciding to remove the ovaries, a woman must be aware of various consequences, both positive and negative.

Oophorectomy helps to reduce the risk for ovarian cancer, by elimination of ovaries, and breast cancer, by causing estrogen loss. Ovarian cancer is very rare, in any case, except in women with a family history of the disease. Even in these women, removal is not 100% preventive. Cancer can still develop from cancer cells that may be present in the lining of the pelvis (the peritoneum).
Removal of the ovaries ceases estrogen and testosterone production, which can increase the risk for menopause-related conditions. These include osteoporosis, heart disease, skin wrinkling, and reduced muscle tone. Estrogen replacement, however, can help offset these problems. Women who have a bilateral oophorectomy and do not receive hormone replacement therapy may experience more severe hot flashes than women who enter menopause naturally.

There is still a further choice, which is whether the hysterectomy should be performed through an incision in the abdomen or through the vagina. A variant of vaginal hysterectomy, called laparoscopic-assisted vaginal hysterectomy (LAVH), is yet another option.

Abdominal Hysterectomy. Abdominal hysterectomy is the most common procedure and is used in over 80% of hysterectomies in African American women and about 60% in Caucasian and other ethnic groups. It is best suited for women with large fibroids, when the ovaries need to be removed, or when cancer or pelvic disease is present. With the abdominal procedure, a wide incision is required to open the abdominal area from which the surgeon removes the uterus. If possible, the incision should cut horizontally across the top of the pubic hairline (the bikini incision). This incision heals faster and is less noticeable than a vertical incision, which is used in more complicated cases. The patient may need to remain in the hospital for 3 - 4 days, and recuperation at home takes about 4 - 6 weeks.

Vaginal Hysterectomy. Vaginal hysterectomy requires only a vaginal incision through which the uterus is removed. This approach is most often performed for small fibroids (although advances in imaging and other techniques may allow it to be used on larger fibroids). At this time, it is used in fewer than 20% of African-American women and slightly under 40% of Caucasians and other groups.

A variation of the vaginal approach is called laparoscopic-assisted vaginal hysterectomy (LAVH). It uses several small abdominal incisions through which the surgeon severs the attachments to the uterus and ovaries. They can then be removed through the vaginal incision, as in the standard approach. Hospital stays may be longer and costs are greater than with standard vaginal hysterectomy. The use of LAVH has risen significantly and is used in over a quarter of vaginal procedures. LAVH is very costly and time consuming, however, and some experts question whether it adds any significant benefits compared to the standard vaginal procedure.

The patient should ask a family member or friend to help out for the first few days at home. The following are some of the precautions and tips for postoperative care:

For a day or two after surgery, the patient is given medications to prevent nausea and painkillers to relieve pain at the incision site.
As soon as the doctor recommends it, usually within a day of the operation, the patient should get up and walk in order to help prevent pneumonia, reduce the risk of blood-clot formation, and speed recovery.
Walking and slow, deep breathing exercises may help to relieve gas pains, which can cause major distress for the first few days.
Coughing can cause pain, which may be reduced by holding a pillow over a surgical abdominal wound or by crossing the legs after vaginal surgery.
Patients are advised not to lift heavy objects, not to douche or take baths, and not to climb stairs or drive for several weeks.
For the first few days after surgery, many women weep frequently and unexpectedly. These mood swings may be due to depression from the loss of reproductive capabilities and from abrupt changes in hormones, particularly if the ovaries have been removed.

The patient should discuss with the doctor when exercise programs more intense than walking can be started. The abdominal muscles are important for supporting the upper body, and recovering strength may take a long time. Even after the wound has healed, the patient may experience an on-going feeling of overall weakness, which can be demoralizing, particularly in women used to physical health. Some women do not feel completely well for as long as a year while others may recover in only a few weeks.

Minor complications after hysterectomy are very common. About half of women develop minor and treatable urinary tract infections. There is usually mild pain and light vaginal bleeding post operation. The infrequent occurrence of severe bleeding or hemorrhaging after vaginal hysterectomy, or laparoscopic-assisted vaginal hysterectomy, may be promptly treated by laparoscopy.

More serious complications, such as those described below, are uncommon, but patients should be aware of their symptoms and call the doctor immediately if they occur.

Among the three procedures, a 2001 study reported that complication rates were 44% for abdominal hysterectomy, 24% for vaginal hysterectomy, and only 2% for LAVH. (LAVH is used in less than 4% of hysterectomies, however.)

Infection. Infection occurs in 10 - 15% of patients, the risk being higher with abdominal than with vaginal surgery. Risk factors for infection include obesity, a longer than normal operative time, and low socioeconomic status. Patients should be aware of any symptoms and call the doctor immediately if they occur. Symptoms of infection include:

Continuing or increasingly severe pain
Fever
Heavy discharge
Bleeding (antibiotics given at the time of surgery help to reduce this risk)

Blood Clots. There is a slight risk for small blood clots, usually in veins of the legs (thrombophlebitis). A sudden swelling or discoloration in the leg can indicate this condition and require immediate medical attention.

Other Serious Complications. Other serious and even life-threatening complications are rare but can include:

Pulmonary embolism (blood clots that travel to the lung).
Surgical injury of the urinary or intestinal tracts.
Abscesses.
Perforation of the bowel.
Fistulas (a passage that bores from an organ to the skin or to another organ).
Dehiscence (opening of the surgical wound).

Long-Term Complications. Women who have had a total hysterectomy are at higher risk for the following long-term complications:

Muscle weakness in the pelvic area.
Prolapse (descent) of the bladder, vagina, and rectum if the muscle's walls are overly weakened; may require further surgery.
Bowel problems if adhesions (extensive scarring) have formed and obstruct the intestines; may require additional surgery.
Shortening of the vagina is a possible complication specific to vaginal hysterectomy. It can cause pain during intercourse.

Such complications are uncommon.

After hysterectomy, women may experience hot flashes, a symptom of menopause, even if they retain their ovaries. However, women who have a hysterectomy are less likely to experience hot flashes than women who have a natural menopause. Surgery may have temporarily blocked blood flow to the ovaries, therefore suppressing estrogen release. If both ovaries have been removed in premenopausal women, the procedure causes premature menopause. Other menopausal symptoms include vaginal dryness and irritation, insomnia, and weight gain.

The most important complications occur in women who have had their ovaries removed. This causes estrogen loss, which places women at risk for osteoporosis (loss of bone density) and a possible increase in risks for heart disease and stroke. A number of drugs are available that can help protect both bones and heart.

Women have typically taken hormone replacement therapy (HRT) after surgery if their ovaries have been removed. HRT can help prevent hot flashes. There have been concerns about HRT-related health risks, including the risk for breast cancer. However, several 2006 studies of postmenopausal women who had hysterectomy indicated that estrogen-only HRT does not increase the risk for breast cancer, except if it is taken for many decades. (Two studies showed no increased risk for breast cancer after 7 years and 15 years, respectively. Women who took estrogen-only HRT for more than 20 years after hysterectomy had only a moderately increased risk.) Combination estrogen-progestin HRT does increase breast cancer risk.

In premenopausal women, such preventive measures are not needed if the ovaries are left intact. The ovaries will usually continue to function and secrete hormones even after the uterus is removed, but the lifespan of the ovaries is reduced by an average of 3 - 5 years. In rare cases, complete ovarian failure occurs right after hysterectomy, presumably because the surgery has permanently cut off the ovaries' blood supply.

Sexual intercourse may resume 4 - 6 weeks following surgery. The effect of hysterectomy on sexuality is unclear. Studies have reported that up to 25% of women experience increased sexual drive. Nevertheless, some women report no change, and other women develop problems related to sexual function. For example, around 10% of women experience vaginal dryness, about 2% of women develop pain during sex, and another 2% also appear to lose capacity for orgasm.

Two procedures associated with hysterectomy may affect sexuality directly:

Although the clitoris can trigger orgasm even if the cervix is removed, many experts believe that uterine contractions stimulated by sexual intercourse also cause a so-called “deep orgasm.” Retaining the cervix may help to retain this sensation. However, a 2006 review found that women who undergo a total hysterectomy (removal of both uterus and cervix) are no more likely to have sexual difficulties or problems with urinary and bowel function than women who have only their uterus removed.
Patients who have both ovaries removed may be at higher risk for loss of sexuality. Ovaries produce small amounts of testosterone (the male hormone responsible for sexual drive) even after menopause.

Testosterone Replacement. Testosterone replacement therapy may restore sexuality in women who experience a decline in sexual drive. Occasionally, oral or injection treatments can produce male characteristics such as facial hair and voice change. A slow-release pellet inserted every 6 months under the skin in the hip appears to reduce these side effects. Taking hormones long term almost always carries some risk, and it is not yet known what danger testosterone replacement may pose in women.

Annual Pap smears are recommended for all women with an intact cervix who are 18 years or older or who have become sexually active. After a total hysterectomy, in which the cervix has been removed, a woman does not need annual Pap smears of the cervix. However, she still should get regular pelvic and breast exams.

Resources

www.asrm.com -- American Society for Reproductive Medicine
www.acog.com -- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists
www.sirweb.org -- Society of Interventional Radiology
www.nuff.org -- National Uterine Fibroids Foundation
www.rsna.org -- Radiological Society of North America
www.radiologyinfo.org -- Radiology info from the American College of Radiology and the Radiological Society of North America
www.radiologyinfo.org/content/interventional/ufibroid-embol.htm -- Information on uterine fibroid embolization
www.fibroids.net -- Brigham and Women's Hospital, Center for Uterine Fibroids
www.nichd.nih.gov -- National Institute of Child Health and Human Development

References

Chen WY, Manson JE, Hankinson SE, Rosner B, Holmes MD, Willett WC, et al. Unopposed estrogen therapy and the risk of invasive breast cancer. Arch Intern Med. 2006 May 8;166(9):1027-32.

Edwards RD, Moss JG, Lumsden MA, Wu O, Murray LS, Twaddle S, et al. Uterine-artery embolization versus surgery for symptomatic uterine fibroids. N Engl J Med. 2007 Jan 25;356(4):360-70.

Learman LA, Kuppermann M, Gates E, Gregorich SE, Lewis J, Washington AE. Predictors of hysterectomy in women with common pelvic problems: a uterine survival analysis. J Am Coll Surg. 2007 Apr;204(4):633-41. Epub 2007 Feb 23.

Lethaby A, Ivanova V, Johnson NP. Total versus subtotal hysterectomy for benign gynaecological conditions. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006 Apr 19;(2):CD004993.

Smart OC, Hindley JT, Regan L, Gedroyc WG. Gonadotrophin-releasing hormone and magnetic-resonance-guided ultrasound surgery for uterine leiomyomata. Obstet Gynecol. 2006 Jul;108(1):49-54.

Stefanick ML, Anderson GL, Margolis KL, Hendrix SL, Rodabough RJ, Paskett ED, et al. Effects of conjugated equine estrogens on breast cancer and mammography screening in postmenopausal women with hysterectomy. JAMA. 2006 Apr 12;295(14):1647-57.

Review Date:
2/28/2008
Reviewed By:
A.D.A.M. Editorial Team: David Zieve, MD, MHA, Greg Juhn, MTPW, David R. Eltz, Kelli A. Stacy, ELS. Previously reviewed by Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital (6/16/2007).

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Diabetes

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:34:55 -0700

Overview

Signs and Symptoms
Causes
Risk Factors
Diagnosis
Preventive Care
Treatment Approach
Other Considerations
Supporting Research

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Diabetes is a chronic (long-term) condition marked by abnormally high levels of sugar (glucose) in the blood. People with diabetes either do not produce enough insulin -- a hormone that is needed to convert sugar, starches and other food into energy needed for daily life -- or cannot use the insulin that their bodies produce. As a result, glucose builds up in the bloodstream. If left untreated, diabetes can lead to blindness, kidney disease, nerve disease, heart disease, and stroke.

According to the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases (NIDDK), 20.8 million Americans have diabetes.

While an estimated 14.6 million have been diagnosed with diabetes (both type 1 and type 2), unfortunately, 6.2 million people (or nearly one-third) are unaware that they have type 2 diabetes.

Diabetes is widely recognized as one of the leading causes of death and disability in the United States. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recognize diabetes as the 6th leading cause of death in the U.S.

There are two major types of diabetes:

Type 1 -- Also known as juvenile or insulin-dependent diabetes, type 1 diabetes occurs when the pancreas produces too little insulin to regulate blood sugar levels appropriately. It is usually diagnosed in childhood.
Type 2 -- This form of the disease is far more common than type 1 and makes up 90% or more of all cases of diabetes. It usually occurs in adulthood. It occurs when the pancreas does not make enough insulin to keep blood glucose levels normal. Many people with type 2 diabetes do not know they have it, although it is a serious condition. Type 2 diabetes is becoming more common due to the growing number of older Americans, increasing obesity, and failure to exercise.

Pre-diabetes occurs in those individuals with blood glucose levels that are higher than normal but not high enough for a diagnosis of diabetes. This condition raises the risk of developing type 2 diabetes, heart disease, and stroke. Pre-diabetes is also called impaired fasting glucose (IFG) or impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), depending on the test used to diagnose it. Some individuals have both IFG and IGT. In IFG, glucose levels are a little high when it has been several hours after eating. In IGT, glucose levels are a little higher than normal right after eating. Pre-diabetes is becoming more common in the U.S., according to estimates provided by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS). Many individuals with pre-diabetes go on to develop type 2 diabetes within 10 years.

Gestational diabetes is high blood glucose that develops at any time during pregnancy in a person who does not have diabetes. Four percent of all pregnant women develop gestational diabetes. Although it usually disappears after delivery, the mother is at increased risk of developing type 2 diabetes later in life.

Diabetes may also be associated with genetic syndromes, surgery, drugs, malnutrition, infections, and other illnesses.

Signs and Symptoms

Type 1: Type 1 diabetes can occur at any age, but it usually starts in people younger than 30. Symptoms are usually severe and occur rapidly. They include:

Increased thirst
Increased urination
Weight loss despite increased appetite
Nausea
Vomiting
Abdominal pain
Fatigue
Absence of menstruation

Type 2: People with type 2 diabetes often have no symptoms, and their condition is detected only when a routine exam reveals high levels of glucose in their blood. Occasionally, however, a person with type 2 diabetes may experience symptoms listed below, which tend to appear slowly over time:

Numbness or burning sensation of the feet, ankles, and legs
Blurred or poor vision
Impotence
Fatigue
Poor wound healing

In some cases, symptoms may mimic type 1 diabetes and appear more abruptly:

Excessive urination and thirst
Yeast infections
Whole body itching
Coma -- in severe cases, high blood glucose may affect water distribution in brain cells, causing a state of deep unconsciousness, or coma.

Causes

Both type 1 and type 2 diabetes are caused by the absence, insufficient production, or lack of response by cells in the body to the hormone insulin. Insulin is a key regulator of the body's metabolism. After meals, food is digested in the stomach and intestines. Sugar (glucose) molecules are absorbed directly into the bloodstream, and blood glucose levels rise. Under normal circumstances, the rise in blood glucose levels signals specific cells in the pancreas -- called beta cells -- to secrete insulin into the bloodstream. Insulin, in turn, enables glucose to enter cells in the body that may be burned for energy or stored for future use.

In type 1 diabetes, the beta cells of the pancreas produce little or no insulin, the hormone that allows glucose to enter body cells. Once glucose enters a cell, it is used as fuel. Without adequate insulin, glucose builds up in the bloodstream instead of going into the cells. The body is unable to use this glucose for energy despite high levels in the bloodstream, leading to increased hunger.

In addition, the high levels of glucose in the blood cause the patient to urinate more, which leads to excessive thirst. Within 5 - 10 years after diagnosis, the insulin-producing beta cells of the pancreas are completely destroyed, and no more insulin is produced.

The exact cause of type 1 diabetes is not known. Type 1 diabetes accounts for 3% of all new cases of diabetes each year. There is 1 new case per every 7,000 children per year. New cases are less common among adults older than 20.

Type 2 diabetes usually develops in older, overweight individuals who become resistant to the effects of insulin over time. When type 2 diabetes is diagnosed, the pancreas is usually producing enough insulin but, for unknown reasons, the body cannot use the insulin effectively. This is called insulin resistance. This means that the insulin produced by your pancreas cannot connect with fat and muscle cells to let glucose inside and produce energy. This causes hyperglycemia (high blood glucose). To compensate, the pancreas produces more insulin. The cells sense this flood of insulin and become even more resistant, resulting in a vicious cycle of high glucose levels and often high insulin levels.

Inflammation has also been found to be common among those with type 2 diabetes. Inflammatory markers (chemicals in the body that lead to inflammation), such as interleukin-6 (Il-6) and C-reactive protein, have been found to be increased in those with type 2 diabetes.

Type 2 diabetes usually occurs gradually. Most people with type 2 diabetes are overweight at the time of diagnosis. However, the disease can also develop in lean people, especially the elderly.

Risk Factors

Type 1 diabetes

Family history of type 1 diabetes
Mother who had pre-eclampsia (a condition characterized by a sharp increase in
Blood pressure during the third trimester of pregnancy)
Family history of autoimmune diseases, including Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Graves disease, myasthenia gravis, Addison's disease, or pernicious anemia
Viral infections during infancy, including mumps, rubella, and coxsackie
Child of an older mother
Northern European or Mediterranean descent
Lack of breast-feeding and consumption of cow's milk during infancy (still controversial)

Type 2 diabetes

Family history of type 2 diabetes (one-quarter to one-third of all individuals with type 2 diabetes have a family history of the condition)
Age older than 45 years
Excess body fat, particularly around the waist
Sedentary lifestyle and high-fat, high-calorie diet
Abnormal levels of cholesterol or triglycerides in the blood
High blood pressure
History of gestational diabetes or polycystic ovary syndrome (a hormonal disorder that causes women to have irregular or no menstruation)
African-American, Hispanic American or Native American (particularly Pima tribe in Arizona) descent
Low birth weight or a mother's malnutrition in pregnancy (this may cause metabolic disturbances in a fetus that lead to diabetes later in the child's life)

Diagnosis

According to the American Diabetes Association, all pregnant women should be screened for gestational diabetes during their third trimester, People who are 45 years or older should have their blood glucose levels checked every 3 years. Those who have a high risk of developing diabetes (such as people with a family history of the disease) should be tested more often.

Different types of tests are used to diagnose diabetes: Random plasma glucose level, fasting plasma glucose level, and oral glucose tolerance test.

If the fasting glucose level is 100 - 125 mg/dL, the individual has a form of pre-diabetes called impaired fasting glucose (IFG), meaning that the individual is more likely to develop type 2 diabetes but does not have the condition yet. A level of 126 mg/dL or above, confirmed by repeating the test on another day, means that the individual has diabetes.

Other diagnostic tests for diabetes includes fructosamine testing and hemoglobin A1c. The American Diabetes Association (ADA) recommends A1c as the best test to find out if an individual's blood sugar is under control over time. The test should be performed every 3 months for insulin-treated patients, during treatment changes, or when blood glucose is elevated. For stable patients on oral agents, health care professionals recommended testing A1c at least twice per year. The ADA currently recommends an A1c goal of less than 7.0%. Studies have reported that there is a 10% decrease in relative risk of microvascular complications, such as diabetic nephropathy or diabetic neuropathy, for every 1% reduction in hemoglobin A1c.

People with diabetes must closely monitor their blood sugar and see their doctor regularly. Self-monitoring of blood glucose is done by checking the glucose content of a drop of blood. Regular testing tells you how well diet, medication, and exercise are working together to control your diabetes. Dieticians can also be an integral part of care.

Preventive Care

Type 1 diabetes

There is currently no proven way to prevent type 1 diabetes. However, research conducted in Finland suggests that adequate amounts of vitamin D, particularly in the first year of life, may decrease one's chances of developing type 1 diabetes within the first 30 years of life. In northern Finland (where the annual exposure to sunlight is very limited) researchers followed 10,000 infants for up to 30 years. Those given at least 2,000 IU of vitamin D per day (generally from cod liver oil) for the first year of life were significantly less likely to develop type 1 diabetes over a 30 years than infants who were given less than that. Other studies have confirmed that doses of 2,000 IU or higher of vitamin D may have a strong protective effect against type 1 diabetes. For this reason, caretakers of infants and children at increased risk for type 1 diabetes might wish to consider supplementation. Experts suggest supplementing these individuals at the high end of current U.S. recommendations for vitamin D, which is 200 - 1,000 IU.

Type 2 diabetes

Considerable evidence from population-based studies suggests that type 2 diabetes is highly preventable -- particularly through exercise and weight management. Individuals who are physically inactive or overweight are much more likely to develop type 2 diabetes. Similarly, people who move from a non-Westernized country to a Westernized country (such as the United States where more people are overweight and live sedentary lives), increase their risk for type 2 diabetes. Studies suggest that you do not need vigorous physical activity to lower your risk of diabetes; moderate, regular exercise such as walking for 30 minutes most days of the week, is enough. In general, lifestyle changes recommended to treat diabetes may help prevent the condition as well.

Treatment Approach

The goal of diabetes treatment is to achieve and maintain a healthy blood glucose levels. A major study called the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial (DCCT) found that people with diabetes who kept their blood glucose levels close to normal reduced their risk of developing major complications from the condition.

People with diabetes can use the following therapies to help manage their blood glucose levels and to prevent complications:

Lifestyle changes, such as a well-balanced diet and regular exercise
Medications, particularly insulin for individuals with type 1 diabetes and some people with type 2 diabetes
Supplements, including fiber and chromium
Relaxation techniques
Acupuncture for pain from nerve damage

Lifestyle

People with diabetes can improve significantly from lifestyle changes -- particularly diet and exercise. People with type 2 diabetes may even eliminate the need for medications when they make appropriate lifestyle changes.

Diet

The American Diabetes Association (ADA) recommends that people with diabetes consume a healthy, low-fat diet, rich in grains, fruits, and vegetables. A healthy diet typically includes 10 - 20% of daily calories from protein such as poultry, fish, dairy, and vegetable sources. People with diabetes who also have kidney disease should work with their health care providers to limit protein intake to 10% of daily calories. A low-fat diet typically includes 30% or less of daily calories from fat -- less than 10% from saturated fats and up to 10% from polyunsaturated fats (such as fats from fish).

Carbohydrates tend to have the greatest effect on blood glucose. The balance between the amount of carbohydrate eaten and the available insulin determines how much the blood glucose level goes up after meals or snacks. To help control blood glucose, people should watch how many carbohydrate servings they eat each day. Foods that contain a high amount of carbohydrates include grains, pasta, and rice; breads, crackers, and cereals; starchy vegetables, including potatoes, corn, peas, and winter squash; legumes such as beans, peas, and lentils; fruits and fruit juices; milk and yogurt; and sweets and desserts. Non-starchy vegetables, such as spinach, kale, broccoli, salad greens, and green beans, are very low in carbohydrates. Carbohydrate counting can ensure that the right amount of carbohydrate is eaten at each meal and snack. A dietician can help each person work out a dietary plan that is right for them.

In addition, weight loss should be part of the plan for those with type 2 diabetes. Moderate weight loss (achieved by reducing calories by 250 - 500 per day and exercising regularly) not only controls blood sugars but blood pressure and cholesterol as well. People with diabetes who eat healthy, well-balanced diets will not need to take extra vitamins or minerals to treat their condition.

Exercise

Exercise plays an important role in controlling diabetes because it lowers blood sugar and helps insulin work more efficiently in the body. Exercise also enhances cardiovascular fitness by improving blood flow and increasing the heart's pumping power, promoting weight loss, and lowering blood pressure. However, exercise has the most value when it’s done regularly -- at least three to four sessions per week for 30 - 60 minutes per session. As little as 20 minutes of walking, three times a week, has a proven beneficial effect. People with type 2 diabetes who exercise regularly have been shown to lose weight and gain better control over their blood pressure, thereby reducing their risk for cardiovascular disease (a major complication of diabetes). Studies have also shown that people with type 1 diabetes who regularly exercise reduce their need for insulin injections.

Despite the benefits of exercise, many people have difficulty sticking with an exercise program for a long period of time. Health care providers can help develop suitable routines as well as strategies that may improve adherence to such routines. Anyone with long-standing diabetes should have a thorough screening before starting an exercise program and receive careful monitoring from a physician.

Medications

Medications for diabetes must always be used in combination with lifestyle changes, particularly diet and exercise, to improve the symptoms of diabetes. Medications include insulin, oral sulfonylureas (like glimepiride, glyburide, and tolazamide), biguanides (Metformin), alpha-glucosidase inhibitors (such as acarbose), thiazolidinediones (such as rosiglitazone) and meglitinides (including repaglinide and nateglinide). A new agent in the fight against diabetes, exenatide (Byetta), is an injectable drug that reduces the level of sugar (glucose) in the blood. In clinical studies, exenatide-treated patients achieved lower blood glucose levels and experienced weight loss. Exenatide was approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration in May 2005.

Nutrition and Dietary Supplements

Considerable research has been conducted on the relationship between diabetes and specific nutrients and dietary supplements. Dietary supplements may increase the effects of blood sugar lowering medications, including insulin. Whenever considering the use of supplements or making dietary changes, be sure to discuss these changes with your health care provider to ensure safety and appropriateness.

Supplements with Blood Sugar Lowering Effects

Chromium -- Found in a variety of foods and supplements, including liver, brewer's yeast, cheese, meats, fish, fruits, vegetables, and whole grains, chromium appears to enhance the body's sensitivity to insulin. Researchers believe that chromium helps insulin pull glucose from the bloodstream into the cells for energy. The benefit of chromium supplements for diabetes has been studied and debated for a number of years. While some studies show no beneficial effects of chromium use for people with diabetes, other studies have shown that chromium supplements may reduce blood glucose levels in individuals with type 2 diabetes and reduce the need for insulin in those with type 1 diabetes. Most Americans get at least 50 mcg of chromium in their diets each day. The National Research Council estimates that intakes of 50 - 200 mcg per day are safe and effective. Clinical studies showing improved blood sugar control for those with diabetes have used doses of chromium picolinate ranging from 200 - 1,000 mcg per day. However, until human studies of long-term safety are conducted with higher doses, it is best to use 200 mcg or less per day.

Magnesium -- Several clinical studies have demonstrated a strong association between low levels of magnesium in the blood and type 2 diabetes. However, researchers are still unclear about the cause and effect in that association. They are investigating whether low magnesium levels worsen blood sugar control in people with type 2 diabetes or whether diabetes causes magnesium deficiencies. Some experts believe that low magnesium levels worsen blood sugar control and that foods rich in magnesium (such as whole grains, green leafy vegetables, bananas, legumes, nuts, and seeds) or magnesium supplements may promote healthy blood glucose levels. At least one small study suggests that taking magnesium supplements may improve the action of insulin and decrease blood sugar levels, particularly in the elderly. People with severe heart disease or kidney disease should not take magnesium supplements. People with diabetes should discuss whether it’s safe and appropriate to take magnesium supplements with a health care provider.

Fiber -- Studies suggest that a high-fiber diet may help:

Prevent development of type 2 diabetes
Lower average glucose and insulin levels in people who already have type 2 diabetes
Improve cholesterol and triglyceride levels in those with diabetes

In a large-scale study of nurses in the United States, women who consumed the most whole grain foods in their diets were nearly 40% less likely to develop diabetes than women who consumed the least.

Studies have also shown that cholesterol levels improved in people with type 2 diabetes after they took supplements of a soluble fiber known as psyllium (Plantago psyllium).

Beta-glucan is a soluble fiber derived from the cell walls of algae, bacteria, fungi, yeast, and plants. It is commonly used for its cholesterol-lowering effects. There are several human trials supporting the use of beta-glucan for glycemic (blood sugar) control.

Vanadium -- Vanadium is an essential trace mineral present in the soil and in many foods. It appears to mimic the action of insulin and, in a number of human studies, vanadyl sulfate (a form of vanadium) has increased insulin sensitivity in those with type 2 diabetes. Animal studies and some small human studies also suggest that vanadium may lower blood glucose to normal levels (reducing the need for insulin) in people with diabetes. One preliminary clinical study found that people with diabetes using insulin who were given vanadium were able to lower their dose of insulin.

Antioxidants

Antioxidants such as beta-carotene and vitamin C are scavengers of free radicals -- unstable and potentially damaging molecules generated by normal chemical reactions in the body. Free radicals are unstable because they lack one electron. In an attempt to replace this missing electron, the free radical molecules react with neighboring molecules in a process called oxidation. Some clinical studies suggest that people with diabetes have elevated levels of free radicals and lower levels of antioxidants. Preliminary clinical studies show that the following antioxidants may improve symptoms of diabetes (by returning blood glucose levels to the normal range) and reduce the risk of associated complications:

Vitamin E
Selenium
Zinc

Two additional substances that show preliminary evidence to possibly help control blood sugar include:

Biotin (a B-complex vitamin) -- helpful for type 2 diabetes; brewer's yeast is a good source of biotin
Vitamin B6 -- helpful for both type 1 and type 2 diabetes

Supplements with Cardiovascular Effects

Because insulin resistance is often associated with cardiovascular disease, people with diabetes may benefit from nutrients that help manage elevated blood lipid levels, high blood pressure, or heart failure. Although the following supplements have been shown to improve cardiovascular health, there is some concern that they may raise blood glucose levels. People with diabetes interested in trying the following supplements should first consult with their health care providers:

Coenzyme Q10 (CoQ10)
Niacin
Omega-3 Fatty acids

Although clinical studies have not shown that either CoQ10 or omega-3 fatty acid supplements raise blood sugar levels, people with diabetes should discuss the safety and appropriateness of using these, or any supplements, with their doctor or pharmacist.

In addition, the following antioxidants have been shown to improve cholesterol levels in people with type 2 diabetes:

Beta-carotene
Vitamin C (1000 mg per day)
Vitamin E (800 IU per day)

Several clinical studies have also found that elevated manganese levels may help protect against LDL oxidation (a process that contributes to the development of plaque in the arteries).

Supplements that May Reduce Complications of Diabetes

More than one-third of all people with diabetes develop a painful condition known as diabetic neuropathy (nerve damage). Some researchers speculate that elevated levels of free radicals, which can cause damage to nerves and blood vessels, may cause this condition. Clinical studies suggest that the following antioxidant supplements may improve nerve communication in damaged areas and reduce the symptoms of diabetic neuropathy:

Alpha-lipoic acid
Gamma-linolenic acid [evening primrose oil (Oenothera biennis ) is a rich source]

Herbs

People have long used plant-based medicines in the treatment of diabetes. For instance, the plant extract guanidine, which lowers blood glucose, prompted the development and use of biguanides, a commonly used oral medication for diabetes. Other herbs may have a role in the management or prevention of diabetes. These include:

Bitter melon (Momordica charantia). Bitter melon has traditionally been used as a remedy for lowering blood glucose in patients with diabetes mellitus. Preliminary clinical studies have indicated that bitter melon may decrease serum glucose levels.
Fenugreek seeds (Trigonella foenum graecum). Fenugreek seeds, a spice found in many curry preparations, are high in fiber and have been shown to regulate glucose and improve lipid levels in both animals and humans. In two small studies of people with either type 1 or type 2 diabetes, fenugreek seed powder lowered blood glucose and improved levels of blood cholesterol and trigylcerides, among other beneficial effects.
Gymnema (Gymnema sylvestre). Preliminary human research reports that gymnema may be beneficial in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes when it is added to diabetes drugs being taken by mouth or to insulin. Gymnema may alter the ability to detect sweet tastes.
Cinnamon (Cinnamomum zeylanicum). In a clinical study of 60 people with type 2 diabetes, intake of 1, 3, or 6 grams of cinnamon per day reduced glucose, triglyceride, LDL cholesterol, and total cholesterol. Other clinical studies have found similar results. As a result, experts claim that cinnamon may play an important role in regulating blood sugar in people with diabetes.
American ginseng (Panax quinquefolium). Although both Asian (Panax ginseng) and American (Panax quinquefolium) appear to lower blood glucose levels, only American ginseng has been studied scientifically. Several clinical studies report a blood sugar lowering effect of American ginseng (Panax quinquefolium) in individuals with type 2 diabetes, both on fasting blood glucose and on postprandial glucose levels. One clinical study found that people with type 2 diabetes who take American ginseng before or together with a glucose meal experience a reduction in glucose levels after they consume the meal.

Acupuncture

Some researchers speculate that acupuncture may trigger the release of natural painkillers and reduce the debilitating symptoms of a complication of diabetes known as neuropathy (nerve damage). In one clinical study of people with diabetes suffering from chronic, painful neuropathy, acupuncture reduced pain and improved sleep in 77% of the participants and eliminated the need for pain medications in 32% of the participants. Given these findings, acupuncture may be a reasonable option for people with diabetes who have neuropathy and either find no symptom relief or develop side effects from conventional drug treatment.

Mind-Body Medicine

Stressful life events can worsen diabetes in several ways. For example, stress stimulates the nervous and endocrine systems in ways that increase blood glucose levels and disrupts healthful behaviors (increasing the chances that an individual may consume a high level of calories and limit his or her physical activity -- a pattern that leads to elevated blood glucose).

It makes sense, then, to consider stress management as part of the treatment and prevention of diabetes. Clinical studies have reported that people with diabetes who participate in biofeedback sessions (a technique that increases awareness and control of the body's response to stress) are more likely to reach target blood glucose levels than those who do not receive biofeedback. Although other studies have produced results that contradict this, researchers and clinicians agree that long-term stress is likely to worsen diabetes and that biofeedback, tai chi, yoga, and other forms of relaxation may help motivate people with diabetes to change their habits in order to manage their condition.

Other Considerations

Pregnancy

Women of child-bearing age who have diabetes should consult an endocrine specialist about the benefits of managing glucose levels before trying to conceive.

About 4% of all pregnant women in the United States are diagnosed with gestational diabetes. Risk factors for developing diabetes while pregnant include:

Modest weight gain prior to pregnancy (11 - 22 pounds or more)
Family history of diabetes
Tobacco use
African-American, Hispanic American, or Asian ancestry
Age older than 50 at conception

Normalizing glucose levels in women with gestational diabetes reduces their risk of complications, such as having an overweight baby, birth trauma, or the need for cesarean section. If the mother's glucose levels are uncontrolled, an infant can be stillborn or suffer from any number of complications, including defects of the brain or central nervous system, an abnormally large body or organs, heart or kidney abnormalities, asphyxia, respiratory distress, and congestive heart failure.

If dietary restrictions fail to improve glucose levels, a woman with gestational diabetes may need insulin. Women should not take oral diabetes medications during pregnancy. Women who develop gestational diabetes may experience the condition again in subsequent pregnancies. Gestational diabetes also increases the risk for developing type 2 diabetes.

Prognosis and Complications

People who maintain tight control over their blood glucose levels can prevent or delay the development of long-term complications from diabetes. Type 1 diabetes generally has more complications than type 2 diabetes.

Long-term complications of diabetes may include:

Heart disease and stroke
Vision loss and blindness
Kidney disease
Neuropathy (nerve damage)
Foot ulcers and infections
Skin problems, including bruising, dryness, itching, hair loss, warts, gangrene (tissue death), and skin ulcers

Supporting Research

Baker H. Nutrition in the elderly: nutritional aspects of chronic diseases. Geriatrics. 2007;62(9):21-5.

Batty GD, Kivimaki M, Smith GD, Marmot MG, Shipley MJ. Obesity and overweight in relation to mortality in men with and without type 2 diabetes/impaired glucose tolerance: the original Whitehall Study. Diabetes Care. 2007;30(9):2388-91.

Bo S, Ciccone G, Baldi C, et al., Effectiveness of a Lifestyle Intervention on Metabolic Syndrome. A Randomized Controlled Trial. J Gen Intern Med. 2007; [Epub ahead of print].

Bozkurt O, de Boer A, Grobbee DE, et al. Pharmacogenetics of glucose-lowering drug treatment: a systematic review. Mol Diagn Ther. 2007;11(5):291-302.

Casellini CM, Vinik AI. Clinical manifestations and current treatment options for diabetic neuropathies. Endocr Pract. 2007;13(5):550-66.

Diabetes Research in Children Network (DirecNet) Study Group, Buckingham B, Beck RW, Tamborlane WV, et al. Continuous glucose monitoring in children with type 1 diabetes. J Pediatr. 2007;151(4):388-93, 393.e1-2.

Herder C, Schneitler S, Rathmann W, et al. Low-Grade Inflammation, Obesity and Insulin Resistance in Adolescents. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2007; [Epub ahead of print].

Howes JB, Sullivan D, Lai N. The effects of dietary supplementation with isoflavones from red clover on the lipoprotein profiles of postmenopausal women with mild to moderate hypercholesterolemia. Atherosclerosis. 2000;152(1):143-147.

Hypponen E, Laara E, Reunanen A, Jarvelin MR, Virtanen SM. Intake of vitamin D and risk of type 1 diabetes: a birth-cohort study. Lancet. 2001;358(9292):1500-1503.

Kapoor R, Huang YS. Gamma linolenic acid: an antiinflammatory omega-6 fatty acid. Curr Pharm Biotechnol. 2006;7(6):531-4.

Khan A, Khattak K, Sadfar M, Anderson R, Khan M. Cinnamon improves glucose and lipids of people with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2003;26:3215-3218.

Krauss RM, Eckel RH, Howard B, Appel LJ, Daniels SR, Deckelbaum RJ, et al. AHA Scientific Statement: AHA Dietary guidelines Revision 2000: A statement for healthcare professionals from the nutrition committee of the American Heart Association. Circulation. 2000;102(18):2284-2299.

Kris-Etherton P, Eckel RH, Howard BV, St. Jeor S, Bazzare TL. AHA Science Advisory: Lyon Diet Heart Study. Benefits of a Mediterranean-style, National Cholesterol Education Program/American Heart Association Step I Dietary Pattern on Cardiovascular Disease. Circulation. 2001;103:1823.

Kurowska EM, Spence JD, Jordan J, Wetmore S, Freeman DJ, Piche LA, Serratore P. HDL-cholesterol-raising effect of orange juice in subjects with hypercholesterolemia. Am J Clin Nutr. 2000;72(5):1095-1100.

Malnick SD, Somin M. The VALIDD study. Lancet. 2007;370(9591):931; author reply 931-2.

Marz W, Wieland H. HMG-CoA reducatse inhibition: anti-inflammatory effects beyond lipid lowering. Herz. 2000;25(6):117-25.

Mosdol A, Witte DR, Frost G, Marmot MG, Brunner EJ. Dietary glycemic index and glycemic load are associated with high-density-lipoprotein cholesterol at baseline but not with increased risk of diabetes in the Whitehall II study. Am J Clin Nutr. 2007;86(4):988-94.

National Cholesterol Education Program. Executive summary of the third report of the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) expert panel on detection, evaluation, and treatment of high blood cholesterol in adults (Adult Treatment Panel III). JAMA. 2001;285(19):2486-2497.

Nutrition Committee of the American Heart Association. AHA Dietary Guidelines. Revision 2000: A Statement for Healthcare Professionals. Circulation. 2000; 102:2284-2299.

Pedersen BK. IL-6 signalling in exercise and disease. Biochem Soc Trans. 2007;35(Pt 5):1295-7.

Peek ME, Cargill A, Huang ES. Diabetes health disparities: a systematic review of health care interventions. Med Care Res Rev. 2007;64(5 Suppl):101S-56S.

Plat J, van Onselen ENM, van Heugten MMA, Mensink RP. Effects on serum lipids, lipoproteins, and fat soluble antioxidant concentrations of consumption frequency of margarines and shortenings enriched with plant stanol esters. Euro J Clin Nutr. 2000;54:671-677.

Raitakari OT, McCredie RJ, Witting P, Griffiths KA, Letter J, Sullivan D, Stocker R, Celermajer DS. Coenzyme Q improves LDL resistance to ex vivo oxidation but does not enhance endothelial function in hypercholesterolemic young adults. Free Radic Biol Med. 2000;28(7):1100-1105.

Ripsin CM, Keenan JM, Jacobs Jr. DR, et al. Oat products and lipid lowering: a meta-analysis. JAMA. 1992;267:24:3317-3325.

Sirtori CR, Pazzucconi F, Colombo L, Battistin P, Bondioli A, Descheemaeker K. Double-blind study of high-protein soya milk v. cow's milk to the diet of patients with severe hypercholesterolaemia and resistance to or intolerance of statins. Brit J Nutr. 1999;82:91-96.

Srivastava AK. Anti-diabetic and toxic effects of vanadium compounds. Mol Cell Biochem. 2000;206(1-2):177-182.

Stevinson C, Pittler MH, Ernst E. Garlic for treating hypercholesterolemia. Ann Intern Med. 2000;133(6):420-429.

Teixeira SR, Potter SM, Weigel R,Hannam S, Erdman Jr. JW, Hasler CM. Effects of feeding 4 levels of soy Protein for 3 and 6 wk on blood lipids and apolipoproteins in moderately hypercholesterolemic men. Am J Clin Nutr. 2000;71:1077-1084.

Tofler GH, Stec JJ, Stubbe I, Beadle J, Feng D, Lipinska I, Taylor A. The effect of vitamin C supplementation on coagulability and lipid levels in healthy male subjects. Thromb R es. 2000;100(1):35-41.

Yu-Poth S, Zhao G, Etherton T, Naglak M, Jonnalagadda S, Kris-Etherton PM.Effects of the National Cholesterol Education Program's Step I and Step II dietary intervention programs on cardiovascular disease risk factors: a meta-analysis. Am J Clin Nutr. 1999;69:632-646.

Willett WC. The role of dietary n-6 fatty acids in the prevention of cardiovascular disease. J Cardiovasc Med (Hagerstown). 2007;8 Suppl 1:S42-5.

Zambón D, Sabate J, Munoz S, et al. Substituting walnuts for monounsaturated fat improves the serum lipid profile of hypercholesterolemic men and women. Ann Intern Med. 2000;132:538-546.

Review Date:
12/7/2007
Reviewed By:
Ernest B. Hawkins, MS, BSPharm, RPh, Health Education Resources; and Steven D. Ehrlich, NMD, private practice specializing in complementary and alternative medicine, Phoenix, AZ. Review provided by VeriMed Healthcare Network.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Allergic rhinitis

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:34:54 -0700

Overview

Signs and Symptoms
Causes
Risk Factors
Diagnosis
Prevention
Treatment
Other Considerations
Supporting Research

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Allergic rhinitis is an allergic reaction that occurs when your immune system overreacts to substances that you have inhaled (often pollen). The two types of allergic rhinitis are seasonal allergic rhinitis (hay fever) and perennial allergic rhinitis, which occurs year-round. Hay fever is caused by outdoor allergens, and perennial allergic rhinitis by indoor allergens (such as dust mites, pet dander, mold).

Symptoms of allergic rhinitis resemble a cold, but they are not caused by a virus. When you inhale an allergen, your immune system springs into action, releasing substances known as IgEs into your nasal passages, along with inflammatory chemicals such as histamines. Your nose, sinuses, or eyes may become itchy and congested. Scientists aren't sure what causes your immune system to overreact to an allergen.

Allergic rhinitis is a common condition, affecting about 1 in 5 Americans. Symptoms can be mild or severe. Many people who have allergic rhinitis also have asthma.

Signs and Symptoms

Allergic rhinitis can cause many symptoms, including the following:

Stuffy, runny nose
Sneezing
Post-nasal drip
Red, itchy, and watery eyes
Swollen eyelids
Itchy mouth, throat, ears, and face
Sore throat
Dry cough
Headaches, facial pain or pressure
Partial loss of hearing, smell, and taste
Fatigue
Dark circles under the eyes

Causes

The body's immune system is designed to fight harmful substances like bacteria and viruses. But in allergic rhinitis, the immune system overresponds to harmless substances -- like pollen, mold, and pet dander -- and launches an assault. This attack is called an allergic reaction.

Seasonal allergic rhinitis is caused by an allergic reaction to pollens and spores (depending on the season and area) as they are carried on the wind. Sources include:

Ragweed -- the most common seasonal allergen (fall)
Grass pollen (late spring and summer)
Tree pollen (spring)
Fungus (mold growing on dead leaves, common in summer)

Year-round allergic rhinitis is caused by an allergic reaction to airborne particles from the following:

Pet dander
Dust and household mites
Cockroaches
Molds growing on wall paper, house plants, carpeting, and upholstery

Risk Factors

Family history of allergies
Having other allergies, such as food allergies or eczema
Exposure to secondhand cigarette smoke
Male gender

Diagnosis

Your doctor will ask about your family and personal history of allergy. You may be asked some of the following questions:

Do symptoms vary according to time of day or the season?
Do you have a pet?
Have you made changes to your diet?
Are you taking any medications?

Your doctor will perform a physical exam. Your doctor may also recommend a skin test to determine what you are allergic to. In a scratch test, for example, small amounts of suspected allergens are applied to the skin with a needle prick or scratch. If there is an allergy, a hive (swollen reddened area) forms within about 20 minutes. Sometimes a blood test may be used to determine which allergens you react to.

In young children, observing behavior is helpful in diagnosis. Symptoms of allergic rhinitis may cause a child to wiggle their nose and push the nose upward with the palm of the hand.

Prevention

Taking the following steps to reduce your exposure to allergens may prevent symptoms.

If you have hay fever, during days or seasons when airborne allergens are high:

Stay indoors, and if possible, close the windows.
Use an air conditioner.
Avoid using fans that draw in air from outdoors.
Don't hang laundry outside to dry.
Bathe or shower and change your clothes after being outside.
Use a HEPA air filter in your bedroom.

If you have perennial allergic rhinitis:

Cover your pillows and mattress with dust mite covers.
Remove carpet.
Keep pets out of the bedroom.
Use a HEPA filter on your vacuum.
Use an air purifier.
Avoid pets and other triggers.

Treatment

The best way to reduce symptoms is to avoid or limit your exposure to allergens.

Drugs (such as antihistamines, decongestants, and nasal corticosteroid sprays) may help control symptoms and some complementary, and alternative therapies may also be used to successfully treat the symptoms of allergic rhinitis.

Your doctor may recommend desensitization (immunotherapy, or "allergy shots"). This treatment includes regular injections of the allergen, with each dose being slightly larger than the previous dose. Your immune system should gradually get accustomed to the allergen so that it no longer reacts to it.

In addition, certain lifestyle and dietary changes may help prevent or improve symptoms of allergic rhinitis.

Lifestyle

You can take preventive measures to avoid or reduce your symptoms. Although you can't stay indoors during all high pollen and ragweed seasons, avoiding peak exposure times can help. Run your air conditioner in your home and car, and wear a dust mask when working in the yard.

For perennial allergic rhinitis, you can take the following measures.

To reduce mold:

Clean moldy surfaces. Mold is often found in air conditioners, humidifiers, dehumidifiers, swamp coolers, and refrigerator drip pans.
Use a dehumidifier indoors to reduce humidity to less than 50%.
Fix water leaks and clean up water damage.
Ventilate kitchens, bathrooms, and crawl spaces; vent laundry dryers to the outside.
Put flooring in crawl spaces.
Avoid carpets and upholstered furniture.
Wash bedding every week in hot water.
Keep stuffed toys out of the bedroom.
Cover pillows and beds with allergen-proof covers.

Medications

Depending on the type of allergic rhinitis you have, your doctor may recommend medication. Perennial allergic rhinitis may require daily medication, and if you have seasonal allergic rhinitis (hay fever) you may start medications a few weeks before the pollen season.

Nasal corticosteroids

These prescription sprays reduce inflammation of the nose and help relieve sneezing, itching, and runny nose. They are most effective at reducing symptoms, although you may not see improvement for a few days to a week after you start using them.

Beclomethasone (Beconase)
Fluticasone (Flonase)
Mometasone (Nasonex)
Triacinolone (Nasacort)

Antihistamines

Antihistamines are available in both oral and nasal spray forms, and as prescription drugs and over-the-counter remedies. Over-the-counter antihistamines are short-acting and can relieve mild-to-moderate symptoms. All work by blocking the release of histamine in your body.

Over-the-counter antihistamines -- Include diphenhydramine (Benadryl), chlorpheniramine (Chlor-Trimeton), clemastine (Tavist). These older antihistamines can cause sleepiness. Loratadine (Claritin) does not cause drowsiness.
Prescription antihistamines -- These medications are longer-acting than over-the-counter antihistamines and are usually taken once a day. They include fexofenadine (Allegra) and cetrizine (Zyrtec).

Decongestants

Many over-the-counter and prescription decongestants are available in tablet or nasal spray form. They are often used with antihistamines.

Oral and nasal decongestants -- Include Sudafed, Actifed, Afrin, Neo-Synephrin. Some decongestants may contain pseudoephedrine, which can raise blood pressure. People with high blood pressure or enlarged prostate should not take drugs containing pseudoephedrine. Nasal decongestants can cause "rebound congestion," where the nasal passages swell. Avoid using nasal decongestants for more than 3 days in a row, unless specifically instructed by your doctor, and do not use them if you have emphysema or chronic bronchitis.

Leukotreine modifiers

These prescription drugs block the production of leukotreines, which are inflammatory chemicals produced by the body. They are taken once a day and do not cause sleepiness, and are also used to treat allergic asthma. Leukotreine modifiers include montelukast (Singulair) and zafirlukast (Accolate).

Cromolyn sodium (NasalCrom)

This over-the-counter nasal spray prevents the release of histamine and helps relieve swelling and runny nose. It is most effective when taken before symptoms start and may needed to be used several times a day.

Nasal atropine

Ipratropium bromide (Atrovent) is a prescription nasal spray that can help relieve a very runny nose. People with glaucoma or an enlarged prostate should not use Atrovent.

Antihistamine eye drops -- relieve both nasal and eye symptoms; examples include azelastine, olopatadine, ketotifen, and levocabastine
Decongestant eye drops -- such as phenylephrine and naphazoline
Combination antihistamine/decongestants

Eye drops may cause stinging or even headache.

Other Treatments

Allergy shots (immunotherapy) are often recommended to anyone 7 years and older who has severe allergy symptoms or who also has asthma. Immunotherapy accustoms the immune system to allergens through regular injections of small doses of an allergen over a long period of time.

Nutrition and Dietary Supplements

Some people with allergic rhinitis also have food allergies. If you have any food allergies, eliminate those items from your diet. Even if you don't have a food allergy, cutting back on foods that may contribute to inflammation (such as meats, dairy products, sugar, and highly processed foods) may improve your symptoms.

Lactobacillus acidophilus -- One small study suggests that L. acidophilus, a type of "friendly" bacteria, might help reduce allergic reaction to pollen. More study is needed.
Quercetin -- Quercetin is a flavonoid, a plant pigment responsible for the colors found in fruits and vegetables. In test tubes, it inhibits the production and release of histamine, which causes allergy symptoms of allergic rhinitis, such as a runny nose and watery eyes. However, there is not yet much evidence that quercetin would work the same way in humans. More studies are needed.
Spirulina -- Preliminary test tube and animal studies suggest that spirulina, a type of blue-green algae, may help protect against harmful allergic reactions. Spirulina prevents the release of histamines, which contribute to symptoms of allergic rhinitis. Research on people is needed.
Vitamin C (2,000 mg per day) -- Vitamin C has antihistamine properties and some preliminary research suggested it might help reduce allergy symptoms. But another placebo-controlled trial failed to show any effect on symptoms.

Herbs

The use of herbs is a time-honored approach to strengthening the body and treating disease. Herbs, however, can trigger side effects and can interact with other herbs, supplements, or medications. For these reasons, you should take herbs only under the supervision of a health care practitioner.

Butterbur (Petasites hybridus, 500 mg per day) -- Butterbur has been used traditionally to treat asthma and bronchitis and to reduce mucus, and several scientific studies show that it can be helpful. One study of 125 people with hay fever found that an extract of butterbur was as effective as Zyrtec. Another study compared butterbur to Allegra with similar findings. Both studies were small, however, so more research is needed. It hasn't been established whether taking butterbur longer than 12 - 16 weeks is safe. Butterbur can cause stomach upset, headache, and drowsiness. Pregnant and breastfeeding women, and young children, should not take butterbur.
Goldenseal (Hydrastis canadensis) -- Goldenseal is sometimes included in herbal remedies for allergic rhinitis. Laboratory studies suggest that berberine, the active ingredient in goldenseal, has antibacterial and immune-enhancing properties. But there is no evidence that it is effective specifically for allergic rhinitis.
Stinging nettle (Urtica dioica, 600 mg per day for one week) -- Stinging nettle has been used traditionally for treating a variety of conditions, including allergic rhinitis. But studies so far are lacking. Only one small study suggested that stinging nettle might help relieve symptoms of allergic rhinitis. Pregnant women and young children should not take stinging nettle. Talk to your doctor before taking stinging nettle if you take blood pressure medication, anticoagulants (blood thinners), diuretics (water pills),or have diabetes.

Acupuncture

Some evidence suggests that acupuncture may be a useful complementary or alternative treatment option for people with allergic rhinitis, although not all studies have found any benefit. In one study that included 45 people with hay fever, acupuncture was as effective as antihistamines in improving symptoms, and the beneficial effects appeared to last longer. However, a controlled trial that compared acupuncture to placebo (sham acupuncture) found no real benefit. One study suggested that combining acupuncture with traditional Chinese herbs did help relieve symptoms.

Homeopathy

Although few studies have examined the effectiveness of specific homeopathic therapies, professional homeopaths may consider the following remedies for the treatment of allergic rhinitis symptoms based on their knowledge and experience. Before prescribing a remedy, homeopaths take into account a person's constitutional type -- your physical, emotional, and psychological makeup. An experienced homeopath assesses all of these factors when determining the most appropriate treatment for each individual.

Nux vomica -- for stuffiness with nasal discharge, dry, ticklish, and scraping nasal sensations with watery nasal discharge and a lot of sneezing; an appropriate person for this remedy is irritable and impatient.
Arsenicum album -- for stuffiness with copious, burning nasal discharge and violent sneezing; an appropriate candidate for Arsenicum feels restless, anxious, and exhausted.
Allium cepa -- for frequent sneezing, a lot of irritating nasal discharge and tearing eyes; this person tends to feel thirsty.
Euphrasia -- for bland nasal discharge, with stinging, irritating tears; a suitable person for this remedy has worse nasal symptoms when lying down.

Traditional Chinese Medicine

Biminne

Biminne is a Chinese herbal formula used to treat allergic rhinitis. In a study of 58 people with year-round allergic rhinitis, biminne relieved at least some symptoms in most of the participants. Participants took the formula five times a day for 12 weeks, and they still showed the benefit of biminne even after one year. It is not known how biminne works, or if it is safe to use for extended periods. Biminne includes these herbs:

Chinese skullcap (Scutellaria baicalensis)
Ginkgo biloba
Horny goat weed (Epimedium sagittatum)
Schizandra chinensis
Japanese apricot (Prunus mume)
Ledebouriella divaricata
Astragalus (Astragalus membranaceus)

Other Considerations

Using some nasal sprays for long periods of time can make your allergic rhinitis worse. Call your health care provider if you develop severe symptoms, if previously successful treatment no longer works, or if symptoms do not respond to treatment.

Pregnancy

If you are pregnant or breastfeeding, avoid the following:

Decongestants without discussing with your physician
Stinging nettle
Chinese skullcap
Butterbur (Petasites) extracts
Goldenseal
High doses of vitamin C

Warnings and Precautions

Do not take stinging nettle if you take blood pressure medication, anticoagulants (blood thinners), diuretics (water pills), or have diabetes without talking to your doctor first.

You should not use goldenseal over a long period of time, and you should avoid it if you have high blood pressure.

Skullcap has sedative properties, and should be used with caution or not at all with antihistamines that also make you drowsy.

Prognosis and Complications

Chances are your symptoms of allergic rhinitis will be readily treated, but they will continue to appear each time you are exposed to an allergen.

Although perennial allergic rhinitis is not a serious condition, it can interfere with many important aspects of life. Depending on how severe your symptoms are, allergic rhinitis can lead to missed days from school or work. Medication may cause drowsiness and other side effects. Your allergies could also trigger other conditions, such as eczema, asthma, sinusitis, and ear infection (called otitis media). Seasonal allergies may improve as you get older.

Desensitization (allergy shots) may cause uncomfortable side effects (such as hives and rash) and may have dangerous side effects such as anaphylaxis. It often requires years of treatment and is effective in about two-thirds of cases.

Supporting Research

Anonymous. Monograph. Petasites hybridus. Altern Med Rev. 2001;6(2):207-209.

Blanc PD, Trupin L, Earnest G, Katz PP, Yelin EH, Eisner MD. Alternative therapies among adults with a reported diagnosis of asthma or rhinosinusitis : data from a population-based survey. Chest. 2001;120(5):1461-1467.

Blumenthal M, Goldberg A, Brinckmann J. Herbal Medicine: Expanded Commission E Monographs. Newton, MA: Integrative Medicine Communications; 2000.

Calder PC, Miles EA. Fatty acids and atopic disease. Pediatr Allergy Immunol. 2000;11 Suppl 13:29-36.

Chari P, Biwas S, Mann SBS, Sehgal S, Mehra YN. Acupuncture therapy in allergic rhinitis. Am J Acupunct. 1988;16(2):143-147.

Chatzi L, Apostolaki G, Bibakis I, Skypala I, Bibaki-Liakou V, Tzanakis N,et al. Protective effect of fruits, vegetables and the Mediterranean diet on asthma and allergies among children in Crete. Thorax. 2007 Aug;62(:677-83.

Cummings S, Ullman D. Everybody's Guide to Homeopathic Medicines. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Penguin Putnam; 1997:68-70, 233-234.

Foster S, Tyler VE. Tyler's Honest Herbal. 4th ed. New York: The Haworth Herbal Press; 1999:195-197.

Hu G, Walls RS, Bass D, et al. The Chinese herbal formulation biminne in management of perennial allergic rhinitis: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 12-week clinical trial. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol. 2002 May;88(5):478-487.

JAMA Patient Page. How much vitamin C do you need? JAMA. 1999;281(15):1460.

Johnston CS. Recommendations for vitamin C intake. JAMA. 1999;282(22):2118-2119.

Johnston CS, Martin LJ, Cai X. Antihistamine effect of supplemental ascorbic acid and neutrophil chemotaxis. J Am Coll Nutr. 1992;11:172-176.

Jonas WB, Jacobs J. Healing with Homeopathy: The Doctor's Guide. New York, NY: Warner Books;1996:201-204.

Kalliomaki M, Salminen S, Arvilommi H, Kero P, Koskinen P, Isolauri E. Probiotics in primary prevention of atopic disease: a randomized placebo controlled trial. Lancet. 2001;357(9262):1076-1079.

Kankaanpaa P, Nurmela K, Erkkila A, et al. Polyunsaturated fatty acids in maternal diet, breast milk, and serum lipid fattty acids of infants in relation to atopy. Allergy. 2001;56(7):633-638.

Karkos PD, Leong SC, Arya AK, Papouliakos SM, Apostolidou MT, Issing WJ. 'Complementary ENT': a systematic review of commonly used supplements. J Laryngol Otol. 2007 Aug;121(:779-82.

Kaufeler R, Polasek W, Brattstrom A, Koetter U. Efficacy and safety of butterbur herbal extract Ze 339 in seasonal allergic rhinitis: postmarketing surveillance study. Adv Ther. 2006 Mar-Apr;23(2):373-84.

Kim HM, Lee EH, Cho HH, Moon YH. Inhibitory effect of mast cell-mediated immediate-type allergic reactions in rats by spirulina. Biochem Pharmacol. 1998;55(7);1071-1076.

Levine M, Rumsey SC, Daruwala R, Park JB, Wang Y. Criteria and recommendations for vitamin C intake. JAMA. 1999;281(15):1415-1453.

Liu RH, Zhang XM, Zhang SQ. Study on mechanism of biminne in treating allergic rhinitis. Zhongguo Zhong Xi Yi Jie He Za Zhi. 2007 Jul;27(7):623-5.

Meltzer EO; NasalCrom Study Group. Efficacy and patient satisfaction with cromolyn sodium nasal solution in the treatment of seasonal allergic rhinitis: a placebo-controlled study. Clin Ther. 2002;24(6):942-952.

Rudack C. Spectrum of treatments for hay fever. MMW Fortschr Med. 2007 Feb 15;149(7):32-4.

Schapowal A; Petasites Study Group. Randomised controlled trial of butterbur and cetirizine for treating seasonal allergic rhinitis. BMJ. 2002;324(7330):144-146.

Task Force on Allergic Disorders. The Allergy Report. Vol. I. American Academy of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology. 2000.

Tamura M, Shikina T, Morihana T, Hayama M, Kajimoto O, Sakamoto A, et al. Effects of probiotics on allergic rhinitis induced by Japanese cedar pollen: randomized double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Int Arch Allergy Immunol. 2007;143(1):75-82.

Taylor MA, Reilly D, Llewellyn-Jones RH, McSharry C, Aitchison TC. Randomised controlled trial of homeopathy versus placebo in perennial allergic rhinitis with overview of four trial series. BMJ. 2000;321(7259):471-476.

Thornhill SM, Kelly AM. Natural treatment of perennial allergic rhinitis. Altern Med Rev. 2000;5(5):448-454.

Ullman D. The Consumer's Guide to Homeopathy. New York, NY: Penguin Putnam; 1995:258-260.

Wakai K, Okamoto K, Tamakoshi A, Lin Y, Nakayama T, Ohno Y. Seasonal allergic rhinoconjunctivitis and fatty acid intake: a cross-sectional study in Japan. Ann Epidemiol. 2001;11(1):59-64.

Williamson L. Hay fever prophylaxis using single point acupuncture: a pilot study. Acupunct Med. 1994;12(2):84-87.

Williamson L, Yudkin P, Livingstone R, Prasad K, Fuller A, Lawrence M. Hay fever treatment in general practice: a randomized controlled trial comparing standardized Western acupuncture with sham acupuncture. Acupunct Med. 1996;14(1):6-10.

Xue CC, An X, Cheung TP, Da Costa C, Lenon GB, Thien FC, Story DF. Acupuncture for persistent allergic rhinitis: a randomised, sham-controlled trial. Med J Aust. 2007 Sep 17;187(6):337-41.

Xue CC, English R, Zhang JJ, Da Costa C, Li CG. Effect of acupuncture in the treatment of seasonal allergic rhinitis: a randomized controlled clinical trial. Am J Chin Med. 2002;30(1):1-11.

Yank HN, Lee EH, Kim HM. Spirulina platensis inhibits anaphylactic reaction. Life Sci. 1997;61(13):1237-1244.

Review Date:
9/25/2007
Reviewed By:
Steven D. Ehrlich, N.M.D., private practice specializing in complementary and alternative medicine, Phoenix, AZ. Review provided by VeriMed Healthcare Network.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Melanoma and other skin cancers

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:01 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Melanoma
Nonmelanoma Skin Cancer
Precancerous Skin Condition...
Causes
Risk Factors
Prevention
Screening
Diagnosis
Staging
Treatment for Melanoma
Treatment for Nonmelanoma S...
Prognosis
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Risk factors

According to a report in the Archives of Dermatology, marathon runners are more likely than the general population to develop skin changes that increase the risk for melanoma.

Prevention

A study published in The Lancet indicates that the best ways to avoid sun damage are to reduce the time you spend in the sun and to wear a hat and clothing to protect as much of your skin as possible. Fabrics that are thick and tightly woven offer the best protection.

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration has approved a new type of sunscreen that may more effectively block UVA than products currently available in the United States. UVA light penetrates the skin deeper than other forms of sunlight. Exposure to UVA is believed to contribute to skin cancers. The new sunscreen, called Anthelios SX, is available over the counter.

Screening

A study published in CANCER has shown that older men are more likely to undergo a whole body skin exam if they understand their personal risk factors for melanoma and know where to go to have such an exam. The study emphasizes the importance of skin cancer awareness and education.

One-time melanoma screening for adults over age 50 seems to be as cost-effective as other nationally recommended cancer screening programs, according to a report in the Archives of Dermatology. The study authors also found that screening brothers and sisters of someone with melanoma every 2 years may also be cost-effective.

Diagnosis

Dermatologists detect melanoma earlier than other health care providers, according to an article in the Archives of Dermatology. The earlier melanoma is diagnosed and treated, the greater your chances of survival.

Introduction

Skin cancer is cancer that starts in the skin. Skin cancers are divided into two major groups:

Nonmelanoma, which includes basal cell cancer and squamous cell cancer
Melanoma, the deadliest form of skin cancer

Different skin cancers start in different layers or cells of the skin. To understand how skin cancer develops, it is useful to know something about the skin.

The Skin. The skin is the largest organ in the body and consists of layers.

The outermost layer of the skin is called the epidermis. It is only about 20 cells deep, roughly as thick as a sheet of paper.
The dermis ranges in thickness from 1 - 4 millimeters (about 1/32 - 1/8 inch). The dermis contains tiny blood and lymph vessels, which increase in number deeper in the skin.

The skin is the largest organ of the body. The skin and its derivatives (hair, nails, sweat, and oil glands) make up the integumentary system. One of the main functions of the skin is protection. It protects the body from external factors, such as bacteria, chemicals, and temperature. The skin contains secretions that can kill bacteria, and the pigment melanin provides a chemical pigment defense against ultraviolet light that can damage skin cells. The skin also helps control body temperature.

Melanocytes. A layer of cells between the epidermis and the dermis, called melanocytes, produces a brown-black skin pigment ( melanin) that determines skin and hair color. Melanin also helps protect against the damaging rays of the sun.

As a person ages, melanocytes often proliferate, forming concentrated clusters that appear on the surface as small, dark, flat, or dome-shaped spots, which are usually harmless moles or liver spots.

When cell proliferation occurs in a controlled and contained manner, the resulting lesion is benign and is commonly referred to as a mole or nevus.
Sometimes, however, pigment cells grow out of control and become a cancerous and life-threatening melanoma.

Click the icon to see an image of melanin.

Melanoma

At first, melanoma cells are found in the epidermis and top layers of the dermis. However, once they grow downward into the dermis, the cancer can come into contact with lymph and blood vessels. The thicker the melanoma, the greater the likelihood that it could spread to distant sites.

Removal of the lesion before it reaches the deeper layers of the skin is important for achieving a cure.

Superficial Spreading Melanoma. Superficial spreading melanoma is the most common and most curable. It is flat, asymmetrical, unevenly colored, and usually grows outward across the surface of the skin.

Nodular Melanoma. Nodular melanoma appears as a fast-growing brown or black lump, and its characteristics do not always fit the definitions described above. It is important to check for this type of melanoma because it is associated with an outbreak of other tumors.

Lentigo Maligna. Lentigo maligna (sometimes called Hutchinson's freckle) usually occurs in elderly people and is marked by flat, mottled, tan-to-brown freckle-like spots with irregular borders. These lesions often appear on the face or other sun-exposed areas and typically enlarge slowly for 5 - 15 years before cancer appears.

Acral Lentiginous Melanoma. Although rare, acral lentiginous melanoma is the most common melanoma among African and Asian populations. It commonly appears as a dark patch on the palms, soles, fingers, toes, under fingernails or toenails, or in mucous membranes.

Melanoma cells usually spread first through the lymph vessels or glands. Melanoma cells can also spread by way of blood vessels to various organs, spreading cancer to the liver, lungs, brain, or other sites.

Melanomas tend to grow in stages:

Most melanomas tend to be flat initially and spread laterally across the skin surface as they grow. At this early stage, which can last 1 - 5 years or longer, removal of the growth has an excellent chance of curing the melanoma. Still, there is a chance that some of these melanomas are invasive, and they should be treated aggressively.
Lesions that become raised or dome-shaped over at least part of their surface indicate that downward growth has occurred. In some cases, this growth is very rapid, occurring over a period of weeks to months.

Any suspicious lesion should be checked immediately, particularly if it has grown quickly or is partially flat and partially raised.

Common sites of melanoma in men include:

Head
Middle of the body (trunk)
Neck

Common sites of melanoma in women include:

Arms
Legs

However, any area of the skin may be affected. You may not notice melanomas if they appear on areas that are difficult to examine, such as the scalp or the back.

Less common sites for melanoma include:

Fingers
Palms
Soles of the feet
Genitals
Lips
Under the fingernails or toenails

The presence of a dark lesion under the nail that runs into the adjoining skin and doesn't heal may signal melanoma.

Rarely, melanomas appear in the mouth, in the iris of the eye, or in the retina at the back of the eye, where they may be detected during dental or eye examinations.

Click the icon to see an image of melanoma.

Nonmelanoma Skin Cancer

The two other types of skin cancers are called basal cell cancer and squamous cell cancer. These are nonmelanoma skin cancers.

Basal cell cancer starts in the lowest part of the epidermis in round cells called basal cells. Basal cell is the most common form of skin cancer. It occurs in about 800,000 - 900,000 people every year.

Basal cell cancer usually develops later in life in areas that have received the most sun exposure, such as the head, neck, back, and especially the nose. However, some basal cell cancers appear in areas not exposed to the sun.

Basal cell cancers have many different appearances:

They usually appear as a round area of thickened skin that does not change color or cause pain or itching.
Very slowly, the lesion spreads out and develops a slightly raised edge, which may be translucent and smooth. Infrequently, basal cell cancers resemble malignant melanomas in color.
Eventually, the center becomes hollowed and covered with a thin skin, which can become sore and open.
A form known as aggressive-growth basal cell cancer resembles a scar with a hard base. This type is more likely to spread and must be treated very aggressively.

Basal cell cancer is a cancerous (malignant) skin tumor involving basal skin cells. Basal cell skin cancers usually occur on areas of skin that are regularly exposed to sunlight or other ultraviolet radiation. Once a suspicious lesion is found, a biopsy is needed to prove the diagnosis of basal cell cancer. Treatment varies depending on the size, depth, and location of the cancer.

Basal cell cancers are sometimes hard to tell from benign skin conditions. For instance, occasionally they arise in unexposed skin, where they may mimic an ordinary mole, cyst, or pimple. They may be particularly difficult to distinguish from benign cysts when they occur near the eyes.

Usually, basal cells grow slowly. They are rarely deadly. Most basal cell cancers need not be treated as an emergency, although late treatment can cause disfigurement, so they should be removed as early as possible.

Basal cell cancers that are most likely to spread include those that are larger than 1 centimeter, scar-like, and those located on the cheek, nose, neck, earlobe, eyelid, or temple.

Some studies have shown that people with basal cell cancer may be at higher risk for second cancers, including melanoma, cancer of the lip, salivary glands, larynx, lung, breast, and kidney, and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. Those at higher risk for such cancers appear to be men and anyone diagnosed before 60 with basal cell cancer.

Squamous cell cancer develops from flat, scale-like skin cells called keratinocytes, which lie under the top layer of the epidermis. Most squamous cell cancers occur on sun-exposed areas, especially the forehead, temple, ears, neck, and back of the hands. People who have spent considerable time sunbathing may develop them on their lower legs.

Types of squamous cell cancer:

Squamous cell carcinoma in situ (also called Bowen's disease) is the earliest form of this type of cancer. The cancer has not spread. Cancer areas appear as large reddish patches (often over 1 inch) that are scaly and crusted.
Invasive squamous cell carcinoma is highly likely to spread (metastasize). The skin cancer lesions can grown rapidly (over months) or slowly (over years). Eventually they become ulcerated.

Click the icon to see an image of squamous cell cancer.

Prompt treatment is desirable because squamous cell cancers are more likely to spread to local lymph nodes than basal cell cancer. Squamous cell cancers most likely to spread include:

Deep lesions, those larger than 2 cm in diameter, or patches with poorly defined margins
Recurrent lesions
Squamous cell cancer on neck, earlobe, eyelid, lips, or temple
Squamous cell cancer that develops in ulcers
Squamous cell cancer that develops on skin areas that have been previously treated with radiation or exposed to cancer-killing chemicals

People with squamous cell cancers seem to be at higher risk for other cancers, including melanoma, lung cancer, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, bladder cancer, leukemia, testicular and prostate cancer in men, and breast cancer in women.

Precancerous Skin Conditions

Actinic (Solar) Keratosis. Actinic keratosis (also called solar keratosis) is a precancerous skin lesion caused by too much sun exposure. Such lesions can turn into cancer, but not always.

Actinic keratoses occur after years of sun exposure. They appear predominantly on sun-exposed skin, such as the face, neck, back of the hands and forearms, upper chest, and upper back. Men may develop keratoses along the rim of the ear.

Actinic keratoses have the following characteristics:

Lesions typically occur on the surface of the skin and have a sandpaper-like feel. In fact, they are sometimes more easily felt than seen.
Most lesions are pink and even flesh-colored. Some are red or brown, scaly, and tender. At times, they can resemble melanomas; even dermatologists may have trouble telling the two apart.
They can range in size from microscopic to several inches in diameter.

Keratoacanthomas. Keratoacanthomas closely resemble squamous cell cancers, but they are not malignant. The majority occur in sun-exposed skin, usually on the hands or face. They are typically skin colored or slightly red when they first develop, but their appearance typically changes:

In the early stages, keratoacanthomas are smooth, red, and dome shaped.
Within a few weeks, they can grow rapidly, usually to 1 or 2 centimeters. Some reach the size of a quarter in less than a month and can be rather disfiguring.
They eventually stop growing and become crater-like with a surrounding outer rim of tissue and sometimes have a crusty interior.

Most will spontaneously get better within 1 year, but they almost always scar after healing. Also about 25% develop into squamous cell cancers, most frequently in older people and in sun-exposed areas. Removal by surgery (sometimes by radiation) is recommended. They may also be treated with 5-fluorouracil, either as a cream or injections.

Causes

You cannot overestimate the role of the sun as the most important cause of prematurely aging skin (called photoaging ) and skin cancers.

Long-term repetitive and cumulative exposure to sunlight appears to be responsible for the vast majority of undesirable consequences of aging skin, including basal cell and squamous cell cancers.

Melanoma is more likely to be caused by intense exposure to sunlight in early life.

UVA and UVB Radiation. When sunlight penetrates the top layers of the skin, ultraviolet (UVA or UVB) radiation strikes the DNA inside the skin cells and damages it.

UVB is the main type of radiation responsible for sunburns. It primarily affects the outer skin layers. This type of ultraviolet light is most intense at midday when sunlight is brightest.
UVA penetrates more deeply and efficiently. Unlike UVB, window glass does not filter out UVA rays.

Damaging Effects of UV Radiation. Both UVA and UVB rays cause damage, including genetic injury, wrinkles, lower immunity against infection, aging skin disorders, and cancer, although the mechanisms are not yet fully clear. The following are some ways in which cancer may develop and some defensive actions that the skin uses to defend itself against DNA damage.

Oxidation and Antioxidants. The effects of UV radiation are implicated in the production of oxidants, also called free radicals. Free radicals are unstable molecules produced by normal chemical processes in the body that, in excess, can damage the body's cells and even alter the DNA. This contributes to the aging process and sometimes to cancer.
Defective DNA Repair and Protective Enzymes. Some skin cancers are caused by a breakdown in the body's mechanisms that help repair DNA damage. For example, xeroderma pigmentosum (XP) is a rare genetic disease in which the body cannot repair damage caused by ultraviolet light. Normally, a number of enzymes in the skin help protect against this damage.
Breakdown of Immune Protection. Specific immune factors protect the skin, including white blood cells called T lymphocytes and specialized skin cells called Langerhans cells. These immune system cells attack developing cancer cells at the very earliest stages. However, certain substances in the skin, particularly a chemical called urocanic acid, can suppress such immune factors when exposed to sunlight.

Defective Cell Death (Apoptosis). Apoptosis is the last defense of the immune system. It is a natural process of cell-suicide, which occurs when cells are very severely damaged. Apoptosis in the skin kills off cells harmed by UVA so that they do not turn cancerous. The peeling after sunburn is the result of these dead skin cells. However, some gene defects or other factors interfere with apoptosis. If this occurs, damaged cells can continue to spread, resulting in skin cancer.

A number of genetic factors are being investigated for their role in melanomas, including inherited genes and genetic defects that are acquired from environmental assaults (particularly sunlight).

Mutations in Genes that Regulate Cell Growth. Noninherited mutations in a number of genes that block tumor growth or other cell-protecting properties may account for cancerous changes in moles and for aggressive melanomas. The following are some examples.

Important studies have now identified a mutation in the BRAF gene that appears to be the most common event in the process that leads to melanoma. Some researchers have observed mutations in 66% of malignant melanomas. Researchers hope that agents that block this gene may be a viable treatment path.
P16 is a tumor suppressive gene that may be abnormal in some melanoma cases.
Genetic mutations that regulate Ku70 and Ku80 proteins may disrupt processes that repair strands of DNA.
Researchers are also studying mutations in a gene that encodes for a substance called epidermal growth factor (EGF). EGF plays a role in skin cell growth and wound healing, and may account for many sporadic (non-inherited) cases of melanoma.
Of further interest are mutations in genes that regulate Fas proteins, which are involved in apoptosis, a natural process of cell self-destruction. When apoptosis goes awry in melanoma cells, proliferation can become rampant.

CDKN2A Mutations. Mutations in a gene regulator called CDKN2A are the most common causes of inherited melanoma, which is still very uncommon. Mutations in this gene also appear in non-inherited cases of melanoma. Genetic tests are being developed for CDKN2A, although it is not clear if knowing the results of the test would benefit people carrying the gene.

Variations in the Melanocortin-1 Receptor Gene. One study found that the greater the number of variations from normal in a gene called the melanocortin-1 receptor gene, the greater the risk for melanoma. The gene plays an important role in determining if a person has red hair, fair skin, and sensitivity to UV radiation. Interestingly, people who had olive and darker skin and who carried one or more variations of the gene had a higher than average risk for melanoma.

Aging may weaken the body's ability to fend off impending cancers, including melanomas. As a person ages, they lose Langerhans cells that help fight off early skin cancers. The number of these immune cells decreases with age, possibly setting the stage for skin cancers in later life.

Risk Factors

In the United States, the rate of melanoma is rising more rapidly than any other cancer. According to the American Cancer Society, about 59,940 persons will be diagnosed with melanoma in 2007. More than 8,000 people will die from the cancer.

Survival rates have been improving, however, and the increase in melanomas has occurred principally with thin, less aggressive forms of the disease. Some experts believe this is due to the increased awareness from effective public programs and earlier diagnosis.

A risk factor is anything that increases your chance of getting a disease. The following factors increase your risk for skin cancer:

Age over 40
Being male
Fair skin
Too much exposure to sunlight and ultraviolet radiation
Personal history of skin cancer
Family history of skin cancer
Smoking
Certain chronic or severe skin problems
Certain medical conditions or treatments that affect your immune system
Exposure to chemicals or radiation

Melanoma in Adults. Melanoma is most common in people over 40, and the incidence increases significantly as people get older. Before age 40, melanomas are slightly more common in women than men, but after age 40 men are more often affected. Men are also more likely to have invasive and fatal melanoma than are women, although some research suggests that the higher rates are only because men fail to seek a diagnosis of suspicious skin changes before they become dangerous. The rate in women levels off somewhat between age 45 and 60; researchers speculate that menopause could have some sort of protective effect during those years.

Melanoma in Children. Melanoma is rare in children under age 10. Among children ages 10 - 14 the incidence is only 0.3 per 100,000. Between ages 14 - 19, it is still very rare, 1.3 per 100,000. Parents, then, should not be unduly alarmed by every minor skin imperfection in their children. Nevertheless, melanoma is as serious in children as in adults, and early detection is still critical.

Skin cancer is associated with both duration and intensity of sun exposure. Risk of melanoma increases with excessive sun exposure during the first 10 - 18 years of life. Sunburns are also dangerous, with five or more sunburns doubling the risk of developing cancer. Cancer typically arises many years later.

Marathon runners are more likely than the general population to develop skin changes that increase your risk for melanoma. That's because marathon runners spend a lot of time outdoors. The study findings are published in the Archives of Dermatology.

Tanning Devices. Tanning beds and sunlamps increase the risk for developing melanoma, according to a 2005 review of epidemiologic studies. Previous findings have suggested that women who use tanning devices more than once a month significantly increase their melanoma risk. Women in their 20s, as well as blondes and redheads, are especially at risk.

Ethnic Groups and Complexion. People with light skin, blue, gray, or green eyes, red or blond hair, and lots of freckles are at highest risk for developing melanoma. The risk increases for those who are easily sunburned and rarely tan, particularly if they live close to the equator where sunlight is most intense. Darker ethnic groups or those with swarthy complexions are not immune, however.

Experts have devised a classification system for skin phototypes (SPTs) based on the sensitivity to sunlight. It ranges from SPT I (lightest skin plus other factors) to IV (darkest skin). Tanning and Sunburn Risk People with skin types I and II are at highest risk for photoaging skin diseases, including cancer. It should be noted, however, that premature aging from sunlight can affect people of all skin shades.


Skin Type	Tanning and Burning Risk
I	Always burns, never tans, sensitive to sun exposure.
II	Burns easily, tans minimally.
III	Burns moderately, tans gradually to light brown.
IV	Burns minimally, always tans well to moderately brown.
V	Rarely burns, tans profusely to dark.
VI	Never burns, deeply pigmented, least sensitive.

Australia has the highest melanoma rate in the world. In the United States the rate is highest in California, Florida, and Texas. The disease is by no means limited to such sunny states and countries, however. In general, the risks are highest in regions where the population tends to be blonde and fair-skinned. Norway, for example, has had the highest rate of melanoma in Europe, and rates are soaring in the UK, particularly among men, perhaps because Britons are increasingly vacationing in sunny climates.

Melanoma. Individuals who have been diagnosed with melanoma are at increased risk for a second primary melanoma. According to one 2003 study, the risk over time for developing a second melanoma is 1% in the first year after diagnosis, 2.1% at 5 years, 3.2% at 10 years, and 5.3% at 20 years. The risk is especially higher in older men and in those with first melanomas on the upper body and face.

People with family members who have or had melanoma should also be considered at high risk and examined on a regular basis.

Nonmelanoma Skin Cancers. Nonmelanoma skin cancers, including basal and squamous cell carcinomas, increase the risk of dying from other cancers, including melanoma itself, lung cancer, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, bladder cancer, and leukemia as well as testicular and prostate cancers (in men) and breast cancer (in women).

Psoriasis. Psoriasis increases the risk for squamous cell carcinoma, but studies conflict on whether it has any effect on melanoma. One study, in fact, reported a lower risk. Nevertheless, there is some evidence that long-term treatment for psoriasis using UVA radiation (PUVA) may increase the risk for melanoma. In one study, there was a significantly higher risk even with relatively few treatments. In one study, invasive melanoma had occurred in 2.8% of patients 15 or more years after the initial treatment.

Moles (Nevi) and Other Dark Blemishes. Certain moles and dark blemishes increase the risk for skin cancer. Any mole ( nevus) or other blemish that seems new, changing, or unusual in any way should be evaluated by a health care professional.

Some specific moles or dark blemishes that are risk factors for melanoma include:

Freckles. Freckles typically appear in children on sun-exposed areas and are usually evenly brown or tan. The more freckles a person develops as a child, the greater the risk for melanoma in adulthood.
Dysplastic (or Atypical) Nevi. About 30% of the population has moles called dysplastic nevi, or atypical moles. They are larger than ordinary moles (most are 5 mm across, about the size of a pencil eraser, or larger), have irregular borders, and are various shades or colors. Individuals who have dysplastic nevi plus a family history of melanoma (a syndrome known as FAMM) are at a high risk for developing melanoma at an early age (younger than 40). The risk for those with atypical moles and no family history of melanoma is less clear.
Large birthmarks (giant congenital nevi). Very large birthmarks more than 8 inches across are major risk factors for melanoma. In such cases, cancer usually appears by age 10. Medium-sized congenital nevi do not appear to increase the risk for melanoma. Whenever possible, very large birthmarks should be removed during infancy. Experts disagree, however, about whether small birthmarks need to be removed. Parents should watch any birthmark for changes.

The more moles one has the higher the risk that one of them will become cancerous, although the danger is still very small. A 2003 study estimated that the risk for a single mole to develop into melanoma by age 80 is 1 in 3,164 in men and 1 in 10,800 for women.

The risk is higher, however, with atypical moles. One study of people with melanoma indicated that the presence of even one atypical mole doubled the normal risk.

Some skin blemishes can look like -- but are not -- melanoma. Noncancerous moles typically have the following characteristics:

They generally remain small with clearly defined, regular borders, and uniform coloration. Some have a regular stippled or net-like pattern of pigmentation, however, and may even resemble early melanoma.
They typically first appear during childhood, puberty, or young adulthood. They may naturally grow, darken, or increase in number at certain times of life, such as adolescence or pregnancy.

Examples of moles or blemishes that may resemble skin cancer include:

Blue nevus. A benign mole that may easily be mistaken for melanoma. It is a blue-black, smooth, raised nodule and commonly occurs on the buttocks, hands, or feet.

Liver Spots. Liver spots are usually evenly brown or tan sun-induced lesions that are universal signs of aging. Occurring most noticeably on the hands and face, these harmless blemishes tend to enlarge and darken over time.

Spindle Cell (Spitz) Nevus. Children may develop a benign lesion called a spindle cell (or Spitz) nevus. The mole is firm, raised, and pink or reddish-brown. It may be smooth or scaly and usually appears on the face, particularly the cheeks. It is not harmful, but it may be difficult to differentiate from a melanoma, even for experts.

Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma. Survivors of either non-Hodgkin's lymphoma or melanoma face a higher risk for the other malignancy. These may have common causes, such as exposure to UV radiation or shared genetic factors.

Human papillomavirus (HPV). Genital warts (human papillomavirus, or HPV) may also increase the risk of squamous cell cancer in the genital and anal areas and around fingernails.

Immunosuppression. Skin cancer risk is increased in persons whose immune systems are suppressed because of certain medications, organ transplantation, or medical conditions such as AIDS. Melanoma has also developed in patients who received heart transplants from donors who had the disease. Immune-suppressing drugs used to treat autoimmune disorders may also increase the risk of skin cancer. Potential skin cancer risks have been associated with the eczema drugs pimecrolimus (Elidel) and tacrolimus (Protopic).

Rheumatoid arthritis. Despite previous concerns, the rheumatoid arthritis drug etanercept (Enbrel) does not raise the risk for developing squamous cell skin cancer. The findings are reported in the Archives of Dermatology. Etanercept works by blocking tumor necrosis factor (TNF), an immune system chemical messenger that is involved in inflammatory processes and diseases.

Occupational exposure to radiation, such as in health care or industrial settings, may increase the risk for melanoma. Airline pilots, too, are at increased risk for melanoma. It is uncertain, however, whether this higher risk is from excessive exposure to ionizing radiation at high altitudes or because they have more opportunity to spend time in sunny regions. Experts disagree over whether frequent flyers are also at increased jeopardy.

Prevention

The best way to lower the risk your risk of skin cancer is to protect your skin from the sun and UV light.

Wear sunscreen. The use of sunscreens is complex, and everyone should understand how and when to use them. Follow instructions closely and reapply as directed after swimming or sweating. The bottom line is not that people should avoid sunscreens or sunblocks, but that they should always use them in combination with other sun-protective measures.

Many parents are now taking effective steps to protect their children, although experts worry that they are relying too much on sunscreen and less on other protective measures. Adolescents are at special risk for sun-related cancers because, according to a 2002 study, most of them do not take protective measures when out in the sun. According to the study, boys are less likely to use sunscreen than girls, but girls are more likely to get sunburn and use tanning salons more often.

The best way to prevent skin damage in any case is to avoid episodes of excessive sun exposure. The following are some specific guidelines:

Use sunscreens that block out both UVA and UVB radiation. Do not rely on sunscreen alone for sun protection. Also wear protective clothing and sunglasses.
Avoid exposure particularly during the hours of 10 a.m. to 4 p.m., when UV rays are the strongest.
Clouds and haze do not protect you from the sun and in some cases may intensify UVB rays.
Avoid reflective surfaces such as water, sand, concrete, and white-painted areas.
UV intensity depends on the angle of the sun, not heat or brightness. The dangers are greater the closer to the start of summer.
Skin burns faster at higher altitudes. One study suggested that an average complexioned person burns in 6 minutes at 11,000 feet at noon compared to 25 minutes at sea level.
Avoid sun lamps, tanning beds, and tanning salons. The machines use mostly high-output UVA rays. Some experts believe that 15 - 30 minutes at a tanning salon are as dangerous as a day spent in the sun. People should not be misled by advertising claims of "safe" tanning.

Wear protective clothing, sunglasses, and a hat to shield your face from the sun's rays. Special clothing can block out UV rays and is rated using sun protection factor (SPF) ratings or a system called the UPF (ultraviolet protection factor) index, with 50 UPF being the highest. (According to one study, this is a very reliable indicator of protection.) The clothing is expensive, however.

Everyone, including children, should wear hats with wide brims. (Even wearing a hat, however, may not be fully protective against skin cancers on the head and neck.)
People should look for loosely fitted, unbleached, tightly woven fabrics. The tighter the weave the more protective the garment.
Washing clothes over and over improves UPF by drawing fabrics together during shrinkage. An easy way to assess protection is simply to hold the garment up to a window or lamp and see how much light comes through. The less the better.
Everyone over age 1 should wear sunglasses that block all UVA and UVB rays when in the sun.

Click the icon to see a depiction of sun protection.

When choosing a sunscreen, look at the ingredients. Preparations that help block UV radiation are sometimes classified as sunscreens or sunblocks, according to the substances they contain. In general, sunscreens contain organic formulas and sunblocks inorganic formulas. However, the term sunblock is used less and less as sunscreens increasingly contain both kinds of ingredients:

Organic formulas contain UV-filtering chemicals such as octocrylene, octyl salicylate, homosalate, and octyl methoxycinnamate (block UVB), avobenzone-Parsol 1789 (blocks UVA), cinoxate, ethylhexyl p-methoxycinnamate (blocks UVB and small amounts of UVA), oxybenzone, and benzophenone-3 (blocks UVA/UVB). People should look for a wide-spectrum sunscreen that contains combinations of these ingredients and filter both UVA and UVB. Of note: para-amino benzoic acid (PABA), once a popular ingredient, is now used infrequently. PABA may actually break down in the presence of UV exposure and release harmful oxidants. And many people have an allergic reaction to it. Some products contain PABA derivatives, such as padimate O or octyl dimethyl PABA.
Inorganic formulas contain the UV-blocking pigments zinc oxide or titanium dioxide. Zinc and titanium oxides lie on top of the skin and are not absorbed. They prevent nearly all UVA and UVB rays from reaching the skin. Older sunblocks are white, pasty, and unattractive, but current products use so-called microfine oxides, either zinc (Z-Cote) or titanium. They are transparent and nearly as protective as the older types. Microfine zinc oxide may be more protective and less pasty-colored than microfine titanium oxide.

Calculating the SPF. SPF is a ratio based on the amount of UVB radiation needed to turn sunscreen- or sunblock-treated skin red compared to non-treated skin. For instance, people who sunburn in 5 minutes and who want to stay in the sun for 150 minutes might use an SPF 30. The formula would be: 30 (the SPF number) times 5 (minutes to burn) = 150 minutes in the sun.

Protection offered by sunscreens may be classified as follows:

Minimal: SPF 2 to 11
Moderate: SPF 12 through 29
High: 30+

Although some sunscreens claim SPFs higher than 30, the added protection at such higher levels is insignificant.

SPF Levels by Age Group. Although sunscreens are safe in most toddlers and children, they should not be the first and only lines of defense. All young children should be well-covered with clothing, sunglasses, and hats. Children should be kept out of the sun during peak sunlight periods. Do not use sunscreens on babies younger than 6 months without consulting a doctor.

Older children and adults (even those with darker skin) benefit from using SPFs of 15 and over. Some experts recommend that most people should use SPF 30 on the face and 15 on the body.

Adults who burn easily instead of tanning and anyone with risk factors for skin cancer should use at least SPF 30.

Timing and Amount of Application. Apply sunscreen or sunblock liberally as follows:

Adults should include sunscreen every day, even if going outdoors for only a short time.
Apply a large amount to all exposed areas, including ears and feet. To achieve protection as indicated by the sunscreen's SPF, experts recommend half a teaspoon each for the head, neck, and each arm and a teaspoon each for the chest area, the back, and each leg.
Apply initially 30 minutes before venturing outdoors for best results. This allows time for the sunscreen to be absorbed. Then reapply every 15 - 30 minutes while being in the sunlight.
Also reapply each time after exercise or swimming. Choose a waterproof or water-resistant formula even if activities don't include swimming. Waterproof formulas last for about 40 minutes in the water, whereas water-resistant formulas last half as long.
Insect repellents reduce sunscreen SPFs by up to one-third. Use higher SPFs and very liberal application when applying both.

Possible Hazards of Sunscreens, Sun Avoidance, or Both. When used generously and appropriately, sunscreen products and sun avoidance help reduce the severity of many aging skin disorders, including squamous cell cancers. There are certain concerns, however. Sunscreens do not appear to provide protection against melanoma and some basal cell cancers. In fact, some studies have reported a higher association with sunscreen use and these skin malignancies, though not all studies report such negative results.

The reasons for this possible increased risk are unclear, though some theories include:

Until recently, many sunscreens blocked only or predominantly blocked UVB rays and not UVA, the more deeply penetrating rays now known to be especially dangerous. Studies then may not have reflected the effects of the broad-spectrum sunscreens now available, which block both UVA and UVB.
People who apply sunscreens may stay out too long during peak sunlight hours. Even if a person doesn't sunburn, UVA rays can still penetrate the skin and do harm.
People may not put on enough sunscreen. A 2002 study found that people generally apply only 20 - 60% of the recommended amount, which can provide significantly less protection than the given SPF. A later study reported that when applied at the recommended amount, a broad-screen sunscreen prevents DNA damage from UV exposure.

Underexposure to sunlight. There is some major concern that underexposure to sunlight, due to the use of sunscreens or sun-avoidance measures, may produce other health problems such as:

Vitamin D deficiency. The body makes vitamin D through a chemical reaction to UVB sunlight. Too many sun-protection measures may increase the risk for developing vitamin D deficiency. Vitamin D helps prevent rickets, osteoporosis, and some cancers, including melanoma. People who need to avoid sunlight and whose diet is low in foods that contain vitamin D should check with their doctor about taking supplements. (Warning: Vitamin D is poisonous when taken in high doses.) People with darker skin are at higher risk for deficiencies from sun protection than those with whiter skin.
Other Cancers. Although sunlight is implicated in skin cancers, it is also associated with lower risks for breast, prostate, ovarian, and colon cancers. Some protection against these cancers may be related to vitamin D production by sunlight.
Depression. Many people suffer from seasonal affective disorder (SAD), a form of depression that generally occurs in winter and is associated with exposure to less sunlight.

The bottom line is that some sunlight is important and even necessary.

A study published in 1994 in the New England Journal of Medicine found that persons with a history of nonmelanoma skin cancer who ate a low-fat diet were much less likely to develop actinic keratosis, a precancerous skin condition.

However, the low-fat diet did not appear to have any effect on the development of basal cell cancer.

Chemoprevention is the use of a substance to prevent or reduce your risk of cancer. Certain drugs have been used to help block the development of skin cancers, including melanoma. For example, a medicine called imiquimod is approved to prevent skin cancer in certain individuals. This medicine prompts the immune system to fight off foreign substances, including cancer cells. Chemopreventive agents under investigation and showing promise for skin cancer include:

Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
Difluoromethylornithine (DFMO)
Catechins (phytochemicals found in certain foods)
Anti-aging drugs called retinoids (vitamin A derivatives)

Retinoids have been shown to prevent nonmelanoma skin cancer in patients with basal cell nevus syndrome, xeroderma pigmentosum, and transplanted organs. Oral retinoids include isotretinoin and acitretin. They may also prevent the development of squamous cell carcinoma in patients who are taking such medicines to treat psoriasis.

Early animal studies had suggested that cholesterol-lowering statins or fibrates may reduce the risk of skin cancer, but human studies have produced inconsistent results. A review of several studies has concluded that such drugs do not decrease your risk of melanoma. The findings are published in the Journal of the National Cancer Institute.

Researchers are also studying chemopreventative compounds that target genetic mechanisms in the skin. They may prove to be beneficial ingredients in creams or lotions used to prevent skin cancers on a molecular level. They include cytokine interleukin-12 and T4 endonuclease 5 (T4N5).

Studies have shown that mice with round-the-clock access to an exercise wheel developed skin cancer more slowly when exposed to UVB. Their tumors were also fewer in number and smaller. Analysis of the data suggested that exercise might trigger the death of the developing cancer cells faster than they can grow. Exercise also made the mice lose weight, and the number of tumors decreased as fat disappeared.

Antioxidants are chemicals or drugs that help prevent cell damage from unstable molecules called free radicals. Antioxidants promote to protect the skin include vitamins C and E, and coenzyme Q10 (CoQ10).

Studies suggest that vitamin E creams, particularly those made from a type of Vitamin E called alpha tocopherol, decreased skin roughness, length of facial lines, and wrinkle depth. Studies on mice have also shown that such creams reduce UV-related skin cancer.

Vitamin C is a very potent antioxidant. It is also called ascorbic acid. Most studies on the effects of antioxidants on the skin have used this vitamin. In laboratory studies, large amounts reduced skin swelling and protected immune factors from sunlight.

Selenium in the form of L-selenomethionine has protected against sun damage and even delayed skin cancer in animal studies. It is not known if such benefits apply to people.

Click the icon to read about the antioxidant selenium.

Antioxidant Skin Creams. There are wide claims about the benefits of antioxidants for wrinkles when used in skin creams. However, to date, only vitamin E, C, and selenium-based skin products have been shown to help reduce sun damage to the skin. However, most available brands contain very low concentrations of these antioxidants. In addition, the antioxidants are also not well absorbed by the skin, so the effect may be short-term.

Antioxidant Pills. One small study found that taking a combination of vitamins C and E supplements by mouth may help reduce sunburn reactions, although the protection is much less than from sunscreens. Taking the vitamins alone does not appear to have the same effect.

Other Natural Substances. The following natural substances have antioxidant properties and are being tried for sun-protection:

Both green and black tea appear to have properties that may provide some protection against skin cancers and photoaging. A 2001 study using extracts of topical green tea suggested that it might protect against ultraviolet damage. Green tea skin care products are now available, but their quality is unregulated.
Ginger also appears to have some sun protective qualities.
Silymarin, a substance found in the milk thistle family (which includes artichokes), may prevent UVB-promoted cancers in animals.
Garlic has been shown to protect animals against UVB damage. Whether these results may be applied to humans, and what quantities of garlic might be beneficial, is still unknown.

Warning Note: A wide range of herbal products may contribute to dermatological problems. Some Chinese herbal creams have been found to contain corticosteroids. Mercury or arsenic contaminants have been found in some Ayurvedic therapies. In addition, several oral herbal remedies used for medical or emotional conditions may produce irritation in reaction to sunlight (photosensitivity). They include, but are not limited to, St. John's wort, kava, and yohimbe.

Screening

Education and prevention programs have led to improved screening for skin cancer, which in turn has improved diagnosis and survival rates for melanoma. For example, a study published in CANCER has shown that older men are more likely to undergo a whole body skin exam if they were aware of personal risk factors and where they could go to have an exam performed.

Skin cancers may have many different appearances. They can be small, shiny, or waxy, scaly and rough, firm and red, crusty or bleeding, or have other features. Itching, tenderness, scaling, bleeding, crusting, or sores can signal potentially cancerous changes in any mole.

A mnemonic device, ABCDE, is used to describe several features that help to distinguish skin cancer from noncancerous growths.

Asymmetry (A). Skin cancers usually grow in an irregular, asymmetric fashion. That means one half of the abnormal skin area is different than the other half.
Border Irregularity (B). Noncancerous lesions generally have clearly defined borders. Melanoma lesions often have notched or indistinct borders that may signal ongoing growth and spread of the cancer.
Color Variation (C). One of the earliest signs of melanoma may be the appearance of various colors within the lesion. Because melanomas arise within pigment-forming cells, they are often varicolored lesions of tan, dark brown, or black, reflecting the production of melanin pigment at different depths within the skin. Occasionally, lesions are flesh colored or surrounded by redness or lighter areas of depigmentation.
- Pink or red areas may result from inflammation of blood vessels within the skin.
- Blue areas reflect pigment in the deeper layers of the skin.
- White areas can arise from dead cancerous tissue.
Diameter (D). A diameter of 6 millimeters or larger (about the size of a pencil eraser) is worrisome. Melanomas start out small; by the time a lesion has grown this large, other abnormalities will most likely be present. A doctor should examine any suspicious lesion, no matter what size it is.
Evolution (E). A lesion that is growing or changing deserves evaluation.

The ABCDE plan is a general guide. It will not help detect the early stages of nodular melanoma and may also miss amelanotic melanoma, which is not pigmented.

You should keep in mind that the most important warning sign of melanoma is a new or changing skin lesion, regardless of size or color. Changes that occur over a short period of time (particularly over a few weeks) are most worrisome.

Anyone with risk factors for skin cancer should check the entire body about once a month. People who regularly check moles on their skin may have a lower risk of developing advanced melanoma.

Experts suggest drawing a map of the body, indicating locations of moles, areas of discoloration, lumps, or other blemishes. Whenever a person conducts a self-examination, they should compare their body to the map to check for new lesions, lumps, or moles and for changes in shape, color, and size.

Some experts have defined three specific body areas to look for skin cancers, including melanomas:

Areas visible to anyone, such as the arms or face -- about 60% of melanomas are found on such areas.
Areas usually covered with clothing and visible only to the patients or their partners -- about 34% of melanomas are detected in these areas.
Hidden areas such as the scalp, buttock folds, and mouth -- about 6% of melanomas, usually more advanced, are found here.

Ask a partner to help you check these areas. Turn on a hair dryer to separate hair and examine the scalp.

Some experts recommend that everyone, especially those with a high risk of developing melanoma, have a dermatologist perform a whole body skin exam. Dermatologists detect melanoma earlier than other health care providers, according to an article in the Archives of Dermatology.

High-risk people include those with a personal or family history of melanoma and individuals with atypical nevi (irregular moles that are also larger than normal).

Such people should protect themselves from overexposure to sunlight and have a medical examination of the entire skin surface every 3 - 12 months, with the frequency depending on risk factors. Doctors may take photographs of any moles at each visit and compare them with previous photos for any changes.

Examinations for Patients Previously Treated for Melanoma. People who have had melanoma and have been treated successfully are at risk for recurrence or a second primary melanoma. Based on recurrence rates by cancer stage, a team of researchers suggested the following guidelines for being reexamined by the doctor after treatment:

Stage I patients: Yearly exam
Stage II patients: Every 6 months for years 1 and 2 and annually thereafter
Stage III patients: Every 3 months for the first year, every 4 months for year 2, and every 6 months for years 3 to 5

All patients should be checked annually after year 5. These are guidelines only and may be changed, depending on individual patient characteristics.

Some studies also suggest that regular screening of family members of people with melanoma could prevent a number of serious cases. A 2007 report in the Archives of Dermatology has called for expanded melanoma screening programs. The study found that one-time melanoma screening for adults over age 50 seems to be as cost-effective as other recommended cancer screenings. The study authors also found that screening brothers and sisters of someone with melanoma every 2 years may also be cost-effective.

Diagnosis

An experienced doctor should first rule out benign conditions that resemble melanoma, such as a noncancerous mole called a melanocytic nevi.

In rare instances, a melanoma will be difficult to detect. For example, an uncommon form, called a myxoid melanoma, may be mistaken for a benign skin disorder known as a myxoid fibrohistiocytic lesion. Other opinions from a second pathologist, computerized image processing or advanced staining techniques, may help to confirm the diagnosis.

A study published in the Archives of Internal Medicine has found that melanoma tends to be diagnosed at a later stage in persons who are not light-skinned. The study involved nearly 50,000 patients with melanoma, and included Caucasians, Hispanics, Asian/Pacific Islanders, African-Americans, and American Indians.

Some doctors now use dermoscopy (also called dermatoscopy or epiluminescence microscopy). This technique uses a handheld scope-like device that enhances the suspected lesion. It is still not clear if such devices are any better than the naked eye of a trained professional. Of interest, however, was a 2002 study suggesting that it was very useful in identifying possible melanomas in suspicious nail abnormalities and therefore avoiding many painful biopsies in this area. A 2004 study confirmed that adding dermoscopy to conventional naked-eye examination leads to fewer biopsies than using naked-eye examination alone.

A recently developed Australian device (the Solarscan) may improve detection. It is shaped like a hair dryer and takes an image of the suspicious lesion; it then reads the image and compares it with a databank of melanoma images to help determine if it is cancerous. It can also store the image of the lesion and compare it for changes with later images taken at subsequent check ups. The device is not yet used in the United States. It still requires FDA approval. Testing is under way to confirm its accuracy.

A skin biopsy is the removal of skin tissue for examination under a microscope. The exact type of biopsy depends on how deep the lesion has penetrated the skin.

Shave biopsy uses a thin surgical blade to shave off the top layers of skin. The doctor may use this type of biopsy to diagnose basal cell cancer.
Punch biopsy uses a round, cookie-cutter-like tool. It is used to take a deeper sample skin.
Incisional and excisional biopsies remove tumors that have grown deep into the skin. An incisional biopsy cuts out part of the tumor. An excisional biopsy removes the entire tumor. These biopsies are used to diagnose melanoma.

All of the above-mentioned biopsies can be done using local anesthesia.

A lymph node biopsy helps the doctor determine whether cancer has spread to one or more lymph nodes.

A procedure called sentinel lymph node (SLN) biopsy is now recommended for cancers that are thicker than 1 millimeter and generally unnecessary for those thinner than 0.75 millimeter, unless they are ulcerated. Although some evidence suggests this procedure may improve survival, no clinical trials have proven to date that this procedure improves the outlook in persons with melanoma.

Sentinel node biopsy is a technique that helps determine if a cancer has spread. When a cancer has been detected, often the next step is to find the lymph node closest to the tumor site and retrieve it for analysis. The concept of the "sentinel" node, or the first node to drain the area of the cancer, allows a more accurate staging of the cancer, and leaves unaffected nodes behind to continue the important job of draining fluids. The procedure involves the injection of a dye (sometimes mildly radioactive) to pinpoint the lymph node which is closest to the cancer site. Sentinel node biopsy is used to stage many kinds of cancer, including melanoma.

This procedure involves the following:

A tiny amount of a tracer, either a radioactively labeled substance (radioisotope) or a blue dye, is injected into the tumor site.
These substances then flow through the lymph system into the sentinel node, the first lymph node to which any cancer would spread.
The sentinel lymph node and possibly one or two others are then removed and biopsied.

The results of the biopsy can help doctors decide whether or not to remove other lymph nodes:

If the sentinel node and others shows signs of cancer then the nearby lymph nodes are removed.
If they do not, then the remainder of the lymph nodes will likely be cancer-free, and further surgery is not needed.

If melanoma has been diagnosed, the doctor will perform other tests to see if the cancer has spread, such as a chest x-ray.

Blood tests that show high levels of lactate dehydrogenase suggest that the cancer has spread. Blood tests to assess liver function and other factors to help determine specific sites where the cancer may appear.

Advanced imaging techniques, such as computed tomography (CT) or positron emission tomography (PET), may also be used. PET is particularly accurate. One study reported that PET was able to diagnose melanoma that had spread even when other tests, including CT, did not. PET can also be very accurate for identifying recurrent melanomas.

Biomarkers are specific substances that are linked to cancer. Blood tests to detect biomarkers may be used to identify microscopic cancers if sentinel node biopsy results are uncertain. Researchers are continually investigating other biomarkers that may indicate whether the cancer had spread or how severe it is, which would help determine whether treatments should be more or less aggressive.

A number of proteins and other factors detected in blood tests are showing promise as markers for microscopic metastasis. Examples include antibodies to MART-1, Melan-A, tyrosinase, and microphthalmia transcription factor (Mitf). Combinations of some of these factors may improve detection rates.

Staging

Staging is the process used to determine the size of the tumor and where and how far it has spread. When a cancer spreads, it’s said to have metastasized. Staging helps the health care team plan for appropriate treatment.

Basal cell cancer is rarely staged, because it doesn't usually spread to other organs. However, it may be staged if it's very, very large.
Squamous cell cancer may be staged in persons who have a high risk of the cancer spreading.
Melanoma is always staged.

Health professionals have come up with various methods for staging the cancer. This report uses the TNM staging system recommended by American Joint Committee on Cancer.

T = tumor. T is followed by a number to indicate thickness.
N = node. N is followed by numbers to indicate the number of lymph nodes involved.
M = metastasis. Metastasis is the spread of cancer to far away sites.

In addition a stage will include whether the melanoma is ulcerated or not, an indication of severity. Ulceration is determined if skin layers over the tumor appear indistinct under the microscope.

In general, the thicker the lesion and the farther the cancer has spread, the higher the assigned stage. The higher the stage, the worse the long-term outlook.

The earliest melanomas, which do not penetrate beneath the surface of the skin and are known as melanoma in situ, are highly curable and are called stage 0 or not given a stage.
Melanomas less than 4 mm thick suggest Stage I or II cancers, and the next step is to attempt to determine if they have spread or are likely to spread to the lymph nodes.
Melanomas that are over 4 mm thick indicated later stages. In such cases, the lymph nodes are sometimes removed to attempt to prevent the cancer from spreading, although about 70% of these melanomas have already spread.

Specific stages are as follows:

Stage I. Cure rates are excellent with surgical removal, since they are least likely to have spread.

Stage 1A. Tumor has not spread to the nodes. It is less than 1 mm and is not ulcerated.
Stage IB. Tumor has not spread to the nodes. It is less than 1 mm, but is ulcerated, or the tumor is between 1.01 and 2 mm but is not ulcerated.

Stage II. Melanomas can be cured, but the success rate lags behind that of Stage I because a small number of cancer cells may have spread to distant sites. In addition to surgery, other forms of therapy may be recommended.

Stage IIA. Tumor has not spread to the nodes. It is between 1.01 and 2 mm and is ulcerated, or it is 2.01 to 4 mm without ulceration.
Stage IIB. Tumor has not spread to the nodes. It is between 2.01 and 4 mm and is ulcerated or greater than 4 mm without ulceration.

Stage III. Survival rate is lower than earlier stages.

Stage IIIA. Tumor has spread to 1 node and it is up to 4 mm without ulceration. Sentinel biopsy has detected microscopic evidence of tumor cells in the node (micrometastasis).
Stage IIIB. Tumor is up to 4 mm without ulceration and has spread to one node or there is evidence of micrometastasis in two nodes.
Stage IIIC. Tumor is any thickness and ulceration may or may not be present. It has spread to 2 or 3 nodes. Additional "satellite" melanomas on the skin more than 2 cm (about an inch) from the original lesion may be present; these are sometimes called "metastases in transit."

Treatment for Melanoma

Treatment for melanoma depends on various factors, including:

The site of the original lesion
The stage of the cancer
The patient's age and general health

Treatment options include:

Surgery to remove the melanoma cancer cells
Chemotherapy
Immunotherapy
Radiation therapy
Palliative therapy

Surgery is the primary treatment for all stages of melanoma. Some or all of the melanoma is often removed during the diagnosis biopsy. If cancerous tissue still remains after such a biopsy, a surgeon will cut away additional tissue from the surrounding area to remove any stray cancer cells.

Mohs micrographic surgery is a technique used to remove very thin layers of skin one at a time. Each layer is examined immediately under a microscope. When the layers are shown to be cancer-free, the surgery is complete.

The amount of tissue removed depends on the size, depth, and degree of invasion:

Stage I lesions that are less than 1 mm deep require the smallest surgical cuts, usually about 1 cm off each side and downward from the original lesion.
For melanomas that are 2 mm or thicker, a margin of 3 cm is important for reducing the risk of recurrence.
Thicker lesions require wider surgical cuts.

It used to be customary to remove a large area, regardless of the stage of cancer. This potentially disfiguring approach has been abandoned because studies have shown that excising wider margins does not improve survival. Nevertheless, sometimes skin grafts may need to be taken from other body sites to help cover the wound.

Lymph Node Removal. If there is evidence that melanoma has spread to nearby lymph nodes but has not spread beyond, removing them may reduce the chance of recurrence and help patients live longer.

Surgery for Metastatic Melanoma. In some cases, surgical removal of distant tumors may be possible and prolong survival, since often in melanoma the cancer spreads first only to a single site, such as the lung or the brain.

Cryosurgery. Cryosurgery freezes skin tissue and destroys it. This procedure is not useful for most melanomas, but it might have some value in specific situations. For example, it may be effective for smaller melanomas in the eye, a location that is difficult to treat with traditional surgery. It may be useful to eliminate residual cancer cells after standard surgery for lentigo maligna melanomas, an atypical form of melanoma that has a wide surface and is difficult to treat.

Recurrence rates are very high with lentigo maligna after conservative surgery. Although this is a very slowly progressive condition, lentigo maligna can develop into melanoma. Most of these lesions appear on the face and neck, so extensive surgery can be disfiguring. Patients should discuss with their doctor carefully staged surgery to remove all diseased tissue with as little cosmetic harm as possible.

Chemotherapy is often used to treat recurrent or metastatic melanomas. This type of therapy is not intended as a cure but can prolong life and improve its quality.

Drugs Used. The following are some of the chemotherapy drugs used to treat melanoma. They may be used alone or in combination under specific situations.

Methylating agents impair the ability of cancer cells to divide. Dacarbazine (DTIC) and temozolomide (Temodar) are the ones most often used.
Nitrosoureas, which include carmustine (BCNU) and lomustine (CCNU) are often used.
Taxanes, such as docetaxel (Taxotere) and paclitaxel (Taxol), are showing some low-level activity against melanoma.

Researchers continue to investigate other chemotherapy drugs and combinations of drugs to see which works best.

Side Effects. Side effects occur with all chemotherapy drugs. They are more severe with higher doses and increase over the course of treatment.

Common side effects include the following:

Nausea and vomiting
Diarrhea
Temporary hair loss
Weight loss
Fatigue
Anemia
Depression

Serious short- and long-term complications can also occur and may vary depending on the specific agents used. They include the following:

Increased chance for infection from suppression of the immune system.
Severe drops in white blood cells (neutropenia). Certain agents, such as taxanes, pose a higher risk for this than other chemotherapeutic drugs. White blood cell count may be improved with the addition of a drug called granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (either filgrastim or lenograstim).
Liver and kidney damage.
Abnormal blood clotting (thrombocytopenia).
Allergic reaction.
Menstrual abnormalities and infertility in women. A natural hormone medication called a gonadotropin-releasing hormone analogue that puts women in a temporary pre-pubescent state during chemotherapy may preserve fertility in some women.
Rarely, secondary cancers such as leukemia.
Problems in concentration, motor function, and memory, which may be long-term.

Treating Side Effects

Drugs known as serotonin antagonists, especially ondansetron (Zofran), can relieve nausea and vomiting in nearly all patients given moderate drugs and most patients who take more powerful drugs.

Erythropoietin stimulates red blood cell production and can help reduce or prevent anemia related to chemotherapy. It is available as epoetin alfa (Epogen, Procrit) and darbepoetin alfa (Aranesp). Aranesp persists longer in the blood than epoetin alfa and so requires fewer injections.

Benefits of Chemotherapy. About 20% of cancers shrink in response to one or more of these drugs, but the effects last only 3 - 6 months. If the tumors completely disappear, the cancer may stay in remission much longer, but in virtually all cases it returns.

Chemotherapeutic regional perfusion (also called isolated limb perfusion) is a technique used to give a person very high-dose chemotherapy. It is often used effectively for metastasized or recurrent melanoma that occurs on the arm or leg. It does not appear to be useful for preventing metastasis after a first occurrence of melanoma in one of these locations.

This technique involves the following:

The blood supply to the limb with melanoma is temporarily interrupted using a tourniquet and then rechanneled through a heart-lung machine.
Anticancer drugs are added to the blood in doses up to 10 times the standard doses.
The blood is then heated to enhance the drug's potency.
The chemo-infused blood is then sent directly to the melanoma site, minimizing the likelihood of drug toxicity.
Adverse effects occur in less than 1% of cases and include severe problems in the treated limb (rarely leading to amputation) and drug leakage into the bloodstream. This can severely reduce white blood cells and lead to serious infection.

In addition to arms and legs, perfusion techniques have been tested for the pelvis, head, neck, skin of the breast, and even the abdomen.

Immunotherapy uses drugs to boost the patient's own immune system. Immunotherapy after surgery may help prevent recurrence in certain persons with melanoma.

Cytokines. Cytokines are small proteins that play an important role in the body's immune response. Certain cytokines called interferons are used as a therapy for metastatic melanoma. These medicines are usually given along with chemotherapy or other immunotherapies, or both.

A number of cytokines and combinations are being investigated. They include:

Interferon alpha-2b (Intron) is the only FDA approved immunotherapy for late stage melanoma. The most common side effects are fatigue, depression, and flu-like symptoms, which can be severe. Starting an antidepressant, such as paroxetine (Paxil), several weeks before interferon therapy may help prevent depression.
Pegylated interferon and natural human interferon are long-acting forms are under investigation. One study showed that low-dose natural interferon after chemotherapy increased the 5-year relapse-free survival rate.
Interleukin-2 (Proleukin) is a hormone-like substance that stimulates the growth of cancer-fighting white blood cells. High-dose interleukin-2 has been shown to help patients with metastatic melanoma. The drug can cause significant side effects, including very low blood pressure, heart rhythm abnormalities, severe infections, and shortness of breath. The side effects are manageable and nearly always reversible.
Granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF, Leukine, Sargramostim) is an injectable cytokine under study. The drug boosts production of immune cells in the blood and bone marrow. An inhaled form of the drug is being tested for melanoma that has spread to the lungs.
T-cell therapy uses white blood cells, called tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes (TIL), that taken from the patient. The cells are modified so they better fight cancer and are then reinjected back into the patient. T-cell therapy is showing promising results, especially for patients with advanced melanoma who have failed to respond to other treatments.

A chemical called histamine is a powerful inhibitor of reactive oxygen species, ROS, which may inactivate immune cells that fight cancer. Researchers are investigating to see if it can be used along with interleukin-2 cytokine therapy. In one study, the added benefits of histamine were modest except in patients with liver metastatic; in these patients, survival improved by 129 days, which was significant.

Vaccine Immunotherapy. Vaccine immunotherapy is the use of a specific vaccine to treat an existing cancer. In this case, the vaccine targets one or more proteins that are uniquely expressed by melanoma cells.

Many therapeutic melanoma vaccines are in advanced stages of development, but none is approved for use in the United States.

There are two basic types of therapeutic vaccines:

Autologous vaccines
Allogenic vaccines

Sometimes a combination of the two are used. In this case, it's called a hybrid.

Autologous vaccines are made from the patient's own cancer cells. This produces a very specific immune response that can target the patient's cancer precisely. Oncophage (HSPPC-96) and M-Vax are autologous vaccines for melanoma that have shown promise in early clinical trials. One problem with the autologous approach is that there is no way to scientifically assess outcome or even guarantee repeated success since each vaccine is unique to the individual patient. This approach is also appropriate only for select patients.

Allogenic vaccines are made in a laboratory using cells from someone other than the patient. They may be made from proteins from tumor cells, genetic material, or even bacteria. One such vaccine is Canvaxin. Early studies showed this vaccine increased survival rates in some patients with Stage 3 melanoma. However, a later trial was halted because the vaccine did not appear to improve make such patients live any longer.

Vaccine immunotherapy requires the body to build up its own defenses. It can take months before beneficial effects occur, but when they do, tumor reduction is much more lasting than with chemotherapy. Vaccines also seem to have fewer side effects than interleukin and interferon.

Antisense Compounds. Antisense compounds can prevent defective cancer genes from being translated into proteins that cause abnormal cell proliferation.

Monoclonal Antibodies (MAb). Antibodies are natural substances produced by immune cells that home in and destroy cancer cells. Scientists are identifying specific antibodies that may attack melanoma cells and cloning them to create monoclonal antibodies. MAbs have shown promise for other cancers and are now being tested for melanoma, often in combination with vaccines and other forms of immunotherapy.

In general, radiation is used to help relieve pain and discomfort caused by cancer that has spread or recurred. Radiation is not used as often for treating melanoma as it is for other forms of cancer because melanoma cells tend to be more resistant to its effects. It may be useful in some cases, however.

In some patients with tumors less than 3 cm deep, however, radiation may help slow down metastasis when combined with a super-heating process using microwaves.
Brachytherapy, in which radioactive seeds are implanted close to the tumor, has also been used with success for melanoma of the eye.
Lentigo maligna may sometimes be treated successfully with specific radiation treatments called soft, or Grenz, x-rays.
Radiotherapy using a so-called gamma knife (very focused gamma radiation) is also effective for cancer that has metastasized to the brain, in some cases halting the growth and, in rare situations, even eliminating it.

The goal of palliative therapy is to improve the patient's quality of life and relieve symptoms. It is not a cure. Advanced melanoma that has spread to distant sites often cannot be cured, although surgical removal of metastatic tumors may provide some benefit by easing pain, increasing the general quality of life, and lengthening survival.

Patients should ask their doctor's about clinical trials, studies that examine new immunotherapies (vaccines, cytokines), gene therapies, chemotherapy combinations, or other treatments.

Tetracyclines. Chemically modified tetracyclines, a common antibiotic, have been shown to modify metalloproteinase, an enzyme in the skin that promotes skin cancers, including melanoma.

Anti-Angiogenesis Agents. An anti-angiogenesis drug is one that blocks the formation of new blood vessels. The growth of new blood vessels helps cancer cells grow and spread. The anti-angiogenesis drug thalidomide (Thalomid) is approved for treatment of melanoma but requires special prescribing precautions. This drug had gained notoriety in the 1960s because of devastating birth defects in the children of women who took it during pregnancy. Scientists are investigating drugs that are chemically similar to thalidomide but have fewer side effects.

Curcumin. The yellow spice found in turmeric and curry powders may contain cancer-fighting properties. In a preliminary laboratory study, curcumin stopped the growth of melanoma cells. It is far too early, however, to recommend curcumin for clinical use.

Treatment for Nonmelanoma Skin Cancer

A number of options are available for treating nonmelanoma skin cancer, including surgery, cryosurgery, phototherapy, radiation, and topical 5-fluorouracil.

For any skin cancer and for some keratoses that require removal, surgery is the first treatment. It is usually one of the following:

Excisional Surgery. This is the surgical removal of the cancerous lesion.

Curettage and Electrodesiccation. This procedure involves scraping away of the cancerous tissue followed by electric cauterization to stop the bleeding.

Mohs Micrographic Surgery. Mohs surgery is a meticulous procedure used for skin cancers at high risk for recurrence or becoming invasive. The technique removes very thin layers of skin one at a time. Each layer is examined immediately under a microscope. When the layers are shown to be cancer-free, the surgery is complete. A human skin substitute (Apligraf) is applied to the surgical area. It helps speed up wound healing to achieve a better cosmetic effect.

Good candidates for Mohs surgery include:

Persons with squamous cell cancer
Persons with basal cell cancer greater than 1 cm (about half an inch)
Persons with basal cell cancer on the face, ear, or neck
Young people with skin cancer

Mohs surgery saves more healthy tissue than other procedures and is highly effective. It results in a 99% cure rate for primary tumors and a 95% cure rate for recurrent ones. It can be safely performed in the doctor's office. Complications are uncommon but can include bleeding and infection.

Lasers. Laser surgery may be useful for certain basal cells and for keratoses that appear on the lips, although it is not clear whether lasers offer any advantages over other surgical treatments. Lasers do not appear to be very effective for thick or tough squamous cell cancers.

Cryosurgery removes skin cancer cells or actinic keratoses by freezing the affected tissue with liquid nitrogen. Studies have shown that cyrosurgery can be used to remove even wide areas of actinic keratoses and that it may be more successful over the long term than treatment with 5-fluorouracil, the standard drug. Cryosurgery also appears to reduce the risk for squamous cell cancer in these patients.

A head-to-head comparison of a freezing technique with Mohs micrographic surgery in patients with basal cell cancer reported similar recurrence rates with each approach. Over 85% of the patients with the freezing technique were satisfied with the appearance of the area afterwards. Five-year recurrence rates were only 2.1%.

Cryotherapy achieves good cosmetic results for many patients. However, it may cause blistering and ulceration, leading to pain and infection, as well as harmless, but undesirable, skin-color changes.

In unusual cases where the skin cancer may be in an inoperable position (such as the eyelid or the tip of the nose) or if cancer has recurred multiple times, radiation therapy may be indicated. Radiation is directed at the tumor. It may take 1 - 4 weeks with treatments performed several times a week. One technique being investigated for basal and squamous cell cancer uses radiation implants (brachytherapy) and custom-made molds to specifically target the radiation to the cancer site. Studies suggest that this treatment is very effective with few complications.

Topical phototherapy with the drug aminolevulinic acid (ALA) is a nonsurgical method that is proving to be a good choice for treating actinic keratoses and nonmelanoma skin cancers. The technique involves shining blue light onto the cancer area after that patient has taken ALA. ALA accumulates in the skin cells. When the cells are exposed to intense light, the chemical causes them to die. This approach allows precise targeting of one or more lesions, leaving healthy skin unaffected.

It does not penetrate deeper than the epidermis (the top layer of the skin), so it does not produce scarring or changes in skin color, as cryotherapy or other more invasive treatments do.

It can cause pain and irritation, including stinging, itching, and burning, but in one study only 3% of patients stopped using it for these reasons. In a 2002 study, the procedure was more painful for patients with actinic keratoses than for those with nonmelanoma skin cancers. It was also painful when large areas were affected, and men experienced more pain than women.

ALA Phototherapy for Actinic Keratoses. Phototherapy works best on flat lesions performed in two treatments, and is more effective for clearing lesions on the face than those on the scalp. Phototherapy can also treat multiple lesions at the same time instead of sequentially, as in cryotherapy. Studies suggest that it may work as well as cryotherapy and achieve better cosmetic results. (More patients report burning and itching with phototherapy, however.) Phototherapy is also equal to topical 5-fluorouracil in effectiveness and achieving a satisfactory appearance.

ALA Phototherapy for Nonmelanoma Skin Cancers. In patients with squamous cell cancer-in-situ and basal cell cancer, phototherapy has been equal to cryotherapy, with superior healing and appearance afterward. A 2003 study reported that it was more effective than topical 5-fluorouracil for patients with Bowen's disease, and there were fewer side effects.

Some studies have shown that about 10% of patients using phototherapy have a recurrence within 1 year. These recurrence rates are higher than with surgery and other standard treatments. Longer-term studies are required before ALA phototherapy can be recommended for most patients with nonmelanoma skin cancers.

Chemical peeling, or exfoliation, is useful for solar keratoses on the face, especially in people with fair, dry skin. Alpha-hydroxy acids, for example, are being investigated for keratoses. Dermabrasion, which "sands" the skin, may also be effective, although scarring is possible. A 2002 study found laser resurfacing to treat severe sun damage on the face; however, it may not prevent nonmelanoma skin cancers.

A number of medications are being used for keratoses and some may be helpful for skin cancers as well. Besides cryotherapy, 5-fluorouracil is the other most commonly used treatment for actinic keratoses. Other medications are also available.


Medication	Skin Conditions Affected	Oral or Topical		Comments
5-Fluorouracil	Actinic keratoses, Bowen's disease and small nonmelanoma skin cancers.		Topical cream (Efudex, Fluoroplex) or injected gel containing 5-FU and epinephrine (AccuSite).	5-Fluorouracil (5-FU) removes actinic keratoses and is useful for some patients with a large number of lesions. It requires twice daily application for 3 - 4 weeks. It can cause significant redness, irritation, swelling, and crusting, which takes 2 - 4 weeks to heal. Newer preparations are reducing these side effects. It is still unclear if this medication protects against recurrent keratoses or future skin cancer. Of concern is the possibility that (5-FU) will clear the top of a skin cancer and obscure the rest of the cancer that lies beneath the surface of the skin. A 10-year 2003 study of patients with Bowen's disease reported that 5-FU was safe and effective, with only 2 out of 26 cancers recurring.
Diclofenac and hyaluronan (Solaraze)	Actinic keratoses (approved). Investigated for basal cell.		Topical gel applied twice a day.	Diclofenac is a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID). When used to treat actinic keratoses, it is delivered to the skin with hyaluronan, a water-seeking molecule that helps maintain skin tension. It has modest effects and when healing occurs, it may not be evident for at least a month after treatment ends. However, it causes less irritation than 5-FU and may be useful for some people.
Imiquimod (Aldara)	FDA approved for the treatment of superficial basal cell cancer. Previously approved for treating actinic keratoses. Investigated for Bowen's disease and squamous cell cancer.		Imiquimod is a topical cream.	Imiquimod triggers the production of immune factors that help fight cell proliferation. Aldara should be used only when surgery for basal cell cancer is inappropriate. It is not approved for use on the face.
Alpha-Interferons	Basal cell cancer, squamous cell cancer.		Require injections administered three times a week.	Interferons are immune factors that are being used to treat a number of serious conditions. Alpha-interferon injections may be effective against skin cancers that are hard to treat using conventional surgical measures. Cosmetic results reported to be good or very good by 83% of patients.

Prognosis

Virtually all basal and squamous type skin cancers can be cured if treated early.

The outlook for melanoma depends on when it is diagnosed.

If melanoma is detected in its earliest form, the 5-year survival rate is 99%. Other localized forms of melanoma have very favorable outlooks.

If the cancer is found after the melanoma has spread, the 5-year survival rate drops.

If melanoma spreads to nearby areas (regional metastatic), the rate is 65%.
If melanoma has spread to distant areas of the body, the survival rate is 15%.

In general, after patients are treated for melanoma, the longer they remain free of cancer recurrence following treatment the better the chance of remaining disease-free. However, relapses are not uncommon in those whose initial melanoma was large.

Anyone who has recovered from melanoma should be especially strict about adhering to preventive guidelines and remain vigilant for suspicious lesions, since the risk for developing a new melanoma is increased even if the first one was successfully cured. Such relapses may occur years after the original diagnosis.

Resources

www.aad.org -- American Academy of Dermatology
www.cancer.org -- American Cancer Society
www.asds.net -- American Society for Dermatologic Surgery
www.mpip.org -- Melanoma Patients' Information Page
www.cancer.gov -- National Cancer Institute
www.nccn.org -- National Comprehensive Cancer Network
www.skincancer.org -- The Skin Cancer Foundation
www.epa.gov/sunwise/uvindex.html -- UV index information

References

Ambros-Rudolph CM, Hofmann-Wellenhof R, Richtig E, et al. Malignant melanoma in marathon runners. Arch Dermatol. 2006;142:1471-1474.

American Cancer Society. Cancer Facts and Figures 2007. Atlanta, GA: American Cancer Society; 2007.

Chemotherapy for Inoperable Liver Metastases from Ocular Melanoma. NCI Cancer Bulletin. November 30, 2004;1(46):7.

Dale KM, Coleman CI, Henyan NN et al. Statins and Cancer Risk: A Meta-Analysis. JAMA. 2006;295:74-80.

Delavalle RP. Melanoma chemoprevention. Program presented at: Annual meeting of the American Academy of Dermatology. March 3, 2006; San Diego, CA.

Dudley ME, Wunderlich JR, Yang JC, et al. Adoptive cell transfer therapy following non-myeloablative but lymphodepleting chemotherapy for the treatment of patients with refractory metastatic melanoma. J Clin Oncol. 2005;23(10):2346-2357.

Early Detection and Surgery for Melanoma in Lymph Nodes May Increase Survival. NCI Cancer Bulletin. May 17, 2005;2(20):2.

Freeman SR, Drake AL, Heilig LF, et al. Statins, Fibrates, and Melanoma Risk: a Systematic Review and Meta-analysis. J Natl Cancer Inst. 2006;98:1538-46.

Gallagher RP, Spinelli JJ, Lee TK. Tanning beds, sunlamps, and risk of cutaneous malignant melanoma. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev. 2005;14(3):562-566.

Lautenschlager S, Wulf HC, Pittelkow MR. Photoprotection. The Lancet [early online publication]. May 3, 2007.

Lebwohl M. Cutaneous oncology. Program presented at: Annual meeting of the American Academy of Dermatology; March 7, 2006; San Diego, CA.

Michna L, Wagner GC, Lou YR, XE JG, Peng QY, Lin Y, Carlson K, Shih WJ, Conney AH, Lu XP. Inhibitory effects of voluntary running wheel exercise on UVB-induced skin carcinogenesis in SKH-1 mice. Carcinogenesis. May 2006.

Pennie M, Soon S, Risser J, et al. Melanoma outcomes for medicare patients. Arch Dermatol. 2007; 143:488-494.

Response to Immunotherapy for Melanoma Tied to Autoimmunity. NCI Cancer Bulletin. February 21, 2006;3(: 4.

Siwak DR, Shishodia S, Aggarwal BB, Kurzrock R. Curcumin-induced antiproliferative and proapoptotic effects in melanoma cells are associated with suppression of IkappaB kinase and nuclear factor kappaB activity and are independent of the B-Raf/mitogen-activated/extracellular signal-regulated protein kinase pathway and the Akt pathway. Cancer. 2005;104(4):879-890.

Treatment for Metastatic Ocular Melanoma. NCI Cancer Bulletin. March 7, 2006;3(10):8.

Veierod MB, Weiderpass E, Thorn M, et al. A prospective study of pigmentation, sun exposure, and risk of cutaneous malignant melanoma in women. J Natl Cancer Inst. 2003;95(20):1530-1538.

Weinstock MA. Cutaneous melanoma: public health approach to early detection. Dermatologic Therapy. 2006;19(1):26-31.

Review Date:
6/29/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Fibromyalgia

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:02 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Risk Factors
Diagnosis
Conditions with Similar Sym...
Prognosis
Treatment
Lifestyle Changes
Behavioral Therapy
Medications
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Causes

People with fibromyalgia have decreased activity in opioid receptors in parts of the brain that affect mood and the emotional aspect of pain, researchers have found. This might explain why fibromyalgia patients are likely to experience depression, and are not very responsive to opioid painkillers.
Researchers have identified a conflict between sensory perception and nervous system processing in people with fibromyalgia. One study suggests that people with the condition might have greater awareness of, or less tolerance for, movement problems (such as tremor) that don't match with their expected sensory feedback. This mismatch in sensory signals might enhance the perception of pain.

Treatment

New research adds to the evidence that exercise relieves some of the symptoms of fibromyalgia. Women with fibromyalgia who took part in a program that combined aerobic, strength training, and flexibility exercises had better physical and emotional function, as well as reduced symptoms. Another study found that an at-home exercise program improved upper body pain and function, especially in women who were having functional difficulties at the beginning of the study.
An anti-convulsant medication, gabapentin (Neurontin), significantly improved pain in fibromyalgia patients compared to placebo. Patients who took gabapentin also reported that they slept better and felt less tired.
The selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitor paroxetine (Paxil) significantly lowered patient scores on a fibromyalgia symptom questionnaire, and was well-tolerated, although the drug do much for their pain.

Introduction

Fibromyalgia is a syndrome of unknown causes that results in lasting, sometimes debilitating, muscle pain and fatigue. Fibromyalgia is also known as fibrositis or fibromyositis.

Pain. The primary symptom of fibromyalgia is pain. The pain can be in one place or all over. The exact locations of the pain are called tender points. The pain of fibromyalgia is often is described as follows:

Tender point pain occurs in local sites, usually in the neck and shoulders. The pain then spreads out from these areas. The actual pain starts at the muscles. The joints are not affected. There are no lumps or nodes associated with these points of pain, and no signs of inflammation (swelling). People diagnosed with fibromyalgia feel pain in at least 11 of 18 specific tender points.
Widespread pain described as stiffness, burning, and aching. The pain also "radiates," or spreads, to nearby areas. Most patients report feeling some pain all the time. Many describe it as "exhausting." The pain can vary depending on the time of day, weather changes, physical activity, and the presence of stressful situations. The pain is often more intense after disturbed sleep.

Fatigue and Sleep Disturbances. Another major complaint is fatigue. Some patients report that fatigue is more unbearable than their pain. Sleep disturbances, particularly restless legs syndrome, are also very common. Fatigue and sleep disturbances are almost universal in patients with fibromyalgia. Some experts believe that if these symptoms are not present, doctors should seek a diagnosis other than fibromyalgia.

Depression and Mood. Up to a third of patients have depression. Disturbances in mood and concentration are also very common. These conditions often go undiagnosed in patients with fibromyalgia.

Other Symptoms. The following symptoms may also be present:

Digestive problems, including irritable bowel syndrome with gas, and alternating diarrhea and constipation
Dizziness
Painful menstrual periods
Tension or migraine headaches
Tingling or numbness in the hands and feet
Urinary frequency caused by bladder spasms

Symptoms in Children. In general, children with fibromyalgia most often have sleep disorders and widespread pain.

Causes

The most common type is primary fibromyalgia, in which the causes are not known. Many experts believe that fibromyalgia is not a disease, but rather a chronic pain condition brought on by several abnormal body responses to stress. Physical injuries, emotional trauma, or viral infections such as Epstein-Barr may be triggers of the disorder, but none have proven to be a cause of primary fibromyalgia.

Research published in the December 2006 issue of Current Pain and Headache Reports found that the areas in the brain that are responsible for the sensation of pain are different in fibromyalgia patients from the same areas in healthy people.

People with fibromyalgia have been found to have decreased activity in opioid receptors in parts of the brain that affect mood and the emotional aspect of pain. This reduced response might explain why fibromyalgia patients are likely to havedepression, and are less responsive to opioid painkillers, researchers say.

Sleep disturbances are common in fibromyalgia. Both adult and young patients with fibromyalgia have a higher-than-average rate of a sleep disorder called periodic limb movement disorder (PLMD). PLMD used to be called nocturnal myoclonus. Patients with PLMD involuntarily contract their leg muscles every 20 - 40 seconds during sleep. This may occasionally wake up the patient.

Some researchers believe that fibromyalgia does not lead to poor sleeping patterns, but that sleep disturbances come first. Researchers continue to investigate the link between fibromyalgia and sleep.

In one study, healthy volunteers reported fibromyalgia-like pain after they had been subjected to disrupted deep sleep. Disturbed sleep appears to trigger factors in the immune system that cause inflammation, pain, fatigue, and lower tolerance to pain. A 2004 study found that patients with fibromyalgia have increased rates of cyclic alternating sleep pattern (CAP). Increased CAP produced serious sleep problems, which were strongly linked to symptom severity. Previous studies have also suggested that CAP may be related to PLMD.
A 2004 report found that sleep disorders that cause breathing problems are common in women with fibromyalgia.
Other biological measures of troubled sleep, however, such as levels of the hormone melatonin, which helps regulate circadian rhythms and the sleep-wake cycle, appear to be normal in most people with fibromyalgia.

Many abnormalities of hormonal, metabolic, and brain chemical activity have been described in studies of fibromyalgia patients. Changes appear to occur in several brain chemicals, although no regular pattern has emerged that fits most patients. Since there has been no clear cause-and-effect relationship established, this may be a result of the effects of pain and stress on the central nervous system, and not a cause of fibromyalgia.

Serotonin. Of particular interest to researchers is serotonin, an important nervous system chemical messenger found in the brain, gut, and other areas of the body. Serotonin plays important roles in feelings of well-being, adjusting pain levels, and promoting deep sleep. Serotonin abnormalities have been linked to many disorders, including depression, migraines, and irritable bowel syndrome. Lower serotonin levels have also been noted in some patients with fibromyalgia.

Stress Hormones. Researchers have also found abnormalities in the hormone system known as the hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal gland (HAP) axis. The HAP axis controls important functions, including sleep, response to stress, and depression. Changes in the HAP axis appear to produce lower levels of the stress hormones norepinephrine and cortisol. (By contrast, levels of stress hormones in depression are higher than normal.) Deficiencies in the levels of stress hormones produce impaired and weaker responses to psychological or physical stresses. (Examples of physical stress include infection or exercise.)

The hypothalamus is a highly complex structure in the brain that regulates many important brain chemicals.

Click the icon to see an image of the adrenal glands.

Low Growth Hormone Levels. Some studies have reported low levels of insulin-like growth factor-1 (IGF-1) in about a third of fibromyalgia patients. IGF-1 is a hormone that is controlled by the adult growth hormone, and promotes bone and muscle growth. Low levels of growth hormone are related to impaired thinking, lack of energy, muscle weakness, and intolerance to cold. Studies suggest that changes in growth hormone likely stem from the hypothalamus in the brain. While researchers did not find a link between IGF-1 levels and fibromyalgia, a 2005 study indicated that serum growth hormone levels may be a marker of the disorder.

Abnormal Pain Perception and Substance P. Some studies have suggested that fibromyalgia may involve too much activity in the parts of the central nervous system that process pain (the nociceptive system). Brain scans of fibromyalgia patients have suggested abnormalities in pain processing centers. For example, researchers have detected up to three times the normal level of substance P in the cerebrospinal fluid of fibromyalgia patients. Substance P, a chemical messenger of the nervous system, is associated with increased pain perception.

Some fibromyalgia patients may also be oversensitive to external stimulation, and overly anxious about the sensation of pain. This increase in awareness is called generalized hypervigilance. One study compared patients with fibromyalgia or rheumatoid arthritis to those without chronic pain. Researchers then measured the different groups' responses to pain and noise. Of the three groups, the fibromyalgia patients were least tolerant, and most aware, of such stimuli. However, one analysis of studies on fibromyalgia found no strong support for the hypervigilance theory.

A conflict between sensory perception and nervous system processing might occur in people with fibromyalgia. Fibromyalgia patients have been found to have greater awareness of, or less tolerance for, movement problems (such as tremor) that don't match with their expected sensory feedback. This mismatch in sensory signals might enhance the perception of pain.

Fibromyalgia has symptoms that resemble those of some rheumatic illnesses, including rheumatoid arthritis and lupus (systemic lupus erythematosus). These are autoimmune diseases in which a defective immune system mistakenly attacks the body's own healthy tissue, producing inflammation and damage. The pain in fibromyalgia, however, does not appear to be due to autoimmune factors, and there is little evidence to support a role for an inflammatory response in fibromyalgia.

Although not primary causes, psychological and social factors may contribute to fibromyalgia in three ways:

They could make individuals susceptible to fibromyalgia.
They may play some role in triggering the onset of the condition.
They may perpetuate, or be responsible for, the condition.

Studies have reported a greater number of severe experiences of emotional and physical abuse in patients with fibromyalgia, compared with the general population. Most often, the abuse came from family members or partners. This suggests that post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) or chronic stress may play a strong role in the development of fibromyalgia in some patients. PTSD, an anxiety disorder, is a reaction to a specific traumatic event. Symptoms of this condition, which can last for years after the traumatic event, include emotional withdrawal, hopelessness, irritability, mood swings, sleep problems, inability to concentrate, and an excessive startle response to noise. Some evidence indicates that PTSD actually results in changes in the brain, possibly from long-term over-exposure to stress hormones.

Some research found muscle abnormalities in fibromyalgia patients. These problems can be classified as the following:

Biochemical abnormalities: For example, one study reported that fibromyalgia patients had lower levels of the muscle-cell chemicals phosphocreatine and adenosine triphosphate (ATP). Such chemicals regulate the level of calcium in muscle cells. Calcium is an important component in the muscles' ability to contract and relax. If ATP levels are low, calcium is not "pushed back" into the cells, and the muscle remains contracted.
Functional abnormalities: The pain and stress of the disease itself may harm muscle function.
Structural and blood flow abnormalities: Some researchers saw overly thickened capillaries (tiny blood vessels) in the muscles of fibromyalgia patients. The abnormal capillaries could produce lower levels of compounds essential for muscle function, as well as reduce the flow of oxygen-rich blood to the muscles.

To date, none of these abnormalities have a clearly defined relationship with fibromyalgia.

Risk Factors

About 3.7 million Americans have fibromyalgia. The condition affects 2% of Americans, including 3.4% of women and 0.5% of men.

Some evidence suggests that several factors may make people more susceptible to fibromyalgia. These risk factors include:

Being female
Coming from a very stressful culture or environment
Having a psychological vulnerability to stress
Having had difficult experiences in childhood

Nine out of 10 fibromyalgia patients are women. Women may be more prone to develop fibromyalgia during menopause.

The disorder usually occurs in people ages 20 - 60 years, though it can occur at any time. Some studies have noted peaks around age 35. Others note that fibromyalgia is most common in middle-aged women. In one study, cases of fibromyalgia increased with age, and reached a frequency of more than 7% among people in their 60s and 70s.

Juvenile Primary Fibromyalgia. This type of fibromyalgia appears in adolescents, typically after age 13, with a peak incidence at age 14. It is uncommon, but studies indicate that its incidence may be increasing. One study found that 1.2% of school children, all girls, met the criteria for fibromyalgia. Other studies have found an even higher frequency of fibromyalgia in children. Symptoms are similar to adult fibromyalgia, but outcomes may be better in young people.

Studies report a higher incidence of fibromyalgia among family members. It is not clear if genetic or psychological factors, or both, are involved.

One study reported that 28% of the children of mothers with fibromyalgia also develop the disorder. Offspring who developed fibromyalgia were no more likely to have psychological disorders than those who did not.
Another study noted that 66% of parents of children with fibromyalgia reported some sort of chronic pain. About 10% of them had fibromyalgia.

Diagnosis

There is no obvious, objective method for diagnosing fibromyalgia. The criteria used for studying fibromyalgia are very helpful, particularly if the patient does not have any accompanying disorder, such as depression or arthritis, which could complicate the diagnosis. Failure to meet the criteria, however, does not rule out fibromyalgia. Fibromyalgia should be suspected in any person with muscle and joint pain with no identifiable cause.

In 1990, the American College of Rheumatology (ACR) set the following criteria for the classification of fibromyalgia:

A. Widespread pain must be present for at least 3 months. This pain must appear in all of the following locations:

Both sides of the body
Above and below the waist
Along the length of the spine

B. Pain in at least 11 of 18 specific areas called tender points on the body. The pain experienced when pressing on a tender point is very localized and intensely painful (not just tender). Tender points are located in the following areas:

The left or right side of the back of the neck, directly below the hairline
The left or right side of the front of the neck, above the collar bone (clavicle)
The left or right side of the chest, right below the collar bone
The left or right side of the upper back, near where the neck and shoulder join
The left or right side of the spine in the upper back between the shoulder blades (scapula)
The inside of either arm, where it bends at the elbow
The left or right side of the lower back, right below the waist
Either side of the buttocks below the hip bones
Either kneecap

Other Factors. The ACR classification provides a guideline, but doctors will also use a patient's medical history and other symptoms to reach a diagnosis. Fibromyalgia is often diagnosed when other diseases have been excluded. Long-term symptoms that may indicate fibromyalgia include:

Fatigue
Headache
Morning stiffness
Numbness or tingling in the hands and feet
Sleep disturbance

The 18 fibromyalgia tender points are located throughout the body. According to the American College of Rheumatology, a diagnosis of fibromyalgia requires widespread body pain plus localized pain in 11 of these 18 specific points.

A doctor should always take a careful personal and family medical history, which would include a psychological profile and a history of any factors that might indicate disorders other than fibromyalgia. Such factors might include:

Infectious diseases
Muscle weakness
Physical injuries
Rashes
Recent weight change
Sexual, physical, or substance or alcohol abuse

Patients should report any drugs they take, including vitamins and over-the-counter or herbal medications.

Pressure on Tender Spots. Any physical examination for fibromyalgia requires that the doctor press firmly on all potential tender spots. They must be painful when pressed, not simply tender. In addition, for a doctor to reach a diagnosis of fibromyalgia, these tender sites should normally not show signs of inflammation (redness, swelling, or heat in the joints and soft tissue). The tender points may also change in location and sensitivity over time. A doctor, then, may recheck tender points that do not respond the first time, in patients who have other significant symptoms.

Detection of Other Causes of Symptoms. A health care provider will also examine nails, skin, mucous membranes, joints, spine, muscles, and bones to help rule out arthritis, thyroid disease, and other disorders.

No blood, urine, or other laboratory tests can provide a definitive diagnosis of fibromyalgia. If such tests show abnormal results, the doctor should look for other disorders. Tests for specific diseases depend on family histories and other symptoms. They may include:

Blood count
Sedimentation rate
Tests of certain antibodies
Thyroid and liver function tests

The doctor may suggest follow-up psychological profile testing, if laboratory results do not indicate a specific disease.

Conditions with Similar Symptoms

Between 10 - 30% of all doctor office visits are due to symptoms that resemble those of fibromyalgia, including fatigue, malaise, and widespread muscle pain. Since no laboratory test can confirm a diagnosis of fibromyalgia, doctors will usually first test for similar conditions. It should be noted that a diagnosis of many of the disorders below may not always rule out fibromyalgia, since it can accompany other common and similar conditions.

Several conditions overlap or often coexist with fibromyalgia, and have similar symptoms. It is not clear if these conditions cause fibromyalgia, are risk factors for the disorder, have causes in common with fibromyalgia, or have no relationship at all with it.

Chronic Fatigue Syndrome. There is a significant overlap between fibromyalgia and chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS). In a 2003 study, for example, 43% of CFS patients also had a diagnosis of fibromyalgia. As with fibromyalgia, the cause of CFS is unknown. A doctor can diagnose either disorder based only on symptoms reported by the patient. The two disorders share most of the same symptoms. They are also treated almost identically. The differences are primarily the following:

Pain with tender points is the primary symptom in fibromyalgia. Some patients with CFS exhibit similar tender pressure points. However, muscle pain is less prominent in patients with CFS.
Fatigue is the dominant symptom in CFS. It is severe and not relieved by rest or sleep, and it is not the result of excessive work or exercise.

Some doctors believe that fibromyalgia is simply an extreme type of chronic fatigue syndrome. There Some physical evidence, however, indicates that the two disorders are distinct, with treatments that are specific to each.

Myofascial Pain Syndrome. Myofascial pain syndrome can be confused with fibromyalgia and may also accompany it. Unlike fibromyalgia, myofascial pain tends to occur in trigger points, as opposed to tender points, and typically there is no widespread, generalized pain. Trigger-point pain occurs in tight muscles, and when the doctor presses on these points, the patient may experience a muscle twitch. Unlike tender points, trigger points are often small lumps, about the size of a pencil eraser.

Major Depression. The link between psychological disorders and fibromyalgia is very strong and problematic. Certain studies report that 50 - 70% of fibromyalgia patients have a lifetime history of depression. Only 18 - 36% of fibromyalgia patients, however, also have major depression, a severe form of depression.

Some studies found that people who have both psychological disorders and fibromyalgia are more likely to seek medical help, compared with patients who simply have symptoms of fibromyalgia. If this is the case, study results may be biased, favoring a higher-than-actual association between depression and fibromyalgia.

Depression most likely does not cause fibromyalgia, but it may increase susceptibility. Depressed feelings in people with fibromyalgia can certainly be normal responses to the pain and fatigue caused by this syndrome. Such emotions, however, are temporary and related to the situation a person is in. They are not considered to be a depression disorder. Unlike ordinary periods of sadness, an episode of major depression disorder can last many months.

Symptoms of major depression include the following:

Depressed mood every day
Feeling worthless or inappropriately guilty
Inability to concentrate or make decisions
Insomnia or excessive sleeping
Low energy every day
Restlessness or a sense of being slowed down
Significant weight gain or loss (of 10% or more of an individual's typical body weight)
Suicidal thoughts

If several of the above symptoms are present, and none of the physical symptoms (particularly the tender points) of fibromyalgia exist, the condition is most likely major depression.

Chronic Headache. Chronic primary headaches such as migraines are common in fibromyalgia patients. Some experts believe that migraine headaches and fibromyalgia may even share common defects in the systems that regulate certain chemical messengers in the brain, including serotonin and epinephrine (adrenaline). Low levels of magnesium have also been noted in patients with both fibromyalgia and migraines. In fact, chronic migraine sufferers who fail to benefit from usual therapies may also have fibromyalgia.

Symptoms of a migraine attack may include heightened sensitivity to light and sound, nausea, vision problems (auras), speech difficulty, and intense pain predominating on one side of the head.

Multiple Chemical Sensitivity. Multiple chemical sensitivity (MCS) is a term that describes conditions in which certain chemicals can cause symptoms similar to CFS or fibromyalgia in some people. Still, as with CFS and fibromyalgia, some experts are uncertain whether MCS is a medical condition or if it is psychologically based.

In one study, for example, CFS patients who believed their problem was chemically triggered were exposed to either an active chemical or a placebo (an inactive substance). Both groups reported symptoms, including those only exposed to a placebo. Because everyone is exposed to many chemicals on a daily basis, it is very difficult to determine whether chemicals are responsible for specific symptoms.

Experts have come up with criteria to help recognize MCS:

Symptoms can be produced by exposure to the chemical at levels lower than previously or usually tolerated.
Symptoms can be triggered by multiple substances that are chemically unrelated.
Symptoms involve multiple organ systems.
The condition is chronic.
The symptoms always happen with repeated exposure to a chemical. (These are often common chemicals found in popular products, such as perfumes, fabric softeners, and air fresheners.)
The symptoms improve when the chemical is removed.

Restless Legs Syndrome. About 15% of people with fibromyalgia have restless legs syndrome. Restless legs syndrome is an unsettling and poorly understood movement disorder that is sometimes described as a sense of unease and weariness in the lower leg that is aggravated by rest and relieved by movement.

Disorders Affected by the Sympathetic (also called Autonomic) Nervous System. Other conditions that commonly accompany fibromyalgia include:

Chest pain and heart palpitations
Mitral valve prolapse
Sudden drop in blood pressure

Certain stress-related disorders commonly occur with fibromyalgia, and have overlapping symptoms. In fact, some experts believe these disorders so often interact that they may all be part of one general condition.

Chemicals and environmental toxins -- exposure to various chemicals and environmental toxins such as solvents, pesticides, or heavy metals (cadmium, mercury, or lead) can cause fatigue, chronic pain, and other symptoms of fibromyalgia.
Irritable bowel syndrome
Osteoarthritis -- a common form of arthritis than can coexist with fibromyalgia. The two conditions may be confused, particularly in elderly people. Osteoarthritis, however, causes joint pain, not widespread or generalized pain.

Osteoarthritis is a chronic disease of the joint cartilage and bone. It is often thought to result from "wear and tear" on a joint, although there are other causes, such as congenital defects, trauma, and metabolic disorders. Joints appear larger, are stiff and painful, and usually feel worse the more they are used throughout the day.

Temporomandibular joint disorders

Some tests may be positive for one or more of these diseases. However, if the results are uncertain or weak, or if these conditions have been treated successfully, fibromyalgia should not be ruled out if the patient still meets the criteria for it.

Multiple sclerosis. This condition may have symptoms similar to those of fibromyalgia. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans often detect patches of tissue in the brain that confirm the presence of multiple sclerosis (MS). MRI findings combined with other tests and clinical findings usually make this diagnosis fairly certain. However, some patients may have symptoms that suggest MS, but diagnostic tests cannot confirm the diagnosis. Some of these patients may have symptoms similar to those of fibromyalgia.

Click the icon to see an image of multiple sclerosis.

Sjogren syndrome. This condition, characterized by dry eyes and mouth, is sometimes mistaken for fibromyalgia.

Autoimmune diseases. Rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythrometosis, and Sjogren syndrome are usually easy to diagnose but may develop slowly and be difficult to diagnose at first. Even if a doctor determines that a patient is most likely to have fibromyalgia, the doctor should keep track of any changes in symptoms over time in case one of these other illnesses is actually present.

Lyme Disease. Lyme disease is a bacterial disease transmitted by ticks. Health care providers can usually diagnose early Lyme disease correctly, but a delayed response or recurrence of this disorder may be mistaken for fibromyalgia. Some experts believe that 15 - 50% of patients referred to clinics for Lyme disease actually have fibromyalgia. Late Lyme disease can usually (but not always) be ruled out using blood tests that identify the organism that causes this disease. If fibromyalgia patients are incorrectly diagnosed and treated for Lyme disease with prolonged courses of antibiotics, the drugs may have serious side effects.

Drugs and Alcohol. Fatigue is a side effect of many prescription and over-the-counter medications, such as antihistamines. In addition, symptoms of dependency on, or abuse of, alcohol or drugs appear as constant fatigue. Health care providers should consider medications as a possible cause of fatigue if an individual has recently started, stopped, or changed medications. Withdrawal from caffeine can produce depression, fatigue, and headache.

Polymyalgia Rheumatica. Polymyalgia rheumatica is a condition that causes pain and stiffness, and generally occurs in older women. Tender points are also present with this disorder, although they almost always occur in the hip and shoulder area. Morning stiffness is common, and patients may also experience fever, weight loss, and fatigue. A higher-than-normal erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) can suggest polymyalgia rheumatica. Elevated ESR, however, also occurs with other conditions. Polymyalgia rheumatica often gets better in about a year, but there is a risk of persistent disease. Worse, it is sometimes associated with a rare condition called temporal arteritis, which may cause blindness if not treated, so an accurate diagnosis of polymyalgia rheumatica is important.

Prognosis

Fibromyalgia can be mild or disabling, and the emotional toll can be substantial. About half of all patients have difficulty with routine daily activities, or are unable to perform them. An estimated 30 - 40% of patients have had to quit work or change jobs. In a 2003 study, patients with either CFS or fibromyalgia were more likely to suffer losses of jobs, possessions, and support from friends and family than were people suffering from other conditions that caused fatigue.

The pain, emotional consequences, or sleep disturbances that come with fibromyalgia may lead to self-medication and overuse of sleeping pills, alcohol, drugs, or caffeine.

Outlook in Adults. Some studies show that fibromyalgia symptoms remain stable over the long term, while others report a better outlook, with 25 - 35% of patients reporting improvement in pain symptoms over time. Studies suggest that regular exercise specifically improves the outlook. Those with a significant life crisis, or who were on disability, had a poorer outcome than others. Outcome was determined by improvements in the patients' ability to work, their own feelings about their condition, pain sensation, and levels of disturbed sleep, fatigue, and depression. Although the disease is life-long, it does not get worse and is not fatal.

Outlook in Children. Children with fibromyalgia tend to have a better outlook than adults with the disorder. Several studies reported that more than half of children with fibromyalgia recover in 2 - 3 years.

Treatment

Many patients with fibromyalgia are treated first with medication; however, the American Pain Society Fibromyalgia Panel recommends a combined approach using cognitive-behavioral therapy, education, medication, and exercise.

Fibromyalgia is a mysterious condition. Its causes are still largely unknown, as is how it inflicts damage. No strong evidence indicates that any single treatment (or combination of treatments) has any significant effect for most patients. However, in 2007 the U.S. Food and Drug Administration approved pregabalin (Lyrica) as the first drug treatment for fibromyalgia after a study showed the medicine reduced fibromyalgia pain by at least 50% in 63% of patients.

Treatment usually involves not only relieving symptoms but also changing a pateint's attitude about their disease. Treatment should also teach patients behaviors that help them cope.

Treatments usually involve trial and error:

Patients may start with physical therapy, exercise, stress reduction techniques, and cognitive-behavioral therapy.
If these methods fail to improve symptoms, an antidepressant or muscle relaxant may be added to the treatment. Doctors usually prescribe these drugs because they can may improve pain tolerance.
Patient education and programs that encourage coping skills are an important part of any treatment plan.

According to a 2005 study published in the Clinical Journal of Pain, a combination of non-drug therapies works just as well as drug therapy in improving pain, depression, and disability. This combination includes exercise, stress management, massage, and diet.

Patients must have realistic expectations about the long-term outlook of their condition, and their own individual abilities. It is important to understand that fibromyalgia can be managed, and patients can live a full life. The following tips may be helpful when starting a treatment program for fibromyalgia:

The goal of therapy is to relieve symptoms, not cure them.
Treatment must be tailored to each patient, and a combination approach is often needed.
Patients must begin all treatments with the attitude that these treatments are trial-and-error. There is no clear treatment solution. Patients and doctors need to work together to make the best choices for individual symptoms and concerns.
Treatments are long-lasting, in some cases life-long, and patients should not be discouraged by the return of symptoms (relapses).
Enlisting family members, partners, and close friends, particularly to help with exercise and stretching programs, can be helpful.
Becoming involved with support groups of fellow patients also benefits many patients. Support groups may also benefit family members, particularly parents of children with fibromyalgia. One study noted that the severity of the disorder increased in children whose parents were less able to cope with their child's pain.

The definition of improvement is personal. For example, some patients are pleased with only a 10% reduction in pain and other symptoms.

Lifestyle Changes

Many studies have shown that exercise is the most effective component in managing fibromyalgia, and patients must expect to take part in a long-term exercise program. Physical activity prevents muscle wasting, increases well-being, and, over time, reduces fatigue and pain. Many studies have also demonstrated the exercise can improve physical and emotional function, as well as reduce symptoms, including pain.

Programs often combine aerobic, strength-training, and flexibility exercises with self-management education. Some studies have shown improvements lasting for up to 9 months after the exercise program.

Graded Exercise. The basic approach used for fibromyalgia is called graded exercise. Graded exercise means you slowly increase the amount of your physical activity.

In general, graded exercise involves:

A very gradual program of activity, beginning with mild exercise and building in intensity over time.
Stretching exercises before exercising. A daily stretching routine can help relax tense muscles and prevent muscle soreness.
Walking, swimming, and using equipment such as treadmills or stationary bikes. Swimming and water therapy are good because they don't require putting weight on the joints.

Patients who try hard exercises too early actually experience an increase in pain, and are likely to become discouraged and quit.

Every patient must be prepared for relapses and setbacks, but should not get discouraged. Patients who do not respond to one type of exercise might consider experimenting with another form.

Physical therapy can be very helpful. Studies suggest that physical therapy may reduce muscle overload, lessen fatigue from poor posture and positioning, and help condition weak muscles.

Sleep is essential, particularly since sleep disruptions worsen pain. Many patients with fibromyalgia have trouble getting a restful and healing night's sleep. Those who are unable to sleep consistently have low improvement. Swing shift work, for example, is extremely hard on fibromyalgia patients. Poor sleep habits can add to sleep problems. Tips for good sleep habits include:

Avoid caffeine or alcohol 4 - 6 hours before bedtime.
Avoid drinking fluids right before bedtime so that needing to uriniate does not disturb your sleep.
Avoid exercising 6 hours before bedtime.
Avoid large meals before bedtime. A light snack, however, may help you sleep.
Avoid naps, especially in the evening or late afternoon.
Establish a regular time for going to bed and getting up in the morning. Maintain this schedule even on weekends and during vacation.
If you are unable to fall asleep after 15 or 20 minutes, go into another room and start a quiet activity. Return to bed when you feel sleepy.
Minimize light and maintain a comfortable, moderate temperature in the bedroom. Keep the bedroom well ventilated.
Use the bed only for sleep and sexual relations.

[For more information see In-Depth Report #27: Insomnia.]

Fibromyalgia patients should maintain a healthy diet low in animal fat and high in fiber, with plenty of whole grains, fresh fruits, and vegetables. Although everyone should be careful about calories from fats, some are healthy.

Omega-3 Fatty Acids. Oils containing omega-3 fatty acids are of particular interest for arthritic pain. Such oils are found in cold-water fish. You can also purchase these oils as supplements called EPA-DHA or omega 3.

Omega-3 fatty acids are a form of polyunsaturated fat that the body gets from food. Omega-3s are known as essential fatty acids (EFAs) because they are important for good health. These healthy fatty acids can be found in certain fish, dark green leafy vegetables, and some oils. Omega-3 fatty acids have anti-inflammatory properties, which help prevent blood clots, lower cholesterol and triglyceride levels, and reduce blood pressure. Omega-3s may also reduce the risks and symptoms of diabetes, stroke, rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, some cancers, and mental decline.

Vegetarian Diet. A vegan diet has no meat, dairy, or eggs and includes uncooked fruits, vegetables, nuts, and germinated seeds. The actual benefit of various vegetarian diets remains unproven.

Relaxation and stress-reduction techniques are proving to be helpful in managing chronic pain. Evidence shows that people with fibromyalgia have a more stressful response to daily conflicts and encounters than those without the disorder. Several relaxation and stress-reduction techniques may be helpful in managing chronic pain:

Biofeedback
Deep breathing exercises
Hypnosis
Massage therapy
Meditation
Muscle relaxation techniques

Biofeedback. Evidence from controlled trials does not suggest that biofeedback techniques may be very helpful for fibromyalgia patients. During a biofeedback session, electric leads are taped to a subject's head. The person is encouraged to relax using any method that works. Brain waves are measured and an audio signal sounds when alpha waves are detected. Alpha waves are brain waves that occur with a state of deep relaxation. By repeating the process, people using biofeedback connect the sound with the relaxed state, and learn to achieve relaxation on their own.

Meditation. Meditation, used for many years in Eastern cultures, is now widely accepted in this country as an effective relaxation technique. A number of studies are reporting its benefits for fibromyalgia patients who practice on a continued and regular basis. The practiced meditator can achieve the following physical benefits:

Reduced heart rate, blood pressure, adrenaline levels, and skin temperature while meditating.
Improved well-being.
Better sleep -- some research has reported an increase in melatonin levels in experienced meditators. Melatonin is important in regulating the sleep-wake cycle.
Less pain, possibly from reductions in levels of cortisol, a stress hormone.

An important goal for both religious and therapeutic meditation practices is to quiet the mind, essentially to relax thought. This redirection of brain activity from thoughts and worries to the senses disrupts the stress response and prompts relaxation and renewed energy. Several meditation techniques are available. Some may be more useful for fibromyalgia than others.

Breath meditation. Other meditative forms involve focusing on the present moment and observing (but not examining or judging) one's thoughts. During breath meditation, one sits upright with the spine straight and the eyes closed. The subject begins to breathe regularly and continues to observe the outward exhalation of the breath. As the mind wanders, one simply notes the thoughts as a fact and returns to the breath. A variant of this technique called mindfulness meditation has been helpful for fibromyalgia patients. It involves focusing on the present moment and letting thoughts pass without the accompanying breathing exercises.
Fixed point meditation involves focusing on a stationary object, mental image (such as a candle flame), or internal sound (such as a mantra). When the mind begins to wander, the meditator gently brings concentration back to the central image or sound. This exercise promotes focus, but it is often experienced as a thinking exercise. A popular variety of this type of meditation is known as transcendental meditation, or TM.
Mini-meditation. This method involves heightening awareness of the immediate surrounding environment. One should first choose a simple routine activity when alone. For example, while washing dishes concentrate on the feel of the water and dishes. Allow the mind to wander to any immediate sensory experience, such as sounds outside the window, smells from the stove, or colors in the room. If the mind begins to think about the past or future, abstractions, or worries, redirect it gently back.

People who try meditation for the first time should understand that it can be difficult to quiet the mind, and should not be discouraged by lack of immediate results. Some recommend meditating for no longer than 20 minutes in the morning after awakening and then again in the early evening before dinner. Even once a day is helpful. A person should probably not meditate before going to bed, because it causes some people to wake up in the middle of the night, alert and unable to return to sleep.

Hypnosis. In one small, short-term controlled study, hypnosis was more effective than physical therapy in improving function and reducing pain.

Massage Therapy. Massage therapy is thought to stimulate the parasympathetic nervous system, which slows down the heart and relaxes the body. In one study, patients who were given 30-minute massage sessions twice a week experienced lower stress and anxiety and less pain after 5 weeks compared to a group receiving an alternative therapy called transcutaneous electrical stimulation (TENS).

Because of the difficulties in treating fibromyalgia, many patients seek alternative therapies. Everyone should be wary of those who promise a quick cure or urge the purchase of expensive but potentially dangerous treatments.

Although some studies have reported benefit from these treatments, there is not enough evidence to recommend them. In one analysis, evidence was weakest on the advantages of so-called manipulative ("hands-on") approaches, such as chiropractic treatments.

Acupuncture. Studies continue to report conflicting results on acupuncture's ability to relieve pain. Several small studies suggest that it offers some benefit, especially to those who cannot take medicines because of their side effects. A larger controlled study found that inserting needles at fibromyalgia-related pressure points was no better at relieving pain for fibromyalgia than randomly inserting needles ("sham acupuncture"). A 2006 review of five randomized, controlled trials did not find enough evidence to support the use of acupuncture for fibromyalgia.

Click the icon to see an image of acupuncture.

Chiropractic or Osteopathic Manipulation. Chiropractic or osteopathic manipulation may also help some patients. While some studies have reported pain relief and improved sleep with osteopathic manipulation, larger controlled studies are needed to clearly identify whether manipulation is an effective treatment. Osteopathic techniques may include manipulation of the spine or muscle tissue release. Note that there is always some very small risk for adverse effects from any of these techniques. For example, in rare cases manipulation of the neck has caused stroke or damage to the large blood vessels in the neck.

Hydrotherapy and Similar Treatments. Hydrotherapy, also called balneotherapy, involves soaking in water, such as hot tubs, pools, or baths, to help relieve pain.

Herbal or Natural Remedies. Some alternative agents are being investigated for fibromyalgia:

Melatonin, a natural hormone associated with the sleep-wake cycle, may have benefits for some patients with fibromyalgia.
S-adenosylmethionine (SAMe) is a natural substance that has antidepressant, anti-inflammatory, and analgesic properties. It has shown some benefit in controlled studies.

It is extremely important for patients to realize that any herbal remedy or natural medicine that has positive effects most likely has negative side effects and toxic reactions, just as any conventional drug does. You should consult a doctor before using any untested products or dietary supplements. You should also discuss with your doctor any potential interactions between the supplements and any medications you take.

Generally, manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been a number of reported cases of serious and even deadly side effects from herbal products. Always check with your doctor before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements.

Behavioral Therapy

Studies continue to show that fibromyalgia patients feel better when they deal with the specific conditions of their disorder and their lives. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) enhances a patient's belief in their own abilities and helps them develop methods for dealing with stressful situations. CBT, also called cognitive therapy, is a known, effective method for dealing with chronic pain from arthritic conditions. Some evidence also suggests that cognitive-behavioral therapy can help some patients with fibromyalgia.

Although the effects of CBT and other non-medication treatments for fibromyalgia do not always last over the long-term, they may help certain groups of people, particularly those with a high level of psychological stress.

CBT may be particularly useful for addressing insomnia, one of the hallmark symptoms of fibromyalgia. Patients who received CBT for insomnia woke up 50% less at night, and had fewer symptoms of insomnia and improved mood.

The Goals of CBT. The primary goals of CBT are to change any unclear or mistaken ideas and self-defeating behaviors. Using specific tasks and self-observation, patients learn to think of pain as something other than a negative factor that controls their life. Over time, the idea that they are helpless against the pain goes away and, instead, they learn that they can manage the pain.

Cognitive therapy is particularly helpful in defining and setting limits -- a behavior that is extremely important for these patients. Many fibromyalgia patients live their lives in extremes. They first become heroes or martyrs, pushing themselves too far until they collapse. This collapse reverses the way they view themselves, and they then think of themselves as complete failures, unable to cope with the simplest task. One important aim of cognitive therapy is to help such patients discover a middle route. Patients learn to prioritize their responsibilities and drop some of the less important tasks or delegate them to others. Learning these coping skills can eventually lead to a more manageable life. Patients learn to view themselves and others with a more flexible attitude.

The Procedure. Cognitive therapy usually does not last long, typically 6 - 20 one hour sessions. Patients also receive homework, which usually includes keeping a diary and trying tasks they have avoided because of negative attitudes.

A typical cognitive therapy program may involve the following measures:

Keep a Diary. Patients are usually asked to keep a diary, a key part of cognitive therapy. The diary serves as a general guide for setting limits and planning activities. Patients use the diary to track any stress factors, such as a job or a relationship that may be making the pain worse or better.
Confront Negative or Discouraging Thoughts. Patients are taught to challenge and reverse negative beliefs. For example, "I'm not good enough to control this disease, so I'm a total failure" becomes the coping statement, "Where is the evidence that I can control this disease?"
Set Limits. Limits are designed to keep both mental and physical stress within manageable levels, so that patients do not become discouraged by getting "in over their heads." For example, tasks are broken down into incremental steps, and patients focus on one at a time.
Seek out Pleasurable Activities. Patients list a number of enjoyable low-energy activities that they can conveniently schedule.
Prioritize. Patients learn to drop some of the less critical tasks or delegate them to others.

Patients should learn to accept that relapses occur, and that over-coping and accomplishing too much too soon can often cause a relapse of symptoms. Patients should respect these relapses and back off. They should not consider them a sign of failure.

Research also shows that patient education can be effective in treating fibromyalgia, especially when combined with CBT, exercise, and other therapies. Educational programs can take the form of group discussions, lectures, or printed materials, although there isn't any clear evidence on which type of education works best.

Cognitive therapy may be expensive and not covered by insurance. Alternative and effective approaches that are free or less costly include strong, intelligently managed support groups or group psychotherapy. In one center, educational discussion groups were as effective, or even more so, than a cognitive therapy program. Such results are not typical in all centers, of course. Therapeutic success varies widely depending on the skill of the therapist.

Medications

Typically the first choice in drug treatment of fibromyalgia has consisted of an antidepressant or a muscle relaxant. The goal has been to improve sleep and pain tolerance. Medications from other drug classes (such as sleeping aids and pain relievers) may also be prescribed. Patients receive drug treatments in combination with exercise, patient education, and behavioral therapies. In 2007 the Food and Drug Administration approved Pregabalin (Lyrica) as the first drug for the treatment of fibromyalgia.

Pregabalin is an anti-epileptic. Also called anti-seizure drugs and anti-convulsants, these medicines affect the chemical messenger gamma aminobutyric acid (GABA), which helps prevent nerve cells from over-firing.

Pregabalin was previously approved in 2004 to treat nerve pain and diabetic peripheral neuropathy. A 2005 study of 529 patients with fibromyalgia reported that 450 mg per day of pregabalin reduced pain and improved sleep quality and fatigue symptoms. Study results presented in November 2006 showed pregabalin cut fibromyalgia pain by at least 50% in 63% of patients, and the effect was long-lasting. The study, lasting 6 months, was one of the longest controlled studies of pregabalin in fibromyalgia to date. The most common side effects include mild-to-moderate dizziness and sleepiness. Pregabalin can impair motor function and cause problems with concentration and attention. Patients should talk to their doctor about whether pregabalin may impair their ability to drive.

Studies have shown that another anti-convulsant, gabapentin (Neurontin), which is approved for treatment of postherpetic neuralgia, affects pain transmission pathways and may relieve pain associated with fibromyalgia when compared with placebo. Patients who took gabapentin also reported that they slept better and were less tired.

The main classes of antidepressants used for treating fibromyalgia are tricyclics, selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs). Although these drugs are antidepressants, doctors prescribe them to improve sleep and relieve pain in non-depressed patients with fibromyalgia. The dosages used for managing fibromyalgia are generally lower than dosages prescribed for treating depression. If a patient has depression in addition to fibromyalgia, higher doses may be required.

Tricyclics. Tricyclic antidepressants cause drowsiness and can be helpful for improving sleep. The tricyclic drug most commonly used for fibromyalgia is amitriptyline (Elavil, Endep), which produces modest benefits with pain, but which can lose effectiveness over time. Other tricyclics include desipramine (Norpramin), doxepin (Sinequan), imipramine (Tofranil), amoxapine (Asendin), and nortriptyline (Pamelor, Aventyl).

Generally, only small doses of tricyclic antidepressants are needed to relieve fibromyalgia. Therefore, although tricyclics have several side effects, these side effects may be less frequent in fibromyalgia patients than in those taking tricyclics for depression. Side effects most often reported include:

Blurred vision
Difficulty urinating
Dizziness
Drowsiness
Dry mouth
Heart rhythm disturbances
Sexual dysfunction
Weight gain

As with all medications, tricyclics must be taken as directed. An overdose can be life-threatening.

Unfortunately, not all patients respond to tricyclics, and their effects wear off in some patients, sometimes after only a month.

Selective Serotonin-Reuptake Inhibitors. Selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) increase serotonin levels in the brain, which may have specific benefits for fibromyalgia patients. Commonly prescribed SSRIs include fluoxetine (Prozac), sertraline (Zoloft), paroxetine (Paxil), and fluvoxamine (Luvox). Studies suggest they may improve sleep, fatigue, and well-being in many patients. Studies are mixed on whether they improve pain. SSRIs should be taken in the morning, since they may cause insomnia. Common side effects are agitation, nausea, and sexual dysfunction, including delay or loss of orgasm and low sex drive.

Serotonin-Norepinephrine Reuptake Inhibitors. Serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) are also known as dual inhibitors because they act directly on two chemical messengers in the brain -- norepinephrine and serotonin. These drugs include:

Duloxetine (Cymbalta) is gaining attention as a treatment for fibromyalgia. In a 2004 study, 207 patients with fibromyalgia were randomized to receive either 60 mg of duloxetine twice a day or placebo for 12 weeks. Duloxetine significantly improved pain and tenderness and was effective for both depressed and non-depressed patients. Duloxetine was most effective for women, but very few men were enrolled in this trial.
Venlafaxine (Effexor) is similar to fluoxetine (Prozac) in effectiveness and tolerability for most patients. As with SSRIs, and unlike other newer antidepressants, venlafaxine impairs sexual function. Although clinical trials have shown that the drug is safe and effective in most people, there have been reports of changes in blood pressure. There have also been reports of problems with the electrical system of the heart when taking this drug. These side effects may cause serious problems in elderly patients. Some patients report severe withdrawal symptoms, including dizziness and nausea.
Milnacipran (Ixel) is under investigation and is not yet approved in the United States. It is specifically being researched for helping people with fibromyalgia and similar pain syndromes. In a 2004 study of 125 patients, milnacipran improved fibromyalgia pain and other symptoms, including fatigue, sleep, and depression.

Cyclobenzaprine (Flexeril) relaxes muscle spasms in specific locations without affecting overall muscle function. Cyclobenzaprine is related to the tricyclic antidepressants and has similar side effects, including drowsiness, dry mouth, and dizziness. A 2004 review of five randomized controlled trials found that patients who received cyclobenzaprine were three times more likely to report improvement in fibromyalgia symptoms than patients who received placebo.

Zolpidem (Ambien) or other newer sleep medications such as zaleplon (Sonata) and eszopiclone (Lunesta) may improve sleep for patients who suffer from insomnia.

Pain relief is of major concern for patients with fibromyalgia. Pain relievers for fibromyalgia include:

Tramadol (Ultram), used alone or in combination with acetaminophen (Tylenol), is commonly prescribed for relief of fibromyalgia pain. Its most common side effects are drowsiness, dizziness, constipation, and nausea. Tramadol should not be used in combination with tricyclic antidepressants.
For relief of mild pain, acetaminophen is most often recommended. Anti-inflammatory drugs, which are commonly used for arthritic conditions, are less useful for the pain of fibromyalgia, since the pain is not caused by muscle or joint inflammation. Anti-inflammatory drugs include corticosteroids and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), such as aspirin and ibuprofen (Advil).
Capsaicin (Zostrix) is an ointment prepared from the active ingredient in hot chili peppers. Capsaicin is helpful in relieving painful areas in other disorders. It may have some value for fibromyalgia patients.
Opioids, or narcotics, may be used occasionally by certain patients with moderate-to-severe pain, or those with significant problems performing everyday tasks. Such patients should use narcotics only if they cannot find relief with other, less potent treatments. Some patients may get combinations of narcotic pain relievers and acetaminophen for periodic pain. Some physicians prescribe opioids, such as oxycodone (Roxicodone) or morphine sulfate (Duramorph), for patients who need ongoing relief. However, the benefit of opioids in fibromyalgia treatment is highly controversial. Physicians should take a careful medical and psychological profile of the patient before prescribing opioids. The patients should be evaluated periodically for continuing pain relief, side effects, and indications of dependence.
Pramipexole, a drug used to treat Parkinson’s disease and restless legs syndrome, may help relieve pain and fatigue in people with fibromyalgia, according to one study. Pramipexole stimulates production of dopamine, a chemical messenger in the brain. Researchers compared pramipexole with a dummy pill (placebo). After 3.5 months, 36% of those who took pramipexole said they felt much better, compared to 9% of those who received a dummy pill. Overall, patients had a 50% or greater decrease in pain.
One small 2005 study conducted in Spain suggests that the atypical antipsychotic olanzapine (Zyprexa) may be a beneficial add-on therapy for patients with fibromyalgia. Although proven effective for some chronic pain conditions, olanzapine and other antipsychotics cause unpleasant and potentially serious side effects.

Tropisetron. Tropisetron (Navoban) is a drug used to reduce vomiting during chemotherapy. European studies suggest that it may also help patients with fibromyalgia by reducing pain, dizziness, and depression, and by improving sleep. Fatigue and dizziness are the most common side effects.

Much of the pain patients experience occurs where muscles join tendons or bones, particularly when the muscles are stretched. Stretching or flexibility exercises are part of the warm-up and cool-down routines of any regular exercise program. Stretching techniques may also use injections or cooling agents to inactivate the pressure points so that muscles can be more effectively stretched. These techniques must be performed by a person other than the patient, usually a family member or close friend. With either injections or the spray, the benefits may last from a few days to weeks. Neither the spray nor the injection is useful without muscle stretching.

Spray and Stretch. One technique is known as "spray and stretch." This method uses the following approach:

The patient must be in a comfortable position.
The partner presses on suspected tender points and the patient reports any pain.
The points, when targeted, are sprayed with either ethyl chloride (Chloroethane) or Fluori-Methane. These chemicals are not numbing medicines. They cool the blood vessels in the skin to inactivate the tender points. Numbing skin creams do not appear to be effective for this treatment.
The spray bottle is held upside-down about 12 - 18 inches from the targeted area. The patient's face should be covered if the spray is being used near the head.
The patient's partner then slowly stretches the affected muscle.

After the procedure, the muscle should feel looser, and the patient should have a greater range of motion with that muscle.

Trigger-Point Injections. In some cases, "trigger-point injections" of a numbing drug, such as lidocaine, may be used for particularly painful tender points as an aid to stretching.

The injection causes intense, but brief, pain in the trigger point. After the medication has taken effect, however, the muscle's ability to stretch is much greater.
There is some soreness afterward, which can be severe. After an injection, spraying the whole muscle with cooling agents may inactivate less severe tender points.
In some cases, injections may be needed several times over 6 - 8 weeks.

Resources

www.rheumatology.org -- American College of Rheumatology
www.niams.nih.gov -- National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases
www.arthritis.org -- Arthritis Foundation
www.fmaware.org -- National Fibromyalgia Foundation
www.fmpartnership.org -- National Fibromyalgia Partnership
www.fmnetnews.com -- Fibromyalgia Network
www.aapainmanage.org -- American Academy of Pain Management
www.ampainsoc.org -- American Pain Society
www.medicalacupuncture.org -- American Association of Medical Acupuncture
www.asch.net -- American Society of Clinical Hypnosis
www.aabt.org -- Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy
www.clinicaltrials.gov -- Find a clinical trial

References

Arnold LM, Goldenberg DL, Stanford SB, Lalonde JK, Sandhu HS, Keck PE, et al. Gabapentin in the treatment of fibromyalgia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled multicenter trial. Arthritis & Rheumatism. 2007;56:1336-1344.

Assefi NP, Sherman KJ, Jacobsen C, Goldberg J, Smith WR, Buchwald D. A randomized clinical trial of acupuncture compared with sham acupuncture in fibromyalgia. Ann Intern Med. 2005; 143(1): 10-9.

Da Costa D, Abrahamowicz M, Lowensteyn I, Bernatsky S, Dritsa M, Fitzcharles MA, Dobkin PL. A randomized clinical trial of an individualized home-based exercise programme for women with fibromyalgia. Rheumatology. 2005;44:1422-1427.

Harris RE, Clauw DJ. How Do We Know That the Pain in Fibromyalgia Is "Real"? Current Pain and Headache Reports. 2006;10:403-7.

Harris RE, Clauw DJ, Scott DJ, McLean SA, Gracely RH, Zubieta JK. Decreased central u-opioid receptor availability in fibromyalgia. J Neurosci. 2007;27:10000-10006.

Holman AJ, Myers RR. A Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled Trial of Pramipexole, a Dopamine Agonist, in Patients With Fibromyalgia Receiving Concomitant Medications. Arthr Rheum. 2005; 52(: 2495-2505.

Mannerkorpi K, Henriksson C. Non-pharmacological treatment of chronic widespread musculoskeletal pain. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol. 2007;21:513-534.

McCabe CS, Cohen H, Blake DR. Somaesthetic disturbances in fibromyalgia are exaggerated by sensory-motor conflict: implications for chronicity of the disease? Rheumatology. 2007;46:1587-1592.

Mease P. Fibromyalgia syndrome: review of clinical presentation, pathogenesis, outcome measures, and treatment. J Rheumatol Suppl. 2005;32(10):2063.

Rico-Villademoros F, Hidalgo J, Dominguez I, García-Leiva JM, Calandre EP. Atypical antipsychotics in the treatment of fibromyalgia: a case series with olanzapine. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2005; 29(1): 161-4.

Rooks DS, Gautam S, Romeling M, Cross ML, Stratigakis D, Evans B, et al. Group exercise, education, and combination self-management in women with fibromyalgia. Arch Intern Med. 2007;167;2192-2200.

Van Koulil S, Effting M, Kraaimaat FW, van Lankveld W, van Helmond T, Cats H, et al. Cognitive-behavioural therapies and exercise programmes for patients with fibromyalgia; state of the art and future directions. Ann Rheum Dis. 2007;66:571-581.

Zheng L, Faber K. Review of the Chinese medical approach to the management of fibromyalgia. Curr Pain Headache Rep. 2005;9(5): 307-12.

Review Date:
12/17/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital. Also reviewed by David Zieve, MD, MHA, Medical Director, A.D.A.M., Inc.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:06 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Risk Factors
Symptoms
Diagnosis
Outlook
Staging and Treatment Guide...
Chemotherapy
Biologic Therapy (Immunothe...
Radiation
Transplantation
Surgery
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Drug Warning

Chemotherapy can cause anemia, a drop in red blood cell (hemoglobin) levels. Erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs, which boost the production of red blood cells, are administered to counteract this complication. However, these drugs, which include epoietin alfa (Epogen, Procrit) and darbepoietin alfa (Aranesp), can also cause serious side effects and adversely affect survival when hemoglobin levels are raised too high.

In 2007, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) made several changes to the prescribing labels for erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs. The new labels have stronger warnings and updated dosing-related safety information.

The FDA advises that for treating anemia associated with chemotherapy, dosing should increase hemoglobin levels to no more than 12 g/dL. Treatment with these drugs should stop as soon as the chemotherapy course is completed. Erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs are not safe or appropriate for all patients undergoing chemotherapy. Patients should discuss the risks and benefits with their oncologists. The FDA is currently reviewing additional data concerning the safety of these drugs.

Positron Emission Tomography (PET) Scans and Lymphoma

PET scans are used to help diagnose and stage lymphoma, and they may also be helpful in assessing treatment outcomes for some types of lymphoma. In 2007, an international team of cancer specialists drew up new guidelines for evaluating how well lymphoma responds to treatment in clinical trials. The guidelines now recommend that PET scans be used to help determine if a patient has achieved remission.

Introduction

Lymphomas are malignancies of the lymph system that are generally subdivided into two groups, Hodgkin's disease (HD) and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL). Hodgkin's disease accounts for about 15% of all lymphomas. [For more information, see In-Depth Report #83: Hodgkin's disease.]

Non-Hodgkin's lymphomas is a term for malignancies that range from a very slow disease to an extremely aggressive but curable condition. They have certain features in common.

The lymphatic system filters fluid from around cells. It is an important part of the immune system. When people refer to swollen glands in the neck, they are usually referring to swollen lymph nodes. Common areas where lymph nodes can be easily felt, especially if they are enlarged include the groin, armpits (axilla), above the clavicle (supraclavicular), in the neck (cervical), and the back of the head just above hairline (occipital).

Lymphomas, such as non-Hodgkin's lymphomas and Hodgkin's disease, represent tumors of the lymphatic system. This system is a network of organs, ducts, and nodes. The system interacts with the blood's circulatory system to transport a watery clear fluid called lymph throughout the body. The lymphatic system contains lymphocytes, important cells involved in defending the body against infectious organisms. This system also restores 60% of the fluid that leaks out from blood capillaries back into circulation, and its ducts provide transportation for fats, proteins, and other substances collected from the body's tissues.

Lymphocytes. The lymphatic system is involved in the production and transportation of lymphocytes, white blood cells that are a primary component of the immune system. Among other vital functions, certain lymphocytes are responsible for producing antibodies, factors that can target and attack specific foreign proteins (antigens). To understand the lymphatic system, it is helpful to track part of the life cycle of these lymphocytes:

Lymphocytes develop in the bone marrow or thymus gland and are therefore categorized as either B cells (bone marrow-derived cells) or T cells (thymus gland-derived cells).
B cells complete their structural growth and definition (known as differentiation) and mature in the bone marrow.
T cells also start out in the bone marrow but differentiate and mature in the thymus gland, located beneath the breastbone (sternum). This small gland is active mostly in the fetal stage through the first 10 years of life, after which it atrophies (shrinks).
B-cell and T-cell lymphocytes leave these organs through the bloodstream, which eventually branches out into the tiny blood vessels called capillaries.
Some lymphocytes, along with fluid, proteins, and other substances, migrate out of the capillaries into the surrounding tissues. A proportion of these lymphocytes and other substances then enter the lymphatic vessels.
Lymphatic vessels begin as tiny, blind-ended tubes and lead to larger lymphatic ducts and branches until they drain into two ducts in the neck, where the fluid re-enters the bloodstream.
Along the way, the fluid passes through lymph nodes, oval structures composed of lymph vessels, connective tissue, and white blood cells. Here, the lymphocytes are either filtered out or added to the contents of the node.

Lymph Nodes. In the lymph node, lymphocytes receive their initial exposure to foreign substances (antigens), such as bacteria or other microorganisms, activating the lymphocytes to perform their immune functions. The size of a lymph node varies generally from that of a pinhead to a bean. Most nodes are in clusters located throughout the system. Important node clusters are found in the neck, lower arm, armpit, and groin.

Other Structures in the Lymphatic System. The tonsils and adenoids are secondary organs composed of masses of lymph tissue that also play a role in the lymphatic system. The spleen is another important organ that processes lymphocytes from incoming blood.

Click the icon to see an animation about lymph nodes.

Click the icon to see an image of lymph nodes in the head and neck.

Click the icon to see an image of the immune system structures.

Non-Hodgkin's lymphomas occur most often in lymph nodes in the chest, neck, abdomen, tonsils, and the skin. NHLs may also develop in sites other than lymph nodes such as the digestive tract, central nervous system, and around the tonsils.

About 85% of non-Hodgkin's lymphomas (NHLs) arise in B cells; the rest occur in T cells. Activation of a gene called BCL-2 is believed to be partly responsible for many B-cell lymphomas. This defect prevents apoptosis (a natural process whereby cells self-destruct) in the lymphoma cells.

There are more than 20 distinct types of non-Hodgkin's lymphomas. Most first arise in the lymph nodes, but about 20 - 30% of cases are now found outside the nodes, most often in the stomach, small intestine, skin, and brain.

Even experts disagree about the exact groupings. Lymphomas are categorized in a number of ways.

Classification by Cell Type, Appearance, and Genetic Make-up: The REAL System. Different classification systems for lymphoma have been proposed. The system used in this report is called REAL (Revised European-American Lymphoma Classification). It classifies all lymphomas by appearance, cell type, and genetic make-up:

Non-Hodgkin's lymphomas are first grouped as B cell or T cell.
Next, they are categorized by whether the B-cell and T-cell lymphomas were derived from immature (precursor) cells or mature (peripheral) cells.
The peripheral B and T cells are then classified by their appearance, genetic make-up, and specific chemical "markers," which further identify them.

T-cell lymphomas, Hodgkin's disease, and certain leukemias and aggressive lymphomas are covered in the REAL classification but are not discussed in any depth in this report.

Groups by Slow or Fast Growth. Each non-Hodgkin's lymphoma is further defined by its grade, or how aggressive it is:

Indolent (slow-growing), also called low-grade
Aggressive (fast-growing), also called intermediate- or high-grade

According to one report, half of new cases are now intermediate-grade lymphomas. Low-grade makes up 30%, while high-grade makes up 10% of all lymphomas.

Groups by Properties. Lymphomas are also grouped by certain properties:

Size (large versus small)
Shape (round versus irregular)
Whether they are or resemble blood plasma cells
Whether they are follicular (organized in round clusters) or diffuse (spread evenly throughout the lymph node)

Staging. Staging the disease is the next important step in classifying lymphomas. The stage (I - IV) of an NHL is determined by the number of tumors and whether they are still localized or have spread beyond the lymph node. In general, the higher the stage, the poorer the outcome, but other factors are important for a precise prognosis.

Indolent (Slow-Growing) Lymphomas (also Called Low-Grade Lymphomas)

Follicular lymphomas (FLs). Follicular small cleaved cell lymphoma (grade I) and follicular mixed small and large cell lymphoma (grade II). FLs account for 70% of indolent tumors and 20% of all NHLs in industrialized countries. It is very rare in developing countries and in Asia.

Lymphoplasmacytoid/Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia. Often found in bone marrow, lymph nodes, and spleen. Can cause blood to become viscous and "sticky."

Marginal zone lymphomas (MZL). MZLs often occur as a result of a pre-existing disorder such as hepatitis C, bacterial infection in the stomach (H. pylori ), or an autoimmune disorder (Sjögren syndrome in the salivary glands or Hashimoto's thyroiditis in the thyroid gland). They may be classified as:

Monocytoid B-cell lymphoma, which involves only lymph nodes
Splenic marginal zone lymphoma, which affects the spleen, blood, and bone marrow
Mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma, which usually involves the gastrointestinal tract, thyroid, lung, breast, or skin

There is some controversy over whether MALT is a variation of MZL or a completely separate type of lymphoma that is more suitably classified as a separate low-grade lymphoma. At this time, it is classified as an MZL.

Aggressive Lymphomas (also Called Intermediate- and High-Grade Lymphomas)

Diffuse large-cell lymphomas (DL). DLs are the most common NHLs, accounting for about 40% of all cases. Subtypes include the following:

Primary mediastinal large B-cell lymphoma
Follicular large cell lymphoma
Anaplastic large cell lymphoma
T-cell lymphomas (not covered in this report)

In about 40% of cases, these DL lymphomas appear in areas outside lymph nodes, including digestive tract, skin, bone, thyroid, and testes.

Burkitt's lymphoma/diffuse, small noncleaved cell lymphoma. This is the most common childhood NHL. In African children, it often involves facial bones and is associated with Epstein-Barr infection.

Mantle cell lymphoma. Mantle cell lymphomas are found in lymph nodes, the spleen, bone marrow, blood, and sometimes the gastrointestinal system (lymphomatous polyposis). This lymphoma is similar to indolent lymphomas at the time of diagnosis, but it is more aggressive.

Lymphoblastic lymphoma. This lymphoma often occurs in young people. It is associated with a large mediastinal mass (occurring in chest cavity between the lungs) and carries a high risk for spreading to bone marrow and central nervous system.

Risk Factors

About 63,000 Americans were diagnosed with non-Hodgkin's lymphomas in 2007, and nearly 19,000 people died of the disease. For the past 25 years, the incidence in NHL has increased continuously. Most of this increase has occured in people over age 65.

Part of the reason for the dramatic rise was AIDS, which increases the risk for high-grade lymphomas. However, even after eliminating changes in diagnosing NHLs and known causes (such as AIDS), the incidence over the past 40 years is 40% higher. The number of cases in which lymphomas first occur outside the lymph nodes has also increased compared to those limited to the nodes. (This observed increase, however, may in large part be due to different methods of diagnosing lymphomas).

The cancer can develop in people at all ages, including children, although it is most common in those ages of 45 - 60. In general, the incidence of NHL is 50% higher in men than in women. This higher rate has been observed in many countries. Nevertheless, recent reports suggest that the rate is leveling off or even declining in men, but is increasing in women, particularly African-American women. Overall, the risk is slightly higher in Caucasians than in African-Americans.

The risks for NHL among men versus women and among African-Americans versus Caucasians may vary by lymphoma subtype. For example, follicular lymphomas were significantly higher in Caucasians than in African-Americans, and there was little gender difference. High-grade lymphomas were the most rapidly increasing type, particularly among men, with follicular lymphomas increasing most rapidly in African-American men.

Other studies have also reported ethnic differences by specific lymphoma subtypes. For example, follicular lymphomas constitute 20% of all NHLs in Western nations but are very uncommon in Asia and in developing countries.

The brother or sister of a person with the disease has more than twice the risk of developing NHL than the general population. Some cases of NHL in such cases are due to inherited disorders of the immune system. Studies suggest, however, that such family clusters are more likely to be due to environmental conditions that trigger the genetic factors.

Because of the rapid rise in NHL, investigators are looking for lifestyle factor that may contribute to this increase. No real association between lymphomas and body weight or shape or amounts of exercise has been found.

A number of reports suggest an influence of diet in the development of non-Hodgkin's involvements. However, for the most part a strong association remains speculative. Some of the possible dietary risk factors include:

A number of studies have observed an association between an increased risk for non-Hodgkin's lymphomas and high consumption of red meat (beef, pork, and lamb).
A higher risk for lymphoma has also been suggested for trans fatty acids (hydrogenated polyunsaturated fats, which are contained in hard margarines and commercial baked goods and fast foods). There appears to be no higher risk with natural polyunsaturated fats (found in most vegetable and fish oils).
Fish may be protective.
Some evidence suggests that milk may also be protective.
One major study observed a reduction in risk with high intake of vegetables. Another found no protection from vegetables, but did with diets rich in fruit.
Vitamin supplements have no effect on NHL.

Despite these kinds of reports, the influence of diet on the development of non-Hodgkin's lymphomas remains speculative.

Alcohol Use. Studies on alcohol have been mixed, with some showing a higher risk, some a lower risk, and some no difference at all.

Smoking. There is no evidence that smoking increases the risk for NHL itself, although it has been linked with high-grade and follicular NHLs in people with lymphomas.

Viruses or other microorganisms also play a role in some lymphomas. A number are being investigated:

Epstein-Barr virus, the cause of mononucleosis, is highly associated with Burkitt's disease and NHLs associated with immunodeficiency diseases. It is also a risk factor for Hodgkin's disease
Adult T-cell leukemia-lymphoma, which appears to be caused by a virus known as HTLV-I, has been found in southwestern Japan, the Caribbean, and the southeastern United States.
People who have stomach inflammation due to Helicobacter pylori or H. heilmannii bacteria are at increased risk for mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphomas (MALT). (The use of antibiotics to get rid of the bacteria may cause remission in some patients who have an early stage form of lymphoma in an early stage.)
Human herpes virus 8 has been associated with NHL.
Borrelia burgdorferi, the bacteria that causes Lyme disease, has been associated with primary B-cell lymphoma.
Heavy antibiotic use during adulthood may increase risk. A 2005 study found that adults who used antibiotics more than 10 times had 1.8 times the risk of developing NHL than nonusers. However, researchers were not certain if antibiotics themselves, or the underlying infections they treated, were responsible for the increased risk.

Click the icon to see an image of Lyme disease.

Studies are reporting a higher prevalence of viral hepatitis C and B in patients with lymphomas, although such viruses do not appear to play a major role in triggering lymphoma.

Patients with diseases or conditions that affect the immune system may be at higher risk for lymphomas:

HIV-positive patients and those with full-blown AIDS are at higher risk for NHL, and the disease is more likely to be widespread in these patients than in those without the immune disease. Most AIDS-related NHLs are high-grade lymphomas. Burkitt's lymphoma is often seen in patients with AIDS. Although these patients have had a very poor prognosis, advances in antiviral therapy for HIV now allow better management of NHL with some success in achieving favorable outcomes. Part of the dramatic increase in NHL incidence over the past decades can be traced to AIDS.
Patients with a history of autoimmune diseases, including rheumatoid arthritis (RA), systemic lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Crohn's disease, and Sjögren syndrome, are at an increased risk for certain NHLs, such as marginal zone lymphomas.
People who have organ transplants are at higher risk for NHL, probably due to multiple factors, including the drugs used to suppress the immune system and the transplanted organ itself.
Patients who have had high-dose chemotherapy with stem-cell transplantation are at higher risk.
Other immunodeficiency syndromes that put people at risk for NHL include Chediak-Higashi syndrome, ataxia-telangiectasia, B-cell lymphoproliferative syndrome, Bruton agammaglobulinemia, common variable immunodeficiency, and Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome.

Note on Allergies: There appears to be no association between NHL and allergies, overactive responses of the immune system. Allergies are the most common immune disorder.

Overexposure to a number of industrial and agricultural chemicals has been frequently linked to an increased risk for lymphomas. The data, however, are not consistent.

Organochlorines are chemicals produced when solid waste is burned. These by-product chemicals include dioxin, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and furans. Many studies have indicated that exposure to these chemicals increases the risk of developing NHL.
A number of studies have found an association between NHL and certain pesticides and herbicides, although more research is needed to confirm any definitive risk.
White spirits, thinners, phenoxy herbicides, wood preservative, aviation gasoline, plastic, and rubber chemicals have been associated with a higher risk for lymphomas. Specifically, in one study, painters and lumberjacks had a higher risk for NHL, while office and house workers had a lower risk.
Some studies have found an association with long duration and early use of permanent dark hair dyes. There is no consistent evidence, however, that hair dye increases the risk for lymphomas.

Symptoms

The most common first sign of lymphomas is painless enlargement of one or more lymph node, usually in the neck, armpits, or groin. Patients should see their doctors if these symptoms do not go away within 2 - 3 weeks.

The most common lumps or swellings in the neck are enlarged lymph nodes. They can be caused by bacterial or viral infections, cancer, and other rare causes.

Lymphomas sometimes cause systemic symptoms -- symptoms that affect the whole body, rather than a specific location. Some systemic symptoms are referred to as B symptoms. Patients who have B symptoms have a more severe condition than asymptomatic patients with the same cancer stage or tumor location or size.

B systemic symptoms include:

Drenching night sweats and weight loss
Fever (may occur sporadically and only at night)

Other systemic symptoms include:

Itching all over the body caused by the release of histamines, substances ordinarily triggered by an allergic response. In the case of NHL, this is due to abnormalities in the immune system. Although this is a systemic symptom, it is not usually considered a B symptom if other systemic symptoms are not also present.
In late stages, some patients develop a skin rash.
Tumor masses in the chest can cause coughing or breathlessness.
Lymphomas in the stomach can cause nausea and vomiting.

Many patients seek medical help for abnormally swollen lymph nodes (commonly referred to as "swollen glands"). Swollen glands can be caused by many conditions, most often infections, and are rarely serious.

Infections. In the great majority of cases, swollen glands are caused by an infection:

Enlarged lymph nodes in the neck are much more likely to be a sign of strep or other throat infection than NHL.
Infectious mononucleosis (caused by the Epstein Barr virus) is a common cause of swollen lymph nodes in young people.
Travel, particularly to countries with a high incidence of tropical diseases, can trigger similar symptoms.
Other infections that cause swollen glands include cat scratch fever, Lyme or other tick-borne disease, HIV, tularemia, tuberculosis, syphilis, herpes simplex virus, cytomegalovirus, and hepatitis.

Hodgkin's Disease. Although both Hodgkin's disease and non-Hodgkin's lymphomas are malignancies of the lymph nodes, they can usually be distinguished by certain characteristics. It is extremely important to differentiate between Hodgkin's lymphomas and non-Hodgkin's lymphomas, since the treatments for these two conditions differ. In particular, a subtype of lymphoma called anaplastic large-cell lymphoma (ALCL) might be confused with Hodgkin's disease under some circumstances. [For more information, see In-Depth Report #83: Hodgkin's disease.]


Characteristics	Hodgkin's Disease	Non-Hodgkin's Lymphomas
Age and Prevalence	Average age is 28 with two age peaks, the major one occuring between 15 - 24, anda lesser peak after age 55. It is less common than NHL.	Average age is about 67. It is more common than HD.
Location	In both malignancies, the disease occurs most often in lymph nodes above the collarbone. However, in HD it is also more likely to appear in the chest cavity between the lungs (the mediastinum), particularly in younger patients. Only about 15 - 20% of cases are found in areas below the diaphragm. Disease occurs outside the nodes in about 4% of cases.	In both malignancies, the disease occurs most often in lymph nodes above the collarbone. In NHL, however, it is also more likely to appear in the nodes in the abdomen (called the mesenteric nodes). The disease occurs in the chest cavity in less than 40% of patients. (An exception, lymphoblastic lymphoma, which is seen most often in young people, is likely to first appear in the chest.) Disease occurs outside the nodes in about 23% of patients. Slow-growing lymphomas are common in the liver and bone marrow.
Symptoms	More likely than NHL (40%) to have systemic symptoms (such as fever and night sweats) at the time of diagnosis.	Less likely to have systemic symptoms (27%) at the time of diagnosis.
Progression	Less likely than NHL to be diagnosed in stage IV (10%). Hodgkin's disease usually progresses in an orderly way from one lymph node region to the next. This process may be slow, particularly in younger people, or very aggressive. The disease typically spreads downward from the initial site. If it spreads below the diaphragm, it usually reaches the spleen first; the disease then may spread to the liver and bone marrow. If the disease starts in the nodes in the middle of the chest, it may spread outward to the chest wall and areas around the heart and lungs.	More likely than HD to be diagnosed in stage IV (36%). The lymphomas are less predictable in their course than Hodgkin's disease and they are more apt to spread.

Other Cancers or Serious Conditions in the Lymphatic System. Other cancers that can travel to lymph nodes include breast cancer and leukemia.

Very serious causes of enlarged lymph nodes include disorders of the lymph system, such as Castleman's disease, lymphomatoid granulomatosis, and angioimmunoblastic lymphadenopathy. These lymph system disorders, although noncancerous, involve abnormal lymph cells. They are often fatal and can be very difficult to distinguish from lymphomas. Many of the other serious illnesses involving diseased lymph nodes develop simultaneously at multiple sites, while Hodgkin's nearly always starts at one location before spreading to nearby nodes. [For more information, see In-Depth Report #83: Hodgkin's disease or Report #86: Acute lymphocytic leukemia.]

Exposure to Medications. Exposure to certain medications such as phenytoin (Dilantin) may cause enlarged nodes. Other drugs, such as cephalosporins, penicillins, or sulfonamides, can cause enlarged nodes and other symptoms, including fever and rash, which may resemble Hodgkin's disease.

Diagnosis

The doctor will first ask questions about the patient's medical history and perform a physical examination to detect any node enlargements. If these steps point to lymphoma, additional tests will be done to rule out other diseases or to confirm the diagnosis and extent of the lymphoma.

It is sometimes reasonable to wait a little while for the swelling and symptoms to go away before deciding that additional testing is necessary. In some cases, lymph node swelling may be due to a temporary infection. However, some lymphomas cause off and on lymph node swelling. This is particularly true with small cleaved cell lymphoma (the most common NHL). Lymph nodes should be checked periodically for any return of swelling.

The doctor will examine not only the affected lymph nodes but also the surrounding tissues and other lymph node areas for signs of infection, skin injuries, or tumors. The consistency of the node sometimes indicates certain conditions. For example, a stony, hard node is often a sign of cancer, usually one that has metastasized (spread to another part of the body). A firm, rubbery node may indicate lymphoma. Soft nodes suggest infection or inflammatory conditions.

Blood tests help rule out infection and other diseases. Such tests include those blood counts and blood chemistries for kidney and liver function, uric acid, calcium, and phosphate levels. In a patient already diagnosed with lymphoma, blood tests that measure the enzyme lactate dehydrogenase are important in determining the prognosis. High levels indicate bulkier tumors. The presence of anemia may indicate specific NHLs, such as diffuse, small lymphocytic lymphoma.

A biopsy is the most important test for diagnosing lymphomas and can be used to tell the difference between non-Hodgkin's and Hodgkin's disease. A biopsy has risks and should be performed only by a qualified and experienced doctor. Sometimes a doctor may choose to wait and observe the involved lymph nodes, which will usually go away on their own if a temporary infection is causing the swelling. (However, some lymphomas may go away and appear to be benign, only to reappear at a later time.)

The Procedure. The doctor removes the node and checks the surrounding areas. The tissue in the node is then examined under a microscope for signs of infection and abnormalities indicating cancer or other conditions.

Results. Even if biopsies do not show any problems, disease may still be present in some cases. The doctor should continue to observe the patient until swelling or other signs of disease are gone. Biopsied tissue samples should be frozen in case special tests are later required. Such tests may include detection of particular antibodies, genetic and immune factors, and certain markers (substances that may indicate disease) located on the surface of the cells. If lymphoma has been diagnosed, the tissue will be examined for its histology, the cellular structures that will determine the lymphoma type.

Bone marrow aspirate and biopsy are routinely performed to determine whether the disease has spread. With bone marrow aspirate, bone marrow cells are sucked out through a special needle. A biopsy may be performed before or after the aspiration. In this procedure, a special needle removes a core of the marrow that is structurally intact.

Click the icon to see an image of bone marrow aspiration.

Chest X-Ray. A chest x-ray shows the lymph nodes in the chest and neck area. It is particularly useful in detecting Hodgkin's disease and enlarged lymph nodes.

Click the icon to see an image of an x-ray machine.

Computer Tomography. Computed tomography (CT) scans are more accurate than x-rays. They can detect abnormalities in the chest and neck area, as well as revealing the extent of the cancer and whether it has spread. CT scans are used to evaluate symptoms and help diagnose lymphomas, help with staging of the disease, monitor response to treatment, and evaluate when the symptoms occur. A CT scan is also often used in detecting lymphomas in the abdominal and pelvic areas, the brain, and chest area.

Click the icon to see an image of a CT machine.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). MRIs may be used to detect the spread of the disease to the brain, spine, chest, pelvis, and abdomen.

Click the icon to see an image of a MRI machine.

Positron Emission Tomography (PET). PET scans can help tell whether or not an enlarged lymph node is benign or cancerous. PET scans are more accurate than CT scans or other imaging tests for staging lymphomas. PET scans may also help doctors determine how well a patient has responded to treatment, if any residual cancer exists, and if a patient has achieved remission.

Tests of lymphoma's DNA are in use or are being developed to detect particular genetic abnormalities that help determine outlook and may eventually lead to new treatments. Examples of such abnormal genetic arrangements are those that affect normal cell death, resist chemotherapy, or trigger aggressive cancer growth.

An advanced approach called the microarray technique uses chips that contain up to thousands of DNA sequences that represent specific normal and abnormal genes. Such sequences have been compiled for lymphomas. Eventually, experts may be able to match a patient's DNA to these patterns and identify specific subtypes.

Biologic markers, also called biomarkers, are high levels of substances released by tumors. They indicate the level of cancer activity. Biomarkers can be found in sputum, blood, and tissue samples. Biomarkers can be enzymes, hormones, amino-acid compounds, antigens (identified by antibodies that specifically target them), and growth factors. Some under investigation include:

CD44. This molecule binds to the surface of cells and may be involved in metastasis. High levels of this molecule may suggest a more aggressive disease.
BCL-6. This cancer gene is implicated in diffuse large B-cell lymphoma. High levels of this gene in these patients indicate a better outlook after treatment.

Outlook

Five-year survival rates for NHL range from 20 - 95%, depending on the lymphoma type, stage, age of the patient, and other variables. Because the outlook varies so widely, making a definite prognosis is very difficult. For example, patients with very slow growing (indolent) lymphomas can live many years. However, they are usually diagnosed at a late stage, after the cancer has spread, thus reducing the survival rate. Aggressive lymphomas are more likely to cause rapid death, but they are also often curable. New drugs that target specific factors in the tumor cells are improving survival rates.

Follicular lymphomas, the most common indolent (slow-growing) NHLs, are potentially curable in early stages I and II. Unfortunately, however, these slow-growing malignancies produce no symptoms until they are in advanced stages. In most cases, these lymphomas are not diagnosed until they have spread to other sites, including the spleen and bone marrow. In such cases, they are difficult to cure. Predicting outcome for indolent follicular lymphomas is more difficult than for aggressive lymphomas. Even if treatment achieves a response, these tumors almost always recur. Even after relapse, however, the tumors can be treated again if they are still very slow-growing.

In general, the average survival rate for follicular lymphoma is 7 - 10 years, depending on other risk factors. New drug treatments, particularly monoclonal antibodies, have significantly improved survival rates. According to a 2005 study, 91% of patients with follicular lymphoma now survive the first 4 years after diagnosis, compared with 69% of patients treated in the past with older types of drugs. The research team found the best 4-year survival rates for patients treated with the CHOP (cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, prednisone) chemotherapy regimen followed by monoclonal antibody biologic drugs (rituximab or iodine-131 tositumomab).

Factors for Predicting Outlook in Indolent Lymphomas. Six risk factors are proving to be useful for predicting outlook:

Being male
Being older
Having stage III or IV disease
Elevated levels of the enzyme lactate dehydrogenase (LDH)
The presence of B symptoms
Erythrocyte sedimentation rate over 30

Patients with a good chance for a positive outcome (65% chance for survival rates of 10 years or greater) have one or none of these factors. Those with intermediate risk (23%) have two factors, and those likely to have a poor outcome (11%) have three or more factors. MALT lymphomas generally have a good prognosis. Primary gastric lymphomas have a 3-year survival rate of 89%.

High-grade aggressive lymphomas are often symptomatic early on and are potentially curable with aggressive treatments. Diffuse large-cell lymphomas, the most common aggressive non-Hodgkin's lymphomas, while fatal if not treated, are often curable with intensive chemotherapy combinations. If relapse occurs after chemotherapy, it usually does so within 2 years.

Most other aggressive lymphomas respond to aggressive chemotherapy. Mantle cell lymphoma is less responsive to chemotherapy. The average survival time is 3 - 5 years.

Factors for Predicting Outlook in Aggressive Lymphomas: A scoring system called the International Prognostic Index has proved to be fairly accurate for predicting outcome in patients with most aggressive B-cell lymphomas. It uses five risk factors to help predict whether the disease will be aggressive:

Being older than 60 -- this age group tends to have other medical conditions, which contribute to the poorer prognosis
Having a disseminated tumor (stage III or IV)
Disease that has spread to more than one site beyond the lymph nodes
A poor performance status
Having elevated levels of lactate dehydrogenase (LDH)

Having one or none of these risk factors indicates the best outlook. Two factors indicate a low-to-intermediate likelihood of a poor outlook. Three factors predict an intermediate-to-high likelihood of poor outlooks. Finally, four or five factors pose the highest likelihood of poor survival.

Lymphoma can spread to the central nervous system, or it can appear there first. Called primary CNS lymphomas (PCNSL), this condition is a very serious, particularly if it occurs at relapse.

The central nervous system is comprised of the brain and spinal cord. The peripheral nervous system includes all peripheral nerves.

Risk Factors for CNS Involvement After a Diagnosis of NHL. AIDS-related lymphomas often involve the central nervous system (CNS), including the brain and spinal column. CNS involvement also occurs with aggressive lymphomas, such as Burkitt’s lymphoma.

Risk Factors of Primary CNS Lymphomas. PCNSL used to account for only about 2% of lymphomas, but the incidence is on the rise in all age groups and in both. The reason for the increase is not known.

Medical Problems. The radiation and chemotherapies used in treating NHL can have long-term effects on many organs in the body and can increase the risk for serious illnesses, including heart disease and certain cancers.

Negative Emotional Problems. Depression and anxiety are common in survivors, particularly those who suffer additional medical conditions. Many patients also suffer from fatigue and aches and pains, called somatic symptoms, which have no apparent physical basis. In one study, such symptoms were more highly associated with intensive chemotherapy. Women and people in lower social and economic groups are at higher risk for depression and somatic symptoms -- just as they are in the general population.

Staging and Treatment Guidelines

Treatment for non-Hodgkin's lymphoma is highly specific for each patient and is determined by the tumor classification. It includes the following factors:

Stage
Grade
Histologic type (cellular structure)
Location
Other factors, such as blood levels of lactate dehydrogenase

Treatment for lymphomas has been primarily dependent on chemotherapy (particularly intensive regimens using several drugs) or a combination of chemotherapy and radiation. For advanced or refractory lymphomas and for relapse, patients may undergo bone marrow or stem cell transplantation. New treatments, especially those known as immunotherapies, or biological response modifier (BRM) therapies, are showing promise. Some experts recommend that patients ask their doctors about getting into well-designed clinical trials as early as possible.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing bone marrow transplant surgery.

In assessing the success of a clinical trial, experts often refer to the tumor response. A complete response, for example, means that there is no longer any evidence at all of the disease by examination, blood tests, or x-ray studies. It does not necessarily mean, however, that the disease is cured. It may still recur later on.

In judging the success of a treatment for NHL, the most important criteria are overall survival and the duration of time until the disease progresses or the patient dies.

In Stage I, lymphoma is found in only one lymph node area or in only one area or organ outside the lymph nodes. Either of the following indicates stage II:

Lymphoma is found in two or more lymph node areas on the same side of the diaphragm.
Lymphoma is found in only one area or organ outside the lymph nodes and in the lymph nodes around it. Other lymph node areas on the same side of the diaphragm may also have lymphoma.

Early Stage Indolent (Low-Grade) Lymphoma. Below are the general treatment options:

Radiation therapy. Radiation to local areas can achieve a cure in 40 - 50% of patients.
Chemotherapy. Chemotherapy uses drugs to kill cancer cells.
Watchful waiting. Patients who choose watchful waiting must be aware of signs and conditions indicating the need for treatment. These include B symptoms, endangered organs, massive bulky tumors, or a steady progression that lasts at least 6 months.
Investigative treatments, such as conjugated and unconjugated monoclonal antibodies or radiation plus chemotherapy. In one study, a combination of therapies worked better than radiation alone.

The following are treatment options for some specific low-grade lymphomas:

Mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma. When disease is in the stomach (gastric MALT) and the patient is infected with H. pylori bacteria, antibiotics can cause regression in a significant number of patients with stage I lymphoma. In certain patients where antibiotics fail, or are not appropriate, radiation alone can achieve significant cure rates. Surgery with or without radiation, or chemotherapy with or without radiation, are possible options. Treatment options for patients with MALT localized in other sites depend on the location of the specific disease and range from radiation to chemotherapy to biologic therapies, such as interferon.
Primary gastric lymphoma (indolent). Radiation is the typical treatment for this lymphoma, which is located only in the stomach, small intestine, or other nearby regions. Surgery is being reconsidered since it seems to offer no advantage.

Click the icon to see an image of the digestive system.

Early Stage Aggressive (Intermediate- to High-Grade) Lymphomas. Treatment options include:

Chemotherapy alone
Combinations of chemotherapy (usually CHOP) plus radiation therapy
Radiation alone (rarely)
Chemotherapy alone or with surgery for lymphoma in the gastrointestinal region
Immunotherapies (rituximab, Bexxar) with or without chemotherapy (usually CHOP), or high dose chemotherapy and bone marrow or stem cell transplantation

In stage III, lymphoma is found in lymph node areas on both sides of the diaphragm (for instance, in both the chest and the abdomen). The lymphoma may also have spread to the spleen. In stage IV, lymphoma has spread via the bloodstream to organs outside the lymph system, such as the bone marrow or brain. Lymphoma cells may or may not be in the lymph nodes near these organs.

Advanced Stage Indolent (Low-Grade Lymphomas). Treatment options are controversial because of the low-cure rate and yet slow-growing nature of these lymphomas. Patients without symptoms are often managed by watchful waiting, in which the disease is monitored closely for development of symptoms or bulky tumor masses, particularly if they threaten major organs. At such times, treatment is started. Treatment may include:

Chemotherapy combinations (CHOP, CVP, CMOPP)
Nucleoside analogs (for example, fludarabine) alone or with chemotherapy
Oral alkylating chemotherapy drugs such as cyclophosphamide or chlorambucil with or without steroids
Monoclonal antibodies (MAbs) such as rituximab alone or in combinations with CHOP or nucleoside analogs
Chemotherapy plus interferon
Clinical trials involving intensive chemotherapy and radiation followed by bone marrow or stem cell transplantation

Advanced Stage Aggressive (Intermediate- to High-Grade) Lymphomas. Treatment options may include:

Doxorubicin-based combination chemotherapy with or without rituximab
Chemotherapy plus radiation therapy
Immunotherapies with or without chemotherapy
Treatments to prevent disease from spreading to the central nervous system in high-risk patients
Clinical trials for patients at high risk for relapse, involving intensive chemotherapy, high dose chemotherapy, and bone marrow or stem cell transplantation

Indolent-Lymphomas Relapses. Nearly all patients with indolent lymphomas relapse after initial treatment, with length of remission after a first treatment averaging 18 - 50 months. Successful retreatment is often possible, but disease-free periods become increasingly shorter with each subsequent treatment.

Older patients may choose watchful waiting. Other treatment options may include:

Radiation alone or with chemotherapy -- in one study low-dose involved-field radiotherapy was very effective in recurring indolent lymphoma
Chemotherapy
High-dose chemotherapy with autologous stem cell transplant
Clinical trials involving monoclonal antibodies, radioimmunotherapy, nucleoside analogues alone or in combination with other drugs, or stem cell transplantation followed by biologic therapies

Aggressive Lymphomas Relapse. After initial treatment, more than half of patients with aggressive lymphomas are cured, while about 20% progress, and the other 30% relapse after a disease-free period. Among those who relapse, many can still be cured with aggressive treatments.

Treatment options:

Bone marrow or peripheral stem cell transplantation
Bone marrow transplantation with radiation
Clinical trials that involve continuous infusion chemotherapy, biologic therapies (monoclonal antibodies) alone or in combination with transplantation

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing bone marrow transplant surgery.

Treating Lymphoma Restricted to the Central Nervous System. Treatment options may include:

High-dose methotrexate regimens alone or in combination with radiation
Corticosteroids and radiation
Clinical trials that involve biologic therapies, such as rituximab or interferon alpha administered directly into the spinal fluid (intrathecal administration) for meningitis related to central nervous system lymphoma

Preventing (Prophylactic Treatment) Lymphomas in High-Risk Patients. Treatment to prevent the spread of NHL to the central nervous system may be appropriate in some patients. It is not recommended for patients with low-grade NHL. Preventive treatment may be appropriate for certain patients with high-grade NHL, such as those with lymphoblastic and Burkitt's lymphoma or if they have 4 - 5 of the following risk factors: Elevated levels in the blood of the enzyme acetate dehydrogenase and albumin (a common protein), being older than 60, and having lymph nodes beyond the peritoneum (the lining of the abdomen) and involvement of more than one site outside a lymph node.

Chemotherapy

Chemotherapy plays a role in the treatment of nearly all lymphoma patients and has achieved remarkable results, even in late stages. It uses drugs to kill cancer cells. Such drugs are called cytotoxic drugs. Chemotherapy is referred to as bodywide or systemic therapy because the drugs travel throughout the bloodstream to the entire body.

Studies indicate that chemotherapy as sole treatment is adequate for most children and young adults in early, and perhaps in many advanced, stages. (Radiation has been commonly used for these patients but can be particularly dangerous for children.)

A chemotherapy cycle is usually 21 - 28 days. Patients take the drugs for a few days, then have a period of rest. The drugs may be taken by mouth or given by injection. Chemotherapy is injected into the spinal fluid if the cancer has spread to the brain. This is called intrathecal chemotherapy. Intrathecal chemotherapy is also used as a preventive measure in patients at high risk for central nervous system involvement. Chemotherapy may be administered at a medical center or in a doctor's office. Some patients receiving chemotherapy need to remain in the hospital for several days so the effects of the drug can be monitored. Patients with lymphoblastic lymphoma may need long-term maintenance chemotherapy. Such therapy does not seem to benefit patients with small-noncleaved-cell and large-cell lymphomas.

CHOP. The current standard chemotherapy regimen for NHL is CHOP. CHOP is a combination of cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin hydrochloride (Adriamycin), vincristine (Oncovin), and prednisone. It is proving to be particularly effective for many stages of lymphoma when used in combination with rituximab (Rituxan), a monoclonal antibody. (See Biologic Therapy section.) Some studies of this combination in low-grade lymphomas have reported response rates of 70 - 100%. CHOP alone is still preferred for HIV patients, who tend to have a toxic response to rituximab.

CVP. This stands for cyclophosphamide, vincristine, and prednisone. It may be used with CHOP in certain cases.

Fludarabine and Nucleoside Analogues. Fludarabine (Fludara) is a type of drug called a nucleoside analogue. It is one of the most active drugs for treating low-grade lymphomas and may be effective for other NHLs, including mantle cell lymphomas. Promising regimens containing fludarabine are under investigation. For example, FND (fludarabine, mitoxantrone, and dexamethasone) may be helpful in combination with rituximab for certain patients, including those with indolent NHL. Other nucleoside analogues include gemcitabine and cladribine. Toxicities and infection rates from high dose nucleoside analogues have been high. Fludarabine also has been associated with a risk for leukemia.

Bendamustine. This potent drug has shown to be effective for indolent NHLs and possibly aggressive lymphomas. One study suggested that a single dose of low-dose etoposide, taken by mouth, may be beneficial for elderly patients.

Antibiotics. Antibiotics, such as doxycycline, may cure or put into complete remission about half of mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphoma cases. MALT lymphoma is a type of lymphoma that sometimes affects the eyes. It is associated with the bacterium Helicobacter pylori (H. pylori ), which also causes stomach ulcers. Recent studies indicate that antibiotics are a good alternative to chemotherapy or radiation for patients with this type of lymphoma. Patients most likely to respond positively to antibiotics are those with MALT lymphoma in its early stages.

Vorinostat. Vorinostat (Zolinza) was approved in 2006 for treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), a rare form of NHL.

Side effects and complications of any chemotherapeutic regimen are common. They are more severe with higher doses. Side effects may increase over the course of treatment.

Common Side Effects. Common side effects include:

Nausea and vomiting -- Drugs known as serotonin antagonists, such as ondansetron (Zofran) or granisteron (Kyril), can relieve these side effects in nearly all patients given moderate drugs and in most patients who take more powerful drugs.
Diarrhea
Hair loss
Weight loss
Depression

These side effects are nearly always temporary. Most patients are able to continue with normal activities for all but perhaps a few days a month.

Serious Side Effects. Serious chemotherapy side effects can also occur and may vary depending on the specific drugs used. They include:

Neutropenia is a severe drop in white blood cells. Neutropenia increases the chance for infection from suppression of the immune system and is a potentially life-threatening condition. Drugs known as granulocyte colony stimulating factor (G-CSF) are used to help boost white blood cell count. These drugs, which include filgrastim (Neupogen) and pegfilgrastim (Neulasta), can help lessen the risk for neutropenia occurrence and, if neutropenia does occur, to reduce its length and severity.
Anemia is a lack of red blood cells. Erythropoietin stimulates red blood cell (hemoglobin) production and can help reduce or prevent this side effect. It is available as epoetin alfa (Epogen, Procrit) and darbepoetin alfa (Aranesp). In 2007, the FDA released strict dosing guidelines for these drugs. In patients with cancer, they should be used to treat only anemia associated with chemotherapy and to increase hemoglobin levels to no more than 12 g/dL. Treatment should stop as soon as chemotherapy is complete. These drugs may not be safe or appropriate for all patients.
Liver and kidney damage
Abnormal blood clotting (thrombocytopenia)
Allergic reaction

Long-Term Complications.

Fatigue and Somatic Symptoms. Chemotherapy has been associated with long-term somatic symptoms, which are general conditions, such as fatigue and aches and pains that have no apparent physical basis. Fatigue is especially common after chemotherapy and can even last for years.
The most serious long-term complications from chemotherapy are secondary cancers, particularly in people over age 40.
Infertility is a risk, particularly with the use of cyclophosphamide.
Some patients get osteoporosis (bone thinning) and damage in bone cells.
Regimens containing certain drugs, particularly doxorubicin or mitoxantrone, increase the risk for future heart failure.

Click the icon to see an image of the uterus and ovaries.

In general, these serious late side effects are dependent on the cumulative drug dose and rate of administration.

Doctors are particularly concerned about the effects of combinations of chemotherapy with radiation, especially leukemia and heart problems. Interestingly, in one study on patients with intermediate- and high-grade NHL, those on chemotherapy alone had more toxic effects than those on combined modality, most likely because it employed fewer cycles of chemotherapy. Better radiation techniques are also reducing the risks of combined modality treatments.

Biologic Therapy (Immunotherapy)

Biological response modifier therapy, also called immunotherapy, uses the body's own immune system to fight cancer using natural or laboratory-developed factors. These drugs are often combined with other treatments.

Monoclonal antibodies (MAbs) are designed in the laboratory to produce the same effects as natural antibodies and are exciting new weapons in the anti-cancer armament. They bind to specific proteins called antigens and make them vulnerable to attack by other factors in the immune system. Lymphomas carry antigens that provoke strong immune responses and so are believed to be particularly good candidates for MAb therapy.

MAbs are called either unconjugated or conjugated, depending on how they are designed to destroy the cancer cell.

Unconjugated monoclonal antibodies rely on a strong natural immune system. The antibody builds up at the tumor site until it is able to trigger an immune response against the cancer. A possible downside to this form is the potential development of tolerance to the antibody so that it loses its effectiveness. Rituximab is an unconjugated form and the first MAb to be approved for any cancer.
Conjugated monoclonal antibodies are linked to a plant or bacterial toxin or radioisotope. The antibody specifically attacks the antigen on the lymphoma cell, and the toxin or radioactive material from the isotope kills it.

Unconjugated MAbs (Rituximab). Rituximab (Rituxan) was the first monoclonal antibody approved for cancer. This drug targets the CD-20 antigen, which is found on most B-cell lymphomas.

First approved in 1997 for treatment of relapsed or refractory NHL, rituximab has received several expanded indications since that time. As of 2006, rituximab is approved for:

Relapsed or refractory, low-grade or follicular, CD20-positive, B-cell, NHL
First-line treatment of diffuse large B-cell (DLBC), CD20-positive, NHL in combination with CHOP (cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine and prednisone) or other anthracycline-based chemotherapy regimens
First-line treatment of follicular, CD20-positive, B-cell NHL in combination with CVP (cyclophosphamide, vincristine and prednisolone) chemotherapy
Low-grade, CD20-positive, B-cell NHL in patients with stable disease or patients who have been partially or completely helped by first-line treatment with CVP chemotherapy

Rituximab in combination with CHOP (a regimen called R-CHOP, or CHOP-R) is used for first-line treatment for aggressive lymphomas, with studies reporting 3-year event-free survival of 53% compared to 35% with CHOP alone. A 2006 study also indicated that rituximab provides benefits when used as maintenance treatment after CHOP or R-CHOP induction therapy. Rituximab plus CHOP is also showing promise as a first-line treatment for mantle cell lymphoma.

Rituximab is given by infusion. The treatment has mild-to-moderate short-term side effects, including nausea, fever, chills, hives, dizziness, and headache. Uncommon and more serious side effects are severe allergic reactions, very low blood pressure, blood abnormalities, wheezing, infections, and sudden heart events.

Rituximab has also been associated with cases of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (PML), a rare and potentially deadly brain infection. Patients who experience any of the following symptoms should immediately contact their doctors:

Vision problems or unusual eye movements
Confusion
Dizziness or loss of balance
Difficulty talking or walking

Patients who have previously had hepatitis B, or who are at high-risk for this viral infection, should be tested before taking rituximab because the drug has been linked to reactivation of the hepatitis B virus. Patients who are HIV-positive may experience more adverse effects from rituximab than with CHOP.

Conjugated Monoclonal Antibodies with Radioimmunotherapy. Conjugated MAbs with radioimmunotherapy contain tiny amounts of radioactive materials. When the drug is injected, the monoclonal antibody targets an antigen (protein) on the surface of the tumor. The radioisotope is then delivered directly into the tumor where it kills the cancer. Ibritumomab and tositumomab both target the CD-20 antigen. Treatment with these drugs takes about 7 - 9 days to complete, compared to several months for traditional chemotherapy treatments.

Ibritumomab (Zevalin) is approved for patients with relapsed or refractory low-grade, follicular or transformed B-cell NHL. It is also approved for patients with follicular NHL who have not responded to rituximab (Rituxan). Research indicates it may also be safe for patients with advanced NHL who have had stem cell transplantation. Zevalin uses an yttrium-90 (90-Y) radioactive isotope.
Tositumomab and Iodine I-131 (Bexxar) combines the monoclonal antibody tositumomab with the radioisotope I-131. The Bexxar treatment is approved for treatment of relapsed or refractory low-grade, follicular, or transformed B-cell NHL. Overall response rates of 56% have been reported with Bexxar, with up to 30% being complete responses (no evidence of cancer). Recent studies suggest that when Bexxar is used as a first treatment, it may produce long-term complete remission in patients with advanced stage follicular lymphoma. In a 2005 New England Journal of Medicine study, 95% of previously untreated patients with advanced follicular lymphoma responded to Bexxar, and 75% had complete responses. Seventy percent who had complete responses from Bexxar treatment were still disease-free 4 - 7 years later.

In general, these drugs cause fewer side effects than traditional chemotherapy. However, serious complications may include skin infections, severe allergic reactions, and temporary lowering of blood counts.

Other Monoclonal Antibodies. Other MAbs are being developed that target other antigens on lymphomas. For example, epratuzumab targets CD-22 and is showing promise in early studies. Some are being studied in both conjugated and unconjugated forms and also in combination with MAbs that target different antigens.

Interferon alpha (Intron A) is used as an antiviral drug that also has properties that are effective against some common forms of NHL, particularly low-grade, follicular NHL in advanced stages. It is usually combined with chemotherapy regimens such as CHOP that contain an anthracycline drug (usually doxorubicin). The combination is toxic, however, and outcomes vary. Interferon is also being studied for lymphomas in the central nervous system. It may be useful after autologous stem cell transplantation.

Side Effects. Side effects of interferon include flu-like symptoms, severe depression, irritability, weight loss, vomiting, general weakness and loss of strength, and fever. About a third of patients have a severe drop in white blood cells. About 10% of patients cannot tolerate the drug's side effects.

Cytotoxic Deoxyguanosine Analogue Prodrugs. Nelarabine (Arranon) is approved for treating T-cell lymphoblastic lymphoma (T-LBL). T-LBL is a rare form of lymphoma that accounts for less than 2% of all cases of NHL.

Proteasome Inhibitors. In 2006, bortezomib (Velcade) was approved for treatment of mantle cell lymphoma in patients who have received at least one prior therapy.

Cyclin-Dependent Kinase Inhibitors. Flavopiridol, a drug known as a cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor, is showing some effect in patients with mantle-cell lymphoma. This drug is designed to block enzymes that regulate cell cycles and help block their growth.

Vaccines. Although still experimental, lymphoma vaccines are used to treat -- not prevent -- cancer. They are part of an immunotherapy approach called personalized medicine; each vaccine is individually tailored to the genetic composition of the patient’s tumor. The vaccine is usually given a few months after a patient receives chemotherapy. Several different vaccines, including the BiovaxID and MYVax, are in late-stage clinical trials.

Radiation

Radiation is commonly used to treat indolent lymphomas. The dose administered ranges from 35 - 50 Gy and depends on a number of factors: The type of lymphoma, the age of the patient, whether the intent is to cure or relieve symptoms, how close sensitive organs are to the diseased area, and whether radiation is being combined with chemotherapy.

Radiation is tailored to the individual and usually limited to the diseased areas and possibly nearby regions:

If the lymphoma is confined to tissues above the diaphragm, radiation is delivered to the neck, chest, and under arms (called the mantle-field) and sometimes to lymph nodes in the upper abdomen or spleen or both.
If the lymphoma is below the diaphragm, subtotal nodal radiation may be used, which is directed to other regions, including lymph nodes in the upper abdomen, spleen, and pelvis, in addition to the mantle-field.
Radiation to the brain is called cranial radiation.
Total body irradiation is sometimes performed, although it is not clear whether its high toxicity outweighs any advantages.

Devices called planning simulators allow doctors to plan x-ray treatments that accurately conform to the patient's anatomy so that protective shields can be created to precisely protect the regions outside the treatment areas.

Side effects and complications of radiation generally depend on the target site in the body. They include:

Dental problems
Inflammation in the lungs -- with carefully conducted therapy, the risks for lung complications are small. Lung impairment may not even be evident, and the lungs usually recover after 2 - 3 years.
Hypothyroidism
Infections
Long-term risk for heart disease
Long-term risk for certain cancers -- of particular concern is a possible increased risk for breast cancer. Studies indicate that young women and adolescent girls are at highest risk, with the incidence increasing significantly 15 years after treatment. The risk is greater in those who had higher radiation doses. Radiation may also increase the risk over time for other cancers, including lymphoma and thyroid, lung, and colon cancers, although the risk is still low. Smoking, of course, increases the risk for lung cancer. Radiation of bone marrow increases the risk for leukemia.
Impaired bone growth -- children and adolescents are at special risk for bone problems caused by radiation. Experts are finding that radiation for many children and young adults in early stages or NHL is no more effective and has more serious long-term effects than chemotherapy. Some believe that radiation should play no role in the treatment of young people, except in special cases, such as lymphomas that require radiation to the brain.
Infertility -- the negative effects on fertility may be worse in women than in men; sperm usually recover within 5 years. To protect the ovaries, a technique called ovarian transposition is sometimes used. Transposition may sometimes be performed through a laparoscope, a thin tube containing tiny instruments and cameras, which is introduced through a small incision. The doctor uses the laparoscope to move the ovaries out of the range of areas being treated with radiation.

Click the icon to see an image of the lungs.

Click the icon to see an image of hypothyroidism.

Click the icon to see an image of the uterus and ovaries.

Transplantation

Stem cell procedures have proven to produce long-term survival and even cures in some patients with intermediate- and high-grade non-Hodgkin's lymphomas.

Stem cell transplantation involves removing and replacing stem cells, which are produced in the bone marrow. Stem cells are the early forms for all blood cells in the body (including red, white, and immune cells). Cancer treatments harm growing cells as well as cancer cells, and so the healthy stem cells must be replaced by transplanting them from the donor into the patient.

Sources of Cells. Stem cells must first be collected in one of the following ways:

Directly from blood, called peripheral blood stem cell transplantation
From bone marrow, called bone marrow transplantation
From umbilical cords or placentas -- this procedure uses donor cells, but has a lower risk for immune system rejection of the cells than with a standard donor transplant. It takes longer to restore blood cells with this process, so it is generally used for children and sometimes adults with low weight.

Some evidence suggests that both stem cell and bone marrow procedures produce similar benefits in terms of response rates and duration of remission. However, in one study, stem cell transplantation was associated with better overall survival rates. It also seems to be superior in terms of cost, quality of life, and the need for less supportive care.

Donor or Patient Cells. The marrow or blood stem cells can be taken from the patient (autologous) or from a matched donor (allogeneic):

In an autologous transplant, the marrow or blood cells used for replacement are taken from the patient. There is some danger, however, that these cells may contain tumor cells, and that the cancer can regrow. It is unclear if this approach improves survival compared to standard chemotherapy for newly diagnosed disease. However, it clearly has benefits in the treatment of some forms of relapsed non-Hodgkin's lymphomas. There is also a higher risk for leukemia. (This risk is lower in peripheral stem cells transplants than in bone marrow transplants.)
In an allogeneic transplant, bone marrow or stem cells are taken from a donor. Siblings are the best donors. Relapse rates can be very low with this approach, and cure may be possible in some cases. However, it is highly toxic and donor and recipient must be matched as closely as possible to avoid rejection by the immune system, a serious complication called graft-versus-host disease. Advances in techniques are reducing the toxicities associated with this approach. Older patients who cannot tolerate the preparatory treatment required for a standard allogeneic transplant may be able to receive a non-myeloblative transplant (“mini-transplant), which uses lower doses of chemotherapy and radiation.

The Blood Stem Cell Collection Procedure. With peripheral blood stem cell transplantation:

The donor is usually given a drug called granulocyte colony-stimulating factor, or G-CSF (filgrastim, lenograstim, pegfilgrastim) to stimulate stem cell growth.
The patient (or donor in an allogeneic procedure) then undergoes apheresis. With this process the blood is withdrawn from one of the patient's veins, then passes through a machine that filters out the white cells and platelets, which contain the stem cells. The blood is returned through another vein. The entire procedure takes 3 - 4 hours but needs to be repeated several times.
The stem cells are treated to remove contaminants and then are frozen to keep them alive until the patient is ready to receive them back.

Blood is the only fluid tissue in the body. Blood transports oxygen and nutrients to body tissues, and returns waste and carbon dioxide. Blood distributes nearly everything that is carried from one area in the body to another place within the body. For instance, blood helps transport hormones from the endocrine organs to their target organs. Blood also helps maintain body temperature. The protective functions of blood include clot formation and the prevention of infection.

Allogeneic transplants are preceded by chemotherapy treatment known as conditioning. The point of this treatment is to inactivate the immune system and to kill any residual malignant cells. It is extremely toxic since it also destroys non-malignant marrow cells. Drugs used are typically cyclophosphamide, carmustine, and etoposide. Alternative conditioning to reduce toxicity includes total-body radiation plus drugs. Monoclonal antibodies, such as rituximab, are promising drugs, since they have low toxicity and may add benefits for all stages of transplantation.
A few days after treatment, the patient given the stored stem cells, which are administered through a vein. This may take several hours. Patients may have a fever, chills, hives, shortness of breath, or a fall in blood pressure during the procedure.
The patient may be treated with granulocyte colony-stimulating factor after chemotherapy. The goal is to stimulate the growth of infection-fighting white blood cells. Adding thrombopoietin may help enhance stem cell production.
The patient is kept in a protected environment to minimize infection. Patients who have received an allogeneic transplant may need blood cell replacement, nutritional support, and drugs to treat graft-versus host disease. They usually can leave the hospital within 3 - 5 weeks.

Candidates. These procedures are typically used for patients with relapsed aggressive lymphoma who are still sensitive to the effects of chemotherapy. The procedures do not work for patients whose tumors are not responsive to drugs. Some evidence suggests that certain primary (non-relapsed) lymphomas initially unresponsive to a first round of chemotherapy but who respond to a second round may benefit from combination of high-dose chemotherapy and radiation followed by transplantation. Transplantation is also being investigated as first-line therapy for patients with aggressive lymphomas, although at this time evidence does not support its use.

Success Rates. Success rates vary depending on many factors. The following are survival rates reported by a few studies of patients with different lymphomas:

In patients with refractory or relapsed intermediate grade NHL who received autologous transplantation, 5-year survival rates averaged 34%.
In a study of allogeneic bone marrow transplantation, 58% of patients with late-stage low-grade lymphoma had survived after an average of 29 months.
Patients with anaplastic large-cell lymphoma were treated with autologous stem cell transplantation with intensified chemotherapy as first line-therapy. Survival rates were 87% at 5 and more years afterward. (Survival was much lower with other lymphomas.)
Patients with diffuse aggressive NHL who did not achieve a first remission but who are still sensitive to chemotherapy achieved a 5-year survival rate of up to 37% after autologous stem cell transplantation.
In one study, 35% of patients with an initial poor prognosis were still alive 5 years after an allogeneic stem cell transplantation, although mortality probability from the treatment itself was very high (48%).

Common side effects include nausea, vomiting, fatigue, mouth sores, and loss of appetite.

The procedures themselves are fairly dangerous and carry a small risk for death. When it was first used, transplantation procedures had 10 - 25% morality rates. Now mortality rates are below 5%.

Infection resulting from a weakened immune system is the most common side effect. Because the stem cell procedure is done more swiftly, the risk period is shorter than with bone marrow transplantation. The risk for infection is most critical during the first 6 weeks following the transplant, but it takes 6 - 12 months post-transplant for a patient’s immune system to fully recover. Immune systems of patients with graft-versus-host disease can take even longer to function normally.

Many patients develop severe herpes zoster virus infections (shingles) or have a recurrence of herpes simplex virus infections (cold sores and genital herpes). Pneumonia, cytomegalovirus, aspergillus (a type of fungus), and Pneumocystis carinii (a protozoan) are among the most important life-threatening infections.

It is very important that patients take precautions to avoid infections. Guidelines for post-transplant infection prevention include:

Discuss with your doctor what vaccinations you need and when you should get them.
Avoid crowds, especially during cold and flu season.
Be diligent about handwashing and make sure that visitors wash their hands.
Avoid eating raw fruits and vegetables -- food should be well cooked. Do not eat foods purchased at salad bars or buffets. In the first few months after the transplant, be sure to eat protein-rich foods to help restore muscle mass and repair cell damage caused by chemotherapy and radiation.
Boil tap water before drinking it.
Dental hygiene is very important, including daily brushing and flossing. Schedule regular visits with your dentist.
Do not sleep with pets. Avoid contact with pets’ excrement.
Avoid fresh flowers and plants as they may carry mold. Do not garden.
Swimming may increase exposure to infection. If you swim, do not submerge your face in water. Do not use hot tubs.
Report to your doctor any symptoms of fever, chills, cough, difficulty breathing, rash or changes in skin, and severe diarrhea or vomiting. Fever is one of the first signs of infection. Some of these symptoms can also indicate graft-versus-host disease.
Report to your ophthalmologist any signs of eye discharge or changes in vision. Patients who undergo radiation or who are on long-term steroid therapy have an increased risk for cataracts.

Graft-versus-host disease (GVHD) is a serious attack by the patient's immune system triggered by the donated new marrow in allogeneic transplants. Mild cases of GVHD can actually be helpful as they can cause graft-versus-lymphoma where the immune system kills remaining lymphoma cells. Still, severe GVHD can pose serious complications.

To reduce the risk for GVHD, doctors remove some immune T-cells from the donor’s stem cells before the transplant. Researchers are investigating new techniques to refine this process of T-cell depletion.

Acute GVHD occurs in 30 - 50% of allogeneic transplants, usually within 25 days. Its severity ranges from very mild symptoms to a life-threatening condition (more often in older patients). The first sign of acute GVHD is a rash, which typically develops on the palms of hands and soles of feet and can then spread to the rest of the body. Other symptoms may include nausea, vomiting, stomach cramps, diarrhea, loss of appetite and jaundice (yellowing of skin and eyes). To prevent acute GVHD, doctors give patients immune-suppressing drugs such as steroids, methotrexate, cyclosporine, tacrolimus, and monoclonal antibodies.

Chronic GVHD can develop 70 - 400 days after the allogeneic transplant. Initial symptoms include those of acute GVHD. Skin, eyes, and mouth can become dry and irritated, and mouth sores may develop. Chronic GVHD can also sometimes affect the esophagus, gastrointestinal tract and liver. Bacterial infections and chronic low-grade fever are common. Chronic GVHD is treated with similar medicines as acute GVHD.

Too much sun exposure can trigger GVHD. Be sure to always wear sunscreen (SPF 15 or higher) on areas of the skin that are exposed to the sun. Stay in the shade when you go outside.

Secondary cancers. There is a small long-term risk for leukemia after transplantation in young people. Use of newer chemotherapeutic drugs, however, may not pose as high a danger as older treatments.

Other potentially serious complications include:

Bleeding because of reduced platelets (highest risk within the first 4 weeks); blood transfusions may be required
Infertility
Organ complications to the liver, heart, kidney, or lungs
Failure of the transplant
Muscle problems including stiffness, cramps, and joint pain
Frequent urination and bladder control problems
Older patients should be screened for osteoporosis (bone thinning) and hypothyroidism (underactive thyroid)

Surgery

Surgery is sometimes used to remove as much malignant tissue as possible before administering chemotherapy. This is particularly useful for bulky tumors that occur in the stomach.

Surgery is sometimes performed for primary gastric lymphoma, but its advantages are uncertain. Some studies indicate that chemotherapy alone or with radiation may be sufficient and could spare many patients from surgery.

Resources

www.cancer.gov -- National Cancer Institute
www.cancer.org -- American Cancer Society
www.leukemia.org -- The Leukemia and Lymphoma Society
www.canceradvocacy.org -- National Coalition for Cancer Survivorship
www.marrow.org -- National Marrow Donor Program
www.asco.org -- American Society of Clinical Oncology
www.lymphoma.org -- Lymphoma Research Foundation
www.plwc.org -- People Living with Cancer
www.oncolink.org -- Cancer information
www.fhcrc.org/science/clinical/ltfu/patient -- Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center -- Transplant Infection Guidelines for Patients
www.lymphomainfo.net -- Lymphoma Information Network
www.cancer.gov/clinicaltrials -- Find clinical trials

References

Boffetta P, de Vocht F. Occupation and the risk of non-Hodgkin lymphoma. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev. 2007: 16(3):369-72.

Ferrara JL. Novel strategies for the treatment and diagnosis of graft-versus-host-disease. Best Pract Res Clin Haematol. 2007. 20(1):91-7.

Juweid ME, Stroobants S, Hoekstra OS, et al. Use of positron emission tomography for response assessment of lymphoma: consensus of the Imaging Subcommittee of International Harmonization Project in Lymphoma. J Clin Oncol. 2007 Feb 10;25(5):571-8. Epub 2007 Jan 22.

National Comprehensive Cancer Network. NCCN Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology: Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma. V.3.2007.

Seam P, Juweid ME, Cheson BD. The role of FDG-PET scans in patients with lymphoma. Blood. 2007 Nov 15;110(10):3507-16. Epub 2007 Aug 20.

Review Date:
1/21/2008
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital. Also reviewed by David Zieve, MD, MHA, Medical Director, A.D.A.M., Inc.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Ear infections

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:31 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Risk Factors
Symptoms
Prognosis
Diagnosis
Prevention
Treatment
Home Remedies
Medications
Surgery
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Ear Infections

Middle ear (otitis media) infections are very common in young children. They include:

Acute otitis media (AOM) is an inflammation caused by bacteria that travel to the middle ear from fluid trapped in the Eustachian tube. Children with AOM exhibit signs of an ear infection including pain, fever, and tugging at the ear.
Otitis media with effusion (OME) refers to fluid that accumulates in the middle ear without obvious signs of infection. OME usually produces no symptoms, but some children will have difficulty hearing or complain of “plugged up” ears.

Prevention

Preventing colds and influenza (“flu”) is the best way to prevent ear infections. Make sure children wash their hands frequently and receive an influenza vaccine annually. The pneumococcal vaccine is also very helpful for preventing ear infections.

Treatment

Most ear infections resolve without antibiotic treatment.
For most children with AOM, doctors recommend waiting 48 - 72 hours before prescribing antibiotics. However, children younger than 6 months should receive immediate antibiotic treatment. Parents can give children 6 months and older ibuprofen or acetaminophen to help relieve pain.
Antibiotics are not helpful for most cases of OME. Doctors usually monitor children with OME for 3 months to see if their condition improves. Some children with hearing loss and developmental problems may eventually need surgery. Inserting tubes into the ear drum (tympanostomy) is the usual surgery for this problem.

Introduction

The ear is the organ of hearing and balance. It has three parts: the outer, middle, and inner ear.

The outer ear collects sound waves, which move through the ear canal to the tympanic membrane, commonly called the eardrum.
The tympanic membrane, or ear drum, is lined with mucus. When incoming sound waves strike this membrane, it vibrates like a drum, and converts the sound waves into mechanical energy.
This energy echoes through the middle ear. The middle ear is a complex structure filled with air and made of tiny bones. These bones vibrate to the rhythm of the eardrum and pass the sound waves on to the inner ear.
The inner ear is filled with fluid. Here, hair-like structures stimulate nerves to change sound waves into electrochemical impulses that are carried to the brain, which senses these impulses as sounds.
The inner ear also contains three semi-circular canals that function as the body's gyroscope, regulating balance.
The Eustachian tube, an important structure in the ear, runs from the middle ear to the passages behind the nose and the upper part of the throat. This tube helps equalizes the air pressure in the middle ear to the outside air pressure. Problems here are primary factors in most cases of ear infection.

The ear consists of external, middle, and inner structures. The eardrum and the three tiny bones conduct sound from the eardrum to the cochlea.

Acute Otitis Media (AOM). An inflammation in the middle ear is known as "otitis media." AOM is a middle ear infection caused by bacteria that traveled to middle ear from fluid build-up in the Eustachian tube. AOM may develop during or after a cold or the flu.

Middle ear infections are extremely common in children, but they are infrequent in adults.
In children, ear infections often recur, particularly if they first develop in early infancy.

Otitis Media with Effusion (OME). This condition occurs when fluid, called an effusion, becomes trapped behind the eardrum in one or both ears, even when there is no infection. In chronic and severe cases, the fluid is very sticky and is commonly called "glue ear."

It is usually not painful. Sometimes the only clue that it is present is a feeling of stuffiness in the ears, which can feel like "being under water."
It may impair children's hearing.
Children who are susceptible to OME can have frequent episodes for more than half of their first 3 years of life.
Most episodes will resolve within 3 months, but 30 - 40% of children may have recurrent episodes. Only 5 - 10% of episodes last longer than 1 year.

Chronic Otitis Media. This condition refers to persistent fluid behind the tympanic membrane without any infection present. It is called suppurative chronic otitis when there is persistent inflammation in the middle ear or mastoids, or chronic rupture of the eardrum with drainage.

Swimmer’s Ear (Acute Otitis Externa). Acute otitis externa (AOE) is an inflammation or infection of the outer ear and ear canal. It can be triggered by water that gets trapped in the ear. The trapped water can cause bacteria to breed. AOE can also be precipitated by overly aggressively scratching or cleaning ears or when an object gets stuck in the ears.

In 2006, the American Academy of Otolaryngology -- Head and Neck Surgery Foundation (AAO-HNSF) issued their first guidelines for management of AOE. A key recommendation is that AOE should be treated with topical (not oral) antibiotics. For pain relief, over-the-counter remedies such as acetaminophen or nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (such as ibuprofen) usually help, but in severe cases opioid drugs may be prescribed. With eardrops, most cases of AOE will clear up within 2 - 3 days.

Causes

Bacteria. Certain bacteria are the primary causes of acute otitis media (AOM). They are detected in about 60% of cases. The bacteria most commonly causing ear infections are:

Streptococcus pneumoniae (also called S. pneumoniae or pneumococcus) is the most common bacterial cause of acute otitis media, causing about 40 - 80% of cases in the U.S.
Haemophilus influenzae, the next most common culprit, is responsible for 20 - 30% of acute infections.
Moraxellacatarrhalis is responsible for 10 - 20% of infections.
Other bacteria include Streptococcus pyogenes and Staphylococcus aureus.

Viruses. Rhinovirus is a common virus that causes a cold and plays a leading role in the development of ear infections. It is not the direct infecting organism, however. But other viruses, such as respiratory syncytial virus (RSV, a virus responsible for childhood respiratory infections) and influenza (flu), may be the actual causes of some ear infections. Increasing evidence suggests that both viruses and bacteria play a role in ear infections. Viruses can increase middle ear inflammation and interfere with antibiotics’ efficacy in treating bacterial-causes ear infections. HIV or other immunocompromised states also increase the risk for ear infections.

Acute otitis media (middle ear infection) is usually due to a combination of factors that increase susceptibility to infections by specific organisms in the middle ear. The infection typically evolves as follows:

The primary setting for ear infections is in a child's Eustachian tube, which runs from the middle ear to the nose and upper throat. The Eustachian tube is shorter and smaller in children than adults, and therefore more vulnerable to blockage. It is also more horizontal in younger children and therefore does not drain as well.
Changes in middle ear pressure occur in about two-thirds of children with colds. Colds and respiratory infections are caused by viruses, such as the rhinovirus. Viruses play an important role in many ear infections, and can set the scene for a bacterial infection.
However, many bacteria normally thrive in the passages of the nose and throat. Most are not harmful. In fact, some can even block harmful bacteria from getting out of control. An additional defense system in the airways, such as mucus, prevents the harmful bacteria from spreading and infecting deeper passages, such as those in the ear.
If a cold does occur, the virus can cause the membranes along the walls of the inner passages to swell and obstruct the airways. If this inflammation blocks the narrow Eustachian tube, the middle ear may not drain properly. Fluid builds up. The defense systems described above become inefficient, and the fluid becomes a breeding ground for bacteria and subsequent infection.

Respiratory viruses may also contribute directly to the infection. Allergens can also produce inflammation and blockage in the Eustachian tube, which creates an environment favorable to bacteria.

The rise in ear infections has paralleled the increasing incidences of other upper and lower airway disorders such as asthma, allergies, and sinusitis. For example, the same bacteria are often responsible for both ear infections and sinusitis. In one study, 38% of children with ear infections also had sinusitis, and other studies have reported that nearly half of children with OME have concurrent sinusitis. Data indicate that nearly a third of infants and toddlers with upper respiratory infections go on to develop acute otitis media.

Medical or Physical Conditions that Affect the Middle Ear. Any medical or physical condition that reduces the ear's defense system can increase the risk for ear infections. Children with shorter than normal and relatively horizontal Eustachian tubes are at particular risk for initial and recurrent infections. Inborn structural abnormalities, such as cleft palate, increase risk. Genetic conditions, such as Kartagener's syndrome in which the cilia (hair-like structures) in the ear are immobile and cause fluid build up, also increase the risk. Children with Down syndrome or Fetal Alcohol Syndrome may also be at increased risk due to anatomical abnormalities.

Otitis media with effusion (OME) may occur spontaneously following an episode of acute otitis media. Susceptibility to OME may also be due to an abnormal or malfunctioning Eustachian tube that causes a negative pressure in the middle ear, which allows fluid to leak in through capillaries.

Risk Factors

Acute ear infections account for 15 - 30 million visits to the doctor each year in the U.S. In fact, ear infections are the most common reason why an American child sees the doctor. Furthermore, the rate of acute otitis media has been rising over the past decades.

Acute Otitis Media (AOM). About two-thirds of children will have a least one attack of AOM by age 3, and a third of these children will have at least 3 episodes. Boys are more likely to have infections than girls.

AOM generally affects children ages 6 - 18 months. The earlier a child has a first ear infection, the more susceptible they are to recurrent episodes (for instance, 3 or more episodes within a 6-month period).

As children grow, however, the structures in their ears enlarge and their immune systems become stronger. By 16 months, the risk for recurrent infections is rapidly declining. After age 5, most children have outgrown their susceptibility to any ear infections.

Otitis Media with Effusion. OME is very common in children aged 6 months to 4 years, with about 90% of children having OME at some point. More than 50% of children have OME before the age of 1, and more than 60% by age 2.

Ear infections are more likely to occur in the fall and winter. The following conditions also put children at higher risk for ear infection:

Allergies. Some experts believe that an increase in allergies is also partially responsible for the higher number of ear infections, which is unlikely to be related to day care attendance. Studies indicate that 40 - 50% of children over 3 years old who have chronic otitis media also have allergic rhinitis (hay fever). Allergies can cause inflammation in the airways, which may contribute to ear infections. Allergies are also associated with asthma and sinusitis. However, a causal relationship between allergies and ear infections has not been definitively established.
Enrollment in day care. Although ear infections themselves are not contagious, the respiratory infections that precipitate them can pose a risk for children with close and frequent exposure to other children. Some experts believe that the increase in ear and other infections may be due to the higher attendance of very small children, including infants, in day care centers beginning in the 1970s.
Exposure to second-had cigarette smoke. Parents who smoke pose a significant risk for both otitis media with effusion (OME) and recurrent acute otitis media (AOM) in their children. (Passive smoking does not appear to be a cause of initial ear infections, however.)
Being bottle-fed as infants. Babies who are bottle-fed may have a higher risk for otitis media than breastfed babies. The American Academy of Pediatrics recommends breastfeeding for at least the baby's first 6 months.
Pacifier use. Several studies have found that the use of pacifiers place children at even higher risk for ear infections. Sucking increases production of saliva, which helps bacteria travel up the Eustachian tubes to the middle ear.
Obesity. Obesity has been associated with the occurrence of OME.
Having siblings with recurrent ear infections.
Anatomical abnormalities of upper airways.

Symptoms

Symptoms of acute otitis media usually develop suddenly and can include:

Pain or discomfort in the ear. However, it is difficult to determine if an infant or child who hasn't yet learned to speak has an ear infection. Some children may indicate pain if they have trouble swallowing food and rejecting it. Some parents believe that tugging on the ear indicates an infection, but this gesture is more likely to indicate pain from teething.
Coughing
Nasal congestion
Fever
Irritability
Sleeplessness
Loss of appetite
Vomiting
Diarrhea
Listlessness

If the ear infection is severe, the tympanic membrane may rupture, causing the parent to notice pus draining from the ear. (This usually brings relief from pain.) Pus in the ear may cause hearing loss in some children.

Fevers and colds often make children irritable and fussy, so it is difficult to determine if acute otitis media is present as well. Symptoms are not apparent in about a third of children with acute middle ear infection.

OME often has no symptoms at all. Some hearing loss may occur, but it is often fluctuating and hard to detect, even by observant parents. The only sign to a parent that the condition exists may be when a child complains of "plugged up" hearing. Other symptoms can include loud talking, not responding to verbal commands, and turning up the television or radio.

Older children with OME may have difficulty targeting specific sounds in a noisy room. In such cases, some parents or teachers may attribute their behavior to lack of attention or even to an attention deficit disorder. OME is often diagnosed during a regular pediatric visit.

Prognosis

Doctors should carefully evaluate ear infections in infants fewer than 3 months old, and consider more serious infections, such as meningitis.

While severe cases of recurrent acute otitis media or persistent otitis media with effusion (OME) are associated with impaired hearing for a period of time, the long-term consequences resulting from this hearing loss may not be significant in most children.

Hearing loss in children may temporarily slow down language development and reading skills. However, results from a high quality study strongly indicate that uncomplicated chronic middle ear effusion poses no danger for developmental delays. Researchers evaluated children who had either prompt insertion of ear tubes to drain fluid when they were younger than age 3, or delayed insertion of tubes many months later. When the children were tested at ages 9 - 11, researchers found no differences in speech and language, auditory processing, attention, behavior, social skills, and academic achievement. As the majority of chronic ear effusion cases eventually clear up on their own, many experts now recommend against surgical intervention for most children.

Occasionally, patients with chronic otitis media develop involvement of the inner ear. In these situations hearing loss can potentially be permanent. Most of these patients will also have problems with vertigo.

Serious complications or permanent physical injuries from ear infections are very uncommon, but may include:

Structural damage. Certain children with severe or recurrent otitis media may be at risk for structural damage in the ear, including erosion of the ear canal.
Cholesteatomas. Cysts in the ear called cholesteatomas are an uncommon complication of recurrent or severe ear infections.
Calcifications. In rare cases, even after a mild infection, some children develop calcification and hardening in the middle and, occasionally, in the inner ear. This may be due to immune abnormalities.

Before the introduction of antibiotics, mastoiditis (an infection in the bones located in the skull), was a serious, albeit rare, complication of otitis media. This condition is difficult to treat and requires intravenous antibiotics and drainage procedures. Surgery may be necessary.

If pain and fever persist in spite of antibiotic treatment of otitis media, the doctor should check for mastoiditis. Most cases of mastoiditis are generally not associated with ear infections.

If an infection of the mastoid air cells cannot be controlled with antibiotics, surgery may be needed.

Impaired Balance. Some studies have indicated that children with chronic OME have problems with motor development and balance.

Facial Paralysis. Very rarely, a child with acute otitis media may develop facial paralysis, which is temporary and usually relieved by antibiotics or possibly drainage surgery. Facial paralysis may also occur for patients with chronic otitis media and a cholesteatoma (cyst in the middle ear). Surgery is often necessary to correct this condition.

Diagnosis

The doctor should be sure to ask the parent if the child has had a recent cold, flu, or other respiratory infection. If the child complains of pain or has other symptoms of otitis media, such as redness and inflammation, the doctor should rule out any other causes. These may include, but are not limited to, the following:

Otitis media with effusion. OME is commonly confused with acute otitis media. It must be ruled out because it does not respond to antibiotics.
Dental problems (such as teething).
Infection in the outer ear. Symptoms include pain, redness, itching, and discharge. Infection in the outer ear, however, can be confirmed by wiggling the ears, which will produce pain. (This movement will have no significant effect if the infection is in the middle ear.)
Foreign objects in the ear. This can be dangerous. A doctor should always check for this first when a small child indicates pain or problems in the ear.
Viral infection can produce redness and inflammation. Such infections, however, are not treatable with antibiotics and resolve on their own.
A parent's or child's attempts to remove earwax.
Intense crying can cause redness and inflammation in the ear.

Instruments Used for Examining the Ear. An ear examination should be part of any routine physical examination in children, particularly because the problem is so common and may not cause symptoms.

The doctor first removes any ear wax (called cerumen) in order to get a clear view of the middle ear.
The doctor uses a small flashlight-like instrument called an otoscope to view the ear directly. This is the most important diagnostic step. The otoscope can reveal signs of acute otitis media, bulging eardrum, and blisters.

An otoscope is a tool that shines a beam of light to help visualize and examine the condition of the ear canal and eardrum. Examining the ear can reveal the cause of symptoms such as an earache, the ear feeling full, or hearing loss.

To determine an ear infection, the doctor should always use a pneumatic otoscope. This device detects any reduction in eardrum motion. It has a rubber bulb attachment that the doctor presses to push air into the ear. Pressing the bulb and observing the action of the air against the eardrum allows the doctor to gauge the eardrum's movement.
Some doctors may use tympanometry to evaluate the ear. In this case, a small probe is held to the entrance of the ear canal and forms an airtight seal. While the air pressure is varied, a sound with a fixed tone is directed at the eardrum and its energy is measured. This device can detect fluid in the middle air and also obstruction in the Eustachian tube.
A procedure similar to tympanometry, called reflectometry, also measures reflected sound. It can detect fluid and obstruction, but does not require an airtight seal at the canal.

Neither tympanometry nor reflectometry are substitutes for the pneumatic otoscope, which allows a direct view of the middle ear.

Findings Indicating AOM or OME. A diagnosis of AOM requires all three of the following criteria:

History of recent sudden symptoms. Symptoms may include fever, pulling on the ear, pain, irritability, or discharge (otorrhea) from the ear.
Presence of fluid in the middle ear. This may be indicated by fullness or bulging of the eardrum or limited mobility.
Signs and symptoms of inflammation. These may include redness of the eardrum as well as assessment of the child's discomfort. Ear pain that is severe enough to interfere with sleep may indicate inflammation.

AOM (fluid and infection) is often difficult to differentiate from OME (fluid without infection). It is important for a doctor to make this distinction as OME does not require antibiotic treatment. In patients with OME, an air bubble may be visible and the eardrum is often cloudy and very immobile. A scarred, thick, or opaque eardrum may make it difficult for the doctor to distinguish between acute otitis media and OME.

Parents can also use a sonar-like device, such as the EarCheck Monitor, to determine if there is fluid in their child's middle ear. EarCheck uses acoustic reflectometry technology, which bounces sound waves off the eardrum to assess mobility. When fluid is present behind the middle ear (a symptom of AOM and OME), the eardrum will not be as mobile. The device works like an ear thermometer and is painless. Results indicate the likelihood of the presence of fluid and may help patients decide whether they need to contact their child's doctor. However, it is not recommended that children be treated with antibiotics based on the findings using this device.

On rare occasions the doctor may need to draw fluid from the ear using a needle for identifying specific bacteria, a procedure called tympanocentesis. This procedure can also relieve severe ear pain. This is most often performed by an ear, nose, and throat (ENT) specialist, and usually only in severe or recurrent cases. In most cases, tympanocentesis is not necessary in order to obtain an accurate enough diagnosis for effective treatment.

Hearing tests performed by an audiologist are usually recommended for children with persistent otitis media with effusion. A hearing loss below 20 decibels usually indicates problems.

Determining Impaired Hearing in Infants and Small Children. Unfortunately, it is very difficult to test children under 2 years old for hearing problems. One way to determine hearing problems in infants is to gauge the baby's language development:

At 4 - 6 weeks most babies with normal hearing make cooing sounds.
By around 5 months, infants should be laughing out loud and making one-syllable sounds with both a vowel and consonant.
Between 6 - 8 months, babies should be able to make word-like sounds with more than one syllable.
Usually starting around 7 months, and by 10 months, babies babble (making many word-like noises).
Around 10 months, babies can identify and use some term for a parent, such as dada, baba, or mama.
Babies speak their first word usually by the end of their first year.

If a child's progress is significantly delayed beyond these times, a parent should suspect possible hearing problems.

Determining Impaired Hearing in Older Children. Hearing loss in older children may be detected by the following behaviors:

They may not respond to speech spoken beyond 3 feet away.
They may have difficulty following directions.
Their vocabulary may be limited.
They may have social and behavioral problems.

Prevention

The best way to prevent ear infections is to prevent colds and flu.

Good Hygiene. Colds and flus are spread primarily when an infected person coughs or sneezes near someone else. A very common method for transmitting a cold is by shaking hands. Everyone should always wash their hands before eating and after going outside. Ordinary soap is sufficient. Waterless hand cleaners that contain an alcohol-based gel are also effective for everyday use and may even kill cold viruses. (They are less effective, however, if extreme hygiene is required. In such cases, alcohol-based rinses are needed.) Antibacterial soaps add little protection, particularly against viruses. In fact, one study suggests that common liquid dish washing soaps are up to 100 times more effective than antibacterial soaps in killing respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), which is known to cause pneumonia and has been associated with ear infections. Wiping surfaces with a solution that contains 1 part bleach to 10 parts water is very effective in killing viruses.

The American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) and the U.S. Centers for Disease Control (CDC) recommend annual influenza vaccination for all children 6 months to 5 years of age. Preventing influenza (the "flu') may be a more important protective measure against ear infections than preventing bacterial infections. For example, studies report that children who are vaccinated against influenza experience a third fewer ear infections during flu season than unvaccinated children.

Flu Vaccines. Flu vaccines produce an immune response that attacks the active virus. Vaccines are typically given by injection, usually between October and December. Antibodies to the influenza virus generally develop within 2 weeks of vaccination, and immunity peaks within 4 - 6 weeks, then gradually wanes. An intranasal vaccine called FluMist is approved for children ages 2 years and older. FluMist is made from a live but weakened influenza virus; flu shots use inactivated (not live) viruses. Children younger than 2 years old, and children younger than age 5 who have asthma or recurrent wheezing, should not receive FluMist.

Possible side effects include:

Allergic Reaction. Newer vaccines contain very little egg protein, but an allergic reaction still may occur in people with strong allergies to eggs.
Soreness at the Injection Site. Up to two-thirds of people who receive the influenza vaccine develop redness or soreness at the injection site for 1 - 2 days afterward.
Flu-like Symptoms. Other side effects include mild fatigue and muscle aches and pains. They tend to occur between 6 - 12 hours after the vaccination and last up to 2 days. These symptoms are not influenza itself but an immune response to the virus proteins in the vaccine. Anyone with a fever, however, should not be vaccinated until the ailment has subsided.

Antiviral Drugs. Antiviral drugs are available to treat influenza. One such drug, oseltamivir (Tamiflu), is approved for use in children age 1 year and older. Studies report significant reduction in symptoms and in the incidence of ear infections with this drug. In another study, when the antiviral drug, zanamivir (Relenza), was administered in the nasal passages of adults with influenza, middle ear abnormalities were reduced by more than half, to 32%. This drug is available for children older than 7 years for treatment of influenza, but no research has determined its value for preventing or treating otitis media in children.

[For more information, see In-Depth Report #94: Colds and influenza.]

Preventive Antibiotics. Antibiotics have been used to prevent bacterial infections in children with recurrent ear infections (4 or more episodes a year). Studies suggest, however, that overall they only prevent 1 episode a year, and are not generally recommended for prevention, except for specific situations.

Pneumococcal Vaccine. The pneumococcal conjugate vaccine (PCV) protects against S. pneumoniae (also called pneumococcal) bacteria in children, the most common cause of middle ear infections, pneumonia, and other respiratory infections. It is included in the Recommended Childhood Immunization Schedule and is specifically approved for preventing otitis media. High quality evidence indicates these vaccinations could result in over 1.5 million fewer office visits, over 20% fewer procedures for tube implants, and significantly fewer antibiotic prescriptions. The recommended schedule of pneumococcal immunization is four doses, given at 2, 4, 6, and 12 - 15 months of age.

Still, the pneumococcal vaccine does not completely protect against otitis media. The current pneumococcal vaccine does not protect against all subtypes of S. pneumoniae. Also, other types of bacteria can cause the problem. Scientists are working on developing a new type of pneumococcal vaccine that combines S. pneumoniae and H. influenzae strains that are not influenced by the currently available H. influenzae vaccine. Researchers hope this investigational vaccine may eventually help prevent middle ear infection caused by these organisms.

Healthy Diet. Daily diets should include foods such as fresh, dark-colored fruits and vegetables, which are rich in antioxidants and other important food chemicals that help boost the immune system.

Probiotics ("Good" Bacteria). Researchers are studying the possible protective value of certain strains of lactobacilli, bacteria found in the intestines. Some of these strains, particularly acidophilus, are used to make yogurt. Studies have been mixed on probiotics’ benefits for preventing ear infections.

Xylitol. Xylitol, a sugar alcohol produced naturally in birch, strawberries, and raspberries, has properties that fight Streptococcal pneumonia bacteria. A few studies have reported that children who chew gum or swallow a syrup containing xylitol experience fewer ear infections, but other studies have not shown that xylitol is helpful.

Parents or others should not smoke around children. Several studies have found that children who live with smokers have a significant risk for ear infections.

Breastfeeding offers protection against many early infections, including ear infections. Mother's milk provides immune factors that help protect the child from infections. Also, infants are held during breast-feeding in a position that allows the Eustachian tubes to function well. In addition, a 2006 study suggested that breastfeeding can help protect even those children who are genetically susceptible to ear infections.

If possible, new mothers should breast-feed their infants for at least 4 - 6 months. According to the American Academy of Pediatrics, exclusively breast-feeding for a baby’s first 6 months helps to prevent ear and other respiratory infections. For bottle-fed babies, to improve protection mothers should not lay babies down with their bottle; they should hold the infants in the same way they would to breast-feed them.

Treatment

Treatments for ear infections cost the U.S. $3 - 4 billion each year, and many of these treatments, particularly heavy antibiotic use and surgical procedures, are often unnecessary in many children.

Experts continue to argue about the best approach for treating ear infections. The major debates rest on the use of antibiotics, surgery, and watchful waiting in both acute otitis media (AOM) and otitis media with effusion (OME).

Until recently, nearly every American child with an ear infection who visited a doctor received antibiotics. In one region of the U.S., more than 70% of children received antibiotics before they were 7 months old, and the most common reason for these medications was acute otitis media.

Major studies now indicate that antibiotics are unnecessary in most cases of acute otitis media. Between 80 - 90% of all children with uncomplicated ear infections recover within a week without antibiotics. Likewise, receiving antibiotics for an acute ear infection does not seem to prevent children from having fluid behind the ears after the infection is cleared up. Antibiotics are rarely recommended for otitis media with effusion.

Antibiotic Resistance. The intense and widespread use of antibiotics is leading to a serious global problem of bacterial resistance to common antibiotics. In the U.S., nearly a quarter of S. pneumoniae are currently resistant to at least three antibiotics. High rates of resistance strains are even being observed in infants. In general, regions and institutions with the highest rate of resistance are those in which antibiotics are the most heavily prescribed.

Watchful Waiting for AOM. Because of the high rate of antibiotic resistance, and the fact that non-severe AOM usually resolves on its own without antibiotics, many pediatric guidelines recommend a “watchful waiting” period before antibiotics are prescribed. Current guidelines released by the American Academy of Pediatrics and the American Academy of Family Physicians recommend an initial observation period of 48 - 72 hours for select children. Pain relief can initially be given with acetaminophen (Tylenol), ibuprofen (Advil), or topical benzocaine drops.

If there is no improvement or symptoms worsen, parents can schedule an appointment with the child's doctor to determine if antibiotics are needed. (Parents should contact the doctor within the first 24 hours if their child is 6 months or younger and has fever or other severe symptoms.) Another option is to ask the doctor for a Safety Net Antibiotic Prescription (SNAP) that can be filled if symptoms do not improve within 48 - 72 hours

While children with non-severe AOM given antibiotics may recover slightly more quickly, they often have a high number of side effects and antibiotic-resistant bacterial strains. Studies have found that giving parents the option of delaying antibiotic treatment helps to reduce the unnecessary use of antibiotics without causing any health problems for the children. Unfortunately, surveys indicate that although medical guidelines recommend watchful waiting, few doctors regularly practice it.

The American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) and the American Academy of Family Physicians (AAFP) guidelines and recent evidence support the following recommendations:

Accurate diagnosis of AOM including differentiation from OME.
Children fewer than 6 months of age should receive immediate antibiotic treatment.
Children 6 months or older should be treated for pain within the first 24 hours with either acetaminophen or ibuprofen.
An initial observation period of 48 - 72 hours is recommended for select children to determine if the infection will resolve on its own without antibiotic treatment. (Most children do improve within 72 hours.)
For children aged 6 months - 2 years, criteria for recommending an observation period are an uncertain diagnosis of AOM and a determination that the AOM is not severe. For children older than 2 years, the observation period criteria are non-severe symptoms or uncertain diagnosis. Severe AOM symptoms include moderate to severe pain and a fever of at least 102.2° F (39° C).
Antibiotic prophylaxis may be recommended for recurrent acute otitis media. Which children should be treated this way, as well as which antibiotics and for how long, have not been clearly determined.

The American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP), the American Academy of Family Physicians (AAFP), and the American Academy of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery (AAO-HNS) released updated clinical practice guidelines for OME in 2004. These guidelines include the following treatment recommendations:

Watchful Waiting for OME. The child is typically monitored for the first 3 months. Antibiotics are not helpful for most patients with OME. For one, the condition resolves without treatment in nearly all children, especially those whose OME followed an acute ear infection. About 75 - 90% of OME cases that result from AOM resolve within 3 months. If OME last longer than 3 months, a hearing test should be conducted. Even if OME lasts for longer than 3 months, the condition generally resolves on its own without any long term effects on language or development and intervention may not be necessary. The doctor will re-evaluate the child at periodic intervals to determine if there is risk for hearing loss.

Drug Treatment. It is important for parents to recognize that persistent fluid behind the eardrum after treatment for acute otitis media does not indicate failed treatment. Antibiotics, decongestants, antihistamines and corticosteroids do not help and are not recommended for routine management of OME. These drugs are not effective for OME, either when used alone or in combination. Antihistamines and decongestants may cause more harm than good by provoking side effects such as stomach upset and drowsiness. At present, there is no compelling evidence to indicate that allergy treatment can assist with OME management nor has a causal relationship between allergies and OME been established.

Surgery. The decision to pursue surgery must be determined on an individual basis. Children with OME lasting longer than 4 months may be considered candidates for surgery if they have:

Hearing loss greater than 40 dB
Hearing loss between 21 - 39 dB (Children in this group may be observed or considered for surgery)
Hearing loss of 20 dB or less, when speech, language, or developmental problems are observed
OME and structural damage to the ear canal, eardrum, or middle ear

Tympanostomy (the insertion of tubes into the eardrum) is the first choice for surgical intervention. Adenoidectomy (removal of adenoids) plus myringotomy (removal of fluid), with or without tube insertion, is sometimes recommended as a repeat surgical procedure. (Myringotomy alone is not recommended for OME treatment. Between 20 - 50% of children who undergo this procedure may have OME relapse and need additional surgery). Tube insertion may be advised for children younger than 4 years of age. Adenoidectomy is not recommended as an initial procedure unless some other condition (chronic sinusitis, nasal obstruction, adenoiditis) is present.

Tonsillectomy (removal of tonsils) is not recommended for OME treatment.

Home Remedies

Careful monitoring of the child's condition (watchful waiting) along with home remedies may be a viable alternative to antibiotic treatment for many children with a first episode of acute otitis media. However, in some situations parents should contact their medical professional immediately:

Seek immediate medical attention for high fever, severe pain, or other signs of complications.
Parents of infants should contact their doctor immediately if they have any fever, regardless other symptoms.

Before antibiotics, parents used home remedies to treat the pain of ear infections. Now, with current concern over antibiotic overuse, many of these remedies are again popular.

Depending on regional cultures, parents may have pressed a warm water bottle or warm bag of salt against the ear. Such old-fashioned remedies may still help to ease ear pain.
Due to the high risk of burns, ear candles should not be used to remove wax from ears. There is no evidence to indicate that these candles are safe or effective for treatment of AOM or other ear conditions.

Herbal remedies are not standardized or regulated, and their quality and safety are largely unknown. Parents should never give their child herbal remedies, including oral remedies, without approval from a doctor.

Valsalva's Maneuver. A simple technique called the Valsalva's maneuver is useful in opening the Eustachian tubes and providing occasional relief from the chronic stuffy feeling accompanying otitis media with effusion. It may also be useful for unplugging ears during air travel descent as well. It works as follows:

The child takes a deep breath and closes the mouth.
The child then blows the nose gently while, at the same time, pinching it firmly shut.
The parent should be sure to instruct the child not to blow too hard or the eardrum could be harmed.

Do not use this technique if an infection is present.

A number of pain relievers are available to help relieve symptoms.

Either acetaminophen (Tylenol) or ibuprofen (Advil) is the pain-reliever of choice in children.
Older children may be able to take prescription pain relievers that contain codeine if the pain is severe.
Eardrops containing anesthetics (Auralgan) are also available by prescription. Auralgan provides short-acting pain relief and may help children endure ear discomfort until an oral pain reliever takes effect. Parents should check with a doctor before using them. Eardrops could cause damage in children who have a ruptured eardrum. This might be indicated by fluid drainage from the ear canal.

Note: Aspirin and aspirin-containing products are not recommended for children or adolescents. Reports of Reye syndrome, a very serious condition, have been associated with aspirin use in children who have chicken pox or flu.

Many non-prescription products are available that combine antihistamines, decongestants, and other ingredients, and some are advertised as cold remedies for children. Researchers have found little or no benefits for acute otitis media or for otitis media with effusion using decongestants (either oral or nasal sprays or drops), antihistamines, or combination product. Their use is not recommended for AOM or OME. Recent research has questioned the general safety of these products and they are currently banned for use in children under age 2 years.

Swimming can pose specific risks for children with current ear infections or previous surgery. Water pollutants or chemicals may exacerbate the infection, and underwater swimming causes pressure changes that can cause pain. The following precautions should be taken:

Children with ruptured acute otitis media (drainage from ear canal) should not go swimming until their infections are completely cured.
Children with AOM that is not ruptured should not dive or swim underwater.
Some doctors recommend that children with implanted ear tubes should use earplugs or cotton balls coated in petroleum jelly when swimming to prevent infection. Others say earplugs are only necessary if the child will be diving underwater. Parents should consult their child's doctor.

Medications

When antibiotics are needed, a number of different classes are available for treating acute ear infections. Amoxicillin is a penicillin antibiotic and the drug of first choice. Other antibiotics are available for children who are allergic to penicillin or who do not respond within 2 - 3 days.

Duration. If a child needs antibiotics for acute otitis media, experts recommend they be taken for the following periods of time:

A 10-day course of antibiotics is usually recommended for children younger than 6 years of age, and for those with severe AOM.
Antibiotic therapy for 5 - 7 days is recommended for children 6 years of age or older with mild-to-moderate symptoms.

Parents should be sure their child finishes the entire course of therapy. Failure to finish is a major factor in the growth of bacterial strains that are resistant to antibiotics.

What to Expect. Earaches usually resolve within 24 hours after taking an antibiotic, although about 10% of children who are treated do not respond. This may occur when a virus is present or if the bacteria causing the ear infection is resistant to the prescribed antibiotic. A different antibiotic may be needed.

In some children whose treatment is successful, fluid will still remain in the middle ear for weeks or months, even after the infection has resolved. During that period, children may have some hearing problems, but eventually the fluid almost always drains away. Antibiotics should not be used to treat residual fluid.

Follow-Up. Your child should return to the doctor's office:

Two to 3 weeks after therapy, if initial therapy cleared up the infection and the child is less than 15 months old, or has risk factors for reinfection
Three to 6 weeks after treatment, if initial therapy cleared up the infection and the child is older than 15 months old and has no specific risk factors
Within 48 hours of taking the last antibiotic dose if signs of infection are still present (for example, there is still pus in the ear)

When suspecting complications, consult with an ear, nose, and throat specialist (otolaryngologist) . This specialist may perform a tympanocentesis or myringotomy, procedures in which fluid is drawn from the ear and examined for specific organisms. But, this is reserved for severe cases.

The selection of an antibiotic is determined in part by the severity of the child's condition as well as a history of response/non-response to antibiotic therapy. Treatment decisions take into account whether the child's condition is severe or non-severe.

Amoxicillin is generally recommended for first-line treatment of AOM. The combination drug amoxicillin-clavunate is prescribed for patients who have severe pain or a fever higher than 102.2° F(39° C). Other drug classes may be prescribed if a child is allergic to penicillin or does not respond to the initial therapy.

The following treatment guidelines provide general recommendations based on the severity of a child's AOM.

First-line treatment for non-severe AOM:

Amoxicillin 80 - 90 mg/kg per day orally. Amoxicillin is a penicillin antibiotic.

If the patient has an allergy or a history of non-response to penicillin drugs, one of the following antibiotics may be prescribed:

Azithromycin or clarithromycin. These drugs are in the macrolide class and are administered orally.
Cefdinir, cefuroxime, or cefpodoxime. These drugs, classified as cephalosporins, are taken by mouth. They may cause reactions in penicillin-allergic patients.

If the patient does not respond to amoxicillin or alternative antibiotic drugs after 48 - 72 hours, one of the following drugs may be prescribed:

Amoxicillin-clavulanate, clindamycin, or ceftriaxone. Ceftriaxone is injected intramuscularly. The other two drugs are administered orally. Each of these drugs is a different type of antibiotic. Amoxicillin-clavulanate (Augmentin) is classified as a penicillin; ceftriaxone (Rocephin) is a cephalosporin; clindamycin (Cleocin) is a lincosamide.

First-line treatment for severe AOM:

Amoxicillin-clavulanate (Augmentin). This antibiotic is known as an augmented penicillin. It works against a wide spectrum of bacteria and is administered orally.

Second-line treatment for severe AOM:

Ceftriaxone. Ceftriaxone (Rocephin) is an injectable cephalosporin that may be prescribed as an alternative to amoxicillin-clavulanate, especially for children who have vomiting or other conditions that hamper oral administration.
Tympanocentesis or clindamycin. Patients with severe AOM who have failed to respond to amoxicillin-clavulanate after 48 - 72 hours may require the withdrawal of fluid from the ear (tympanocentesis) in order to identify the bacterial strain causing the infection. If tympanocentesis cannot be performed, clindamycin may be prescribed orally to treat penicillin-resistant pathogens that have not responded to prior drug therapy.

The most common side effects of nearly all antibiotics are gastrointestinal problems, including cramps, nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea. This can be a significant problem in infants and small children. One study reported that giving such children a soy-based formula that contained fiber (Isomil DF) was helpful in reducing these side effects.
Amoxicillin use during infancy may lead to enamel defects and discolorations of permanent teeth.
Allergic reactions can also occur with all antibiotics but are most common with medications derived from penicillin or sulfa. These reactions can range from mild skin rashes to rare but severe, even life-threatening, anaphylactic shock.
Some drugs, including certain over-the-counter medications, interact with antibiotics. Parents should tell the doctor about all medications their children are taking.

Surgery

A tympanostomy involves the insertion of tubes to allow fluid to drain from the middle ear. The procedure involves:

A general anesthetic (asleep, no pain). Children typically recover completely within a few hours.
Myringotomy (removal of fluid) is performed first.
After myringotomy, the doctor inserts a tube to allow continuous drainage of the fluid from the middle ear.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing ear tube insertion.

Postoperative Effects. Tympanostomy is a simple procedure, and the child almost never has to spend the night in the hospital. Acetaminophen (Tylenol) or ibuprofen (Advil) is sufficient for any postoperative pain in most children. Some children, however, may need codeine or other powerful pain relievers.

Generally, the tubes stay in the eardrum for at least several months before coming out on their own. On rare occasions, they will need to be surgically removed.

Complications. Otorrhea, drainage of secretion from the ear, is the most common complication after surgery and can be persistent in some children. It is usually treated with antibiotic eardrops. One study suggests that wearing earplugs may help the problem.

More serious complications from the operation are very uncommon, but may include:

General anesthetic risks. Rarely, allergic reactions or other complications, such as throat spasm or obstruction, may occur. The risk is highest in children who have other medical conditions, most commonly upper respiratory infections, lung disease, or GERD. Anesthetic-related risks are nearly always easily treated.
Tube blockage. Sometimes the tubes become blocked from sticky secretions or clotted blood after the operation.
Persistent eardrum perforation. This condition occurs when the eardrum does not close after the tubes have come out. It is the most common serious complication, but it is very rare.
Scarring can also occur, particularly in children who need more than one procedure, but it almost never affects hearing.
Small keratin (skin cell) containing cysts called cholesteatomas develop around the tube site in around 1% of patients.

Success Rates. Hearing is almost always restored following tympanostomy. Failure to achieve normal or near-normal hearing is usually due to complicated conditions, such as preexisting ear problems or persistent OME in children who have had previous multiple tympanostomies. Persistent fluid is the main reason for continued impaired hearing. Only a small percentage of hearing loss cases can be attributed to complications of the operation itself.

Earplugs as a Precaution. Many doctors feel that children should use earplugs when swimming while the tubes are in place in order to prevent infection. Others feel that as long as the child does not dive or swim underwater, earplugs may not be necessary. Parents should talk to their child's doctor about this subject. Cotton balls coated with petroleum jelly are effective alternatives to ear plugs. Children do not need to wear earplugs while showering.

Follow-Up. Eventually, the tubes fall out as the hole in the eardrum closes. This may happen after several months or more than a year later. It is painless. In fact, the patient and parents may not even be aware that the tubes are out.

About 20 - 50% of children may have OME relapse and need additional surgery that involves adenoidectomy and myringotomy. Tube reinsertion may be recommended for children younger than 4 years of age.

Myringotomy is used to drain the fluid and may be used (with or without ear tube insertion) in combination with adenoidectomy as a repeat surgical procedure if initial tympanostomy is not successful. It is not effective as a sole surgical procedure. Myringotomy involves the following steps:

The surgeon makes a very small incision in the eardrum.
Fluid is sucked out using a vacuum-like device.
The fluid is usually examined for identifying specific bacteria.
The eardrum heals in about a week.

Adenoids are collections of spongy lymph tissue in the back of the throat, similar to the tonsils. Removal of the adenoids, called adenoidectomy, is usually only considered for OME if a pre-existing condition exists such as chronic sinusitis, nasal obstruction, or chronic adenoiditis (inflammation of the adenoids). Unless these conditions exist, adenoidectomy is not recommended for treatment of OME.

Adenoidectomy plus myringotomy (removal of fluid) may be performed if an initial tympanostomy (tube insertion) procedure is unsuccessful in resolving OME. This combination procedure works best in children ages 4 years or older. Tube insertion is recommended for children under 4 years of age. It is not necessary to perform an adenoidectomy along with tube insertion for children under 4 years of age.

Click the icon to see an image of the adenoids.

Laser-assisted myringotomy is a technique that is being investigated as an alternative to conventional tympanostomy and myringotomy. At present, there is not enough evidence to say whether it is as good as ear tubes, the standard procedure. Some clinical trials have suggested that the success rate for laser-assisted myringotomy is half that of standard tympanostomy/myringotomy. Many insurance companies consider laser-assisted myringotomy to be an investigational procedure and will not pay for it.

Resources

www.nidcd.nih.gov -- National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders
www.aap.org -- American Academy of Pediatrics
www.entnet.org -- American Academy of Otolaryngology, Head and Neck Surgery

References

American Academy of Family Physicians; American Academy of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery; American Academy of Pediatrics Subcommittee on Otitis Media With Effusion. Otitis media with effusion. Pediatrics. 2004 May;113(5):1412-29.

American Academy of Pediatrics Committee on Infectious Diseases. Recommended immunization schedules for children and adolescents -- United States, 2007. Pediatrics. 2007 Jan;119(1):207-8.

American Academy of Pediatrics Subcommittee on Management of Acute Otitis Media. Diagnosis and management of acute otitis media. Pediatrics. 2004 May;113(5):1451-65.

Belshe RB, Edwards KM, Vesikari T, Black SV, Walker RE, Hultquist M, et al. Live attenuated versus inactivated influenza vaccine in infants and young children. N Engl J Med. 2007 Feb 15;356(7):685-96.

Dohar J, Giles W, Roland P, Bikhazi N, Carroll S, Moe R, et al. Topical ciprofloxacin/dexamethasone superior to oral amoxicillin/clavulanic acidin acute otitis media with otorrhea through tympanostomy tubes. Pediatrics. 2006 Sep;118(3):e561-9.

Griffin GH, Flynn C, Bailey RE, Schultz JK. Antihistamines and/or decongestants for otitis media with effusion (OME) in children. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006 Oct 18;(4):CD003423.

Hatakka K, Blomgren K, Pohjavuori S, Kaijalainen T, Poussa T, Leinonen M, et al. Treatment of acute otitis media with probiotics in otitis-prone children-a double-blind, placebo-controlled randomised study. Clin Nutr. 2007 Jun;26(3):314-21. Epub 2007 Mar 13.

Hautalahti O, Renko M, Tapiainen T, Kontiokari T, Pokka T, Uhari M. Failure of xylitol given three times a day for preventing acute otitis media. Pediatr Infect Dis J. 2007 May;26(5):423-7.

Koopman L, Hoes AW, Glasziou PP, Cees L, Appelman L, Burke P, et al. Antibiotic therapy to prevent the development of asymptomatic middle ear effusion in children with acute otitis media: a meta-analysis of individual patient data. Arch Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg. Feb 2008;134(2):128-132.

Leach AJ, Morris PS. Antibiotics for the prevention of acute and chronic suppurative otitis media in children. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006 Oct 18;(4):CD004401.

Little P. Delayed prescribing -- a sensible approach to the management of acute otitis media. JAMA. 2006 Sep 13;296(10):1290-1.

Paradise JL, Feldman HM, Campbell TF, Dollaghan CA, Rockette HE, Pitcairn DL, et al. Tympanostomy tubes and developmental outcomes at 9 to 11 years of age. N Engl J Med. 2007 Jan 18;356(3):248-61.

Prymula R, Peeters P, Chrobok V, Kriz P, Novakova E, Kaliskova E, et al. Pneumococcal capsular polysaccharides conjugated to protein D for prevention of acute otitis media caused by both Streptococcus pneumoniae and non-typable Haemophilus influenzae: a randomised double-blind efficacy study. Lancet. 2006 Mar 4;367(9512):740-8.

Ramakrishnan K, Sparks RA, Berryhill WE. Diagnosis and treatment of otitis media. Am Fam Physician. 2007 Dec 1;76(11):1650-8.

Smith JA, Danner CJ. Complications of chronic otitis media and cholesteatoma. Otolaryngol Clin North Am. 2006 Dec;39(6):1237-55.

Rosenfeld RM, Brown L, Cannon CR, Dolor RJ, Ganiats TG, Hannley M, et al. Clinical practice guideline: acute otitis externa. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg. 2006 Apr;134(4 Suppl):S4-23.

Rosenfeld RM, Singer M, Wasserman JM, Stinnett SS. Systematic review of topical antimicrobial therapy for acute otitis externa. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg. 2006 Apr;134(4 Suppl):S24-48.

Rovers MM, Glasziou P, Appelman CL, Burke P, McCormick DP, Damoiseaux RA, et al. Antibiotics for acute otitis media: a meta-analysis with individual patient data. Lancet. 2006 Oct 21;368(9545):1429-35.

Ruohola A, Meurman O, Nikkari S, Skottman T, Salmi A, Waris M, et al. Microbiology of acute otitis media in children with tympanostomy tubes: prevalences of bacteria and viruses. Clin Infect Dis. 2006 Dec 1;43(11):1417-22.

Spiro DM, Tay KY, Arnold DH, Dziura JD, Baker MD, Shapiro ED. Wait-and-see prescription for the treatment of acute otitis media: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2006 Sep 13;296(10):1235-41.

Review Date:
2/19/2008
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital. Also reviewed by David Zieve, MD, MHA, Medical Director, A.D.A.M., Inc.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Viral encephalitis

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:12 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Symptoms
Risk Factors
Prognosis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Vaccinations
Prevention
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

West Nile Virus

In 2007, 3,510 cases of West Nile virus were reported to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control. States with the highest number of reported cases included Colorado, California, and North Dakota. Of the reported cases, two-thirds were in the form of West Nile fever, and one-third were diagnosed as West Nile neuroinvasive disease (encephalitis and meningitis). However, the high proportion of neuroinvasive disease cases is due to the fact that serious cases of West Nile virus are more likely to be reported to health authorities than mild cases. In general, less than 1% of people who become infected with West Nile virus develop encephalitis.

West Nile Virus Symptoms and Diagnosis

Most people (80%) who are infected with West Nile virus do not have any symptoms. About 20% of people develop mild symptoms that include fever, headache, body aches, and nausea and vomiting. These symptoms can last from a few days to a few weeks. For the minority of people who develop neuroinvasive disease, symptoms can include high fever, headache, neck stiffness, muscle weakness, and convulsions. While West Nile neuroinvasive disease is rare, its neurological complications such as paralysis can be permanent.

Prevention

West Nile virus is carried by mosquitoes and is most common during the summer and early fall. The best way to prevent becoming infected with West Nile virus is to avoid being bitten by a mosquito. Use insect repellant when you go outside, especially during the peak mosquito hours of dusk and dawn. Remove mosquito-breeding environments (such as standing water in flower pots) from your property. Scientists are testing several different vaccines to protect against West Nile virus, but it will be many years before they are commercially available.

Introduction

Encephalitis is a rare but potentially life-threatening inflammation of the brain that can occur in people of all ages. The most common cause of encephalitis is infection by a virus. In very rare cases, encephalitis can also be caused by bacterial infection, parasites, or complications from other infectious diseases. This report focuses on viral encephalitis.

Many viruses can cause encephalitis. The West Nile virus, for example, has been responsible for high-profile outbreaks in the U.S. Most people exposed to encephalitis-causing viruses have no symptoms. Others may experience a mild flu-like illness, but do not develop full-blown encephalitis.

In severe cases, the infection can have devastating effects, including:

Swelling of the brain (cerebral edema)
Bleeding within the brain (intercerebral hemorrhage)
Nerve damage

The damage may cause long-term cognitive or physical problems, depending on the specific areas of the brain affected.

Other Viral Infections of the Central Nervous System. Viral infection and inflammation can affect multiple areas of the central nervous system, and is categorized by its location:

Meningitis: infection of the meninges (the membranes that surround the brain and spinal cord)
Meningoencephalitis: infection of both the brain and meninges
Encephalomyelitis: infection of the brain and spinal cord

Encephalitis caused by viruses in the United States generally fall into the following groups:

Arboviruses are the primary cause of acute encephalitis (sudden-onset encephalitis caused by direct infection). Arboviruses, short for "arthropod-borne viruses," are spread by mosquitoes and ticks.
Enteroviruses, such as coxsackievirus.
Herpes viruses are the other major cause of encephalitis in the U.S. This virus family includes herpes simplex, Epstein-Barr, cytomegalovirus, and varicella-zoster.
In rare cases, secondary encephalitis can develop following childhood viral diseases such as measles, mumps, and rubella.

[For more information, see the Causes section in this report.]

Encephalitis can develop shortly after an initial viral infection, or it can develop when a virus that was lying dormant in the body suddenly reactivates. Viruses are simple, but powerful infectious organisms.

The virus infects a person (host) by penetrating a cell membrane and ejecting its genetic material (its DNA or RNA) into the cell.
The viral DNA or RNA takes control of important cell processes, telling the cell to make more viruses.
The cell ruptures, releasing new viral particles that infect other cells.

There are two ways that viruses can infect brain cells:

The virus silently invades the body. There are no initial symptoms. The virus is carried by the bloodstream to the nerve cells of the brain, where they gather and multiply. Viruses that enter the brain in this manner are often widely scattered throughout the brain. This is called diffuse encephalitis.
A virus first infects other tissue and then invades brain cells. Viruses that are transmitted from other tissues usually cause focal infection, meaning they produce extensive damage in only a small area of the brain.

The brain and spinal cord comprise the central nervous system. The adult human brain weighs about 3 pounds (1.4 kilograms). There are two major parts of the brain:

The higher and larger forebrain (the cerebrum)
The lower and smaller brain stem

The cerebrum is the uppermost and largest part of the brain. It is the most highly developed section of the brain. There cerebrum has several components:

The Cerebral Cortex. The cortex is the outermost layer of the cerebrum. It is made of gray and white matter:

Gray matter is a thin sheet of nerve cells that cover the surface of the brain.
White matter is a bundle of insulated nerve fibers that underlies the cortex and makes up the core of the cerebral hemispheres.

The Hemispheres. The two hemispheres control higher brain functions, such as memory, learning, decision making, and processing input from the senses. They are each divided into four lobes, which regulate different brain functions:

Frontal lobe: This is the brain's "gatekeeper." It controls higher motor functions, including speech, and governs concentration, attention, inhibition, judgment, and personality traits.
Parietal lobe: Processes information from the senses and controls walking, posture, and head and eye movements.
Occipital lobe: Responsible for interpreting visual input from the eyes.
Temporal lobe: Responsible for interpreting auditory input from the ears. Also regulates how language is interpreted and retrieves information for memory storage.

The Basal Ganglia. The basal ganglia are clusters of gray matter within each of the lobes. They are important for coordinating voluntary muscle movement, balance, and posture.

The Limbic System. The limbic system is located deep in the cerebrum and controls interpretation of smell, instinctive behavior, emotions, and drives.

The brain stem is responsible for all vital functions. It is divided into the following areas, which are responsible for specific functions:

Medulla: sleep, breathing, heartbeat, digestion, activation of higher forebrain functions
Pons: sleep, breathing, motor control, activation of higher forebrain functions
Cerebellum: movement coordination
Midbrain: walking, posture, head, eye movement
Hypothalamus: body temperature, appetite, sexual behavior, reproductive hormones
Thalamus: communication with higher forebrain

The spinal cord extends out of the base of the skull through the vertebrae of the spinal column. It is continuous with the brain. Thirty-one pairs of nerves extend from the sides of the spinal cord to other parts of the body (the peripheral nervous system).

The meninges are three membranes that enclose the brain and spinal cord. They contain cerebrospinal fluid, which protects the central nervous system from pressure and injury.

Causes

Arboviruses

Arboviruses, including the West Nile virus, are transmitted by blood-sucking insects such as mosquitoes and ticks. Most of the time, the viral infections initially develop in birds. Insects that feed on the infected blood from a diseased bird (or reservoir ) carry the virus, and transmit it when they bite a susceptible host (such as an animal or a human). Because these insects play a role in the disease-transmission process, they are referred to as vectors.

Arboviruses multiply in blood-sucking vectors, nearly always mosquitoes. There is no evidence that these infections can be transmitted casually from one infected person or animal directly to another uninfected person without passing through a mosquito (or tick) first. (Although, a small number of West Nile virus cases have occurred through blood transfusions, organ transplantation, and possibly breast-feeding.) It should be stressed that only about 10% of people who are infected by an arbovirus develop encephalitis and that only about 1% of those infected show symptoms.

Arboviruses that cause encephalitis are primarily found in three virus families: Togaviridae, Bunyaviridae, and Flaviviridae. In the United States, the main mosquito-borne encephalitis strains are: Eastern equine, Western equine, St. Louis, La Crosse, and West Nile. Equine encephalitis causes disease in both humans and, as its name implies, horses. Powassan encephalitis is a less common tick-borne flavivirus that occurs primarily in the northern United States. Japanese encephalitis is the most common form of viral encephalitis to occur outside of the United States. It is endemic in rural areas in east, south, and southwest Asia, especially China and Korea. Venezuelan equine encephalitis is found in South and Central America.

Different arboviruses cause different forms of encephalitis. Although the overall disease is the same, there are subtle differences in symptoms and the type of brain damage they produce.


Eastern Equine Encephalitis
Virus Family	Togaviridae (genus Alphavirus)
U.S. Geographic Areas	Atlantic and Gulf coasts, in New England, and around the Great Lakes. States most affected are Florida, Georgia, Massachusetts, and New Jersey.
Symptom Onset	Symptoms appear 4 - 10 days following infection and can range from mild flu-like symptoms to full-blown encephalitis.
Incidence and Mortality Rates	The most serious of the U.S. arboviruses are fortunately rare. About 220 cases have been confirmed since 1964 with an average rate of 5 cases per year. About a third of people who contract EEE die from it. Children are more likely to survive but also to suffer complications afterward.
Age Risk Groups	Adults over age 50 and children under age 15.
Western Equine Encephalitis
Virus Family	Togaviridae (genus Alphavirus)
U.S. Geographic Areas	Farming areas in western and central Plains and Rocky Mountain states west of the Mississippi.
Symptom Onset	5 - 10 days following infection.
Incidence and Mortality Rates	Very rare. There was only one case reported between 1995 and 2000. Mortality rate is 3 - 4%; 30% of survivors have complications afterward. Most severe in children, especially those younger than 1 year. Infants may suffer permanent neurological damage.
Age Risk Groups	Infants younger than 12 months.
St. Louis Encephalitis
Virus Family	Flaviviridae (genus Flavivirus)
U.S. Geographic Areas	Takes its name from an epidemic in St. Louis, but outbreaks have occurred in wider geographic areas, especially in midwestern and southeastern states, and can occur in rural or urban areas. As of 2000, the highest numbers of total cases have been reported in Texas (970), Illinois (695), Ohio (440), Indiana (368), and Florida (379).
Symptom Onset	7 - 10 days following infection.
Incidence and Mortality Rates	Although over 4,500 cases have been reported since 1964, the average number of cases has been declining with a yearly average of only 11 cases between 1995 and 2000. Mortality rate of between 3 - 30%, with about 5% of survivors suffering complications afterward.
Age Risk Groups	Elderly adults (over age 60) are at highest risk, and the disease is most severe in this age group. Younger people usually experience mild, flu-like symptoms.
La Crosse Encephalitis
Virus Family	Bunyaviridae (genus Bunyavirus)
U.S. Geographic Areas	Occurs most frequently in upper Midwestern, southeastern (Appalachia), and mid-Atlantic states. Most cases have occurred in Ohio and Wisconsin. Unlike other encephalitis viruses which originate in birds, La Crosse encephalitis is transmitted to mosquitoes from infected chipmunks and squirrels.
Symptom Onset	5 - 10 days following infection.
Incidence and Mortality Rates	An average of 70 - 100 cases reported per year. Mortality rates are less than 1%. More common and severe in children under age 16.
Age Risk Groups	Children younger than 16 years.
West Nile Encephalitis
Virus Family	Flaviviridae (genus Flavivirus).
U.S. Geographic Areas	Cases have been reported throughout the mainland United States. In 2007, the majority of West Nile encephalitis cases occurred in Colorado, California, and North Dakota.
Symptom Onset	3 - 14 days following infection.
Incidence and Mortality Rates	In 2007, 3,510 cases of WNV were reported to the CDC, with 109 deaths. Of all the reported cases, 65% were due to West Nile fever. A third of those who contracted WNV had more severe conditions, such as meningitis and encephalitis. However, most cases of West Nile virus do not produce symptoms, and are not reported, so these numbers imply a more worrisome picture than actually exists. In fact, fewer than 1% of people who are infected with WNV go on to develop neurological disease.
Age Risk Groups	Adults over age 50.

West Nile Virus (WNV). Until 1999, the West Nile virus was generally restricted to Africa, the Middle East, southwestern Asia, eastern Europe, and Australia. It emerged in the United States with the first outbreak in New York City in 1999. WNV is now found in birds and mosquitoes in every state except Alaska and Hawaii. Human cases of West Nile encephalitis have been reported throughout the continental United States.

How WNV Is Transmitted. WNV, discovered in Uganda in 1937, circulates primarily between birds and mosquitoes and can be carried long distances by migrating birds. In a given geographic area, the appearance of the virus among birds and mosquitoes generally precedes infection in humans. WNV has infected over 110 species of birds. In addition to mosquito-to-human transmission, other causes of human infection have included blood transfusions and organ transplantation. The U.S. now uses screening tests to detect West Nile virus in donated blood and organs. There have also been cases of mother-to-child transmission during pregnancy. However, a 2006 study reported that most pregnant women who are infected with WNV deliver healthy babies. It is still not clear if WNV can be transmitted through breast milk.

Severity of WNV. About 80% of people infected with WNV will not have any symptoms. Twenty percent will develop West Nile fever (which includes fever, headache, and occasional skin rash). Less than 1% of infected people will develop neuroinvasive disease, the most severe form of WNV.

Neuroinvasive disease affects the nervous system and includes encephalitis, meningitis, and poliomyelitis. People over age 50 and those with weakened immune systems are at the greatest risk for neuroinvasive disease. The fatality rate for those afflicted ranges from 3 - 15%. Neuroinvasive disease symptoms include high fever, headache, stiff neck, stupor, disorientation, coma, tremors, convulsions, muscle weakness, and paralysis. Preliminary research is currently being conducted on vaccines to prevent WNV and antiviral drugs to treat it.

Although West Nile fever is considered to be less serious than West Nile neuroinvasive disease, an important 2006 study found that both conditions can cause long-term health complications. Researchers found that more than a year after being diagnosed with WNV, half of patients complained of neurological and psychological symptoms, including fatigue, memory problems, headaches, depression, and tremors. Patients who had West Nile fever were as likely to experience these problems as those who had WNV-associated encephalitis or meningitis.

Tick-borne encephalitis (TBE) is commonly found in many countries throughout Europe, Asia, and the former Soviet Union, but it is reported only rarely in the U.S. Powassan encephalitis is the main tick-borne encephalitis found in the United States and Canada. Cases of tick-borne encephalitis have also been reported from Rocky Mountain spotted fever, but this is a bacterial (not viral) infection.

Enteroviruses include various viruses that enter the body through the gastrointestinal tract. They account for between 10 - 20% of viral encephalitis cases. The group A coxsackievirus has been detected in infants and children with encephalitis and is among the important viruses in the class. (It should be noted that the enteroviruses are nearly as common as cold viruses and are rarely serious.) Enteroviruses can be spread through food or water contaminated by trace amounts of fecal material and through sneezing and coughing.

The herpes virus group includes a number of common infections, including herpes simplex, varicella-zoster (the cause of chickenpox and shingles), cytomegalovirus, herpes virus 6, and Epstein-Barr (EB) virus (the cause of mononucleosis). About 2,100 people are hospitalized each year from herpes-associated encephalitis. These viruses share certain features, including the capacity to cause an infection and then to go into hiding. They can lie dormant for periods of time as short as months or as long as a lifetime. In a few cases, when the viruses reactivate, they cause encephalitis. In fact, some evidence suggests that varicella-zoster, cytomegalovirus, and Epstein-Barr (EB) virus may be more common causes of encephalitis than previously thought. In most cases, however, encephalitis from these viruses occurs in people with impaired immune systems, such as people with HIV or organ transplant patients.

Herpes Simplex Virus. Herpes simplex virus (HSV) is the most common cause of encephalitis in developed countries and is responsible for about 10 - 20% of all adult cases of viral encephalitis. There are two distinct types of the herpes simplex virus: HSV-1 (commonly associated with oral herpes) and HSV-2 (which usually causes genital herpes, although HSV-1 can also cause this form). HSV-2 causes 70 - 90% of encephalitis cases in neonatal infants; the virus is transmitted through the mother's genital secretions. Although HSV-1 is the primary culprit in most adult cases of herpes encephalitis, HSV-2 may also cause a small number of these cases.

Herpes simplex encephalitis is the only effectively treatable form of encephalitis, but treatment (typically intravenous acyclovir) must be administered within the first few days of symptom onset. If left untreated, the mortality rate for patients with HSV-1 is about 70%; if treated, the mortality rate declines to 30%. The mortality rate for neonatal HSV-2 encephalitis ranges from 15 - 57%. [For more information, see In-Depth Report #52: Herpes simplex.]

Varicella-Zoster Virus. The varicella-zoster virus is responsible for both chickenpox (when the virus is called varicella) and shingles (when it is referred to as herpes zoster ). Chickenpox is the initial infection, after which the virus remains dormant, often for a lifetime. If it erupts, usually years later, is does so in the form of shingles. Encephalitis caused by varicella can occur in both children and adults and be very serious. If it occurs as a result of herpes zoster in adults, the brain inflammation tends to be mild, except in immunocompromised patients. In such cases, symptoms can appear weeks to months after an attack of shingles and resemble those of a stroke. Fortunately, encephalitis is rare with both varicella and zoster. [For more information, see In-Depth Report #82: Shingles and chickenpox (varicella-zoster virus).]

Epstein-Barr Virus. Epstein-Barr virus is the cause of infectious mononucleosis, which is most common in children and young adults. Symptoms of the disease are severe fatigue, headache, sore throat, and fever. In 1% of cases, neurological complications occur about 1 - 3 weeks after the onset of the infection. If encephalitis develops, it is almost always mild with full recovery.

Cytomegalovirus Encephalitis. Cytomegalovirus is also very common and usually mild. In immunocompromised patients, such those with AIDS, it can be dangerous, with severe complications including encephalitis.

Rabies. The rabies virus is transmitted from the saliva of an infected animal. The encephalitis it causes is virtually always fatal but is very rare in the U.S. Only one or two cases are typically reported each year, often from contact with bats.

Encephalitis Associated with Childhood Diseases. Encephalitis occurs rarely after common childhood infections, such as rubella, measles, and mumps. Immunizations have almost completely eliminated these infections in developed countries. Measles encephalitis still sometimes occurs in immunocompromised children. Rarely, influenza has caused acute encephalitis, usually in children. (Flu vaccinations are important in preventing these events.) Although there used to be concern that diphtheria-pertussis-tetanus and measles-mumps-rubella vaccines could cause encephalitis, recent research indicates that these childhood vaccines are very safe and do not increase encephalitis risk.

Adenoviruses. Adenoviruses were first identified in 1953 from infected tonsils and adenoids. The viruses can cause respiratory or gastrointestinal infections that are usually mild. In rare cases, adenoviruses can cause encephalitis or meningoencephalitis, which can be fatal in 30% of patients. Symptoms include lethargy, confusion, coma, and symptoms of meningitis (stiff neck, headache, and vomiting).

Toxoplasmosis. Encephalitis from toxoplasmosis, which is transmitted in a cat's fecal matter, results in 2,100 hospitalizations a year, which rivals herpes as the most common infectious cause of encephalitis. However, this condition causes very mild symptoms in most people. People with HIV and impaired immune systems are at risk for more severe forms. In addition, the effects on the fetus in a pregnant women infected with toxoplasmosis can be devastating. It can be treated with antibiotics, particularly those that treat parasites.

Raccoon Roundworm. Raccoon roundworm (Baylisascaris procyonis) is a large parasitic worm that lives in the intestines of raccoons. In one Wisconsin study, half the raccoons tested were infected. Humans usually become infected by ingesting the worm's eggs through accidental contact with soil, wood chips, or tree bark contaminated with raccoon feces. The worm is harmless in raccoons but can produce severe central nervous system disease, including encephalitis, in people. At least 12 severe cases have been reported in the U.S. since 1981, most in children younger than 6 years of age (who are at higher risk because of their tendency to put their fingers or other objects into their mouths). Prompt treatment with larvae-killing drugs, such as albendazole, or anti-inflammatory drugs is not consistently effective, so it is extremely important to avoid infection. Raccoons should not be kept as pets. Eliminate access to food sources, like garbage cans and bird feeders, which will attract raccoons. Raccoon nests should be sealed off while raccoons are absent. Burning any contaminated materials is the most effective method of disposal. If burning is not feasible, contaminated substances should be buried deeply in a location remote from human activity. Wearing disposable gloves, boots, and a dust mask is important. Decks, woodpiles, and other surfaces can be decontaminated with boiling water.

Other Parasitic Infections. Encephalitis may be caused by other parasitic infections, such as toxocariasis (from roundworms found in dogs and cats) or cysticercosi (from food or water contaminated with pork tapeworm eggs). These infections usually cause only chills, fever, and swelling of lymph nodes, though seizures and headaches can occur.

In very rare circumstances, encephalitis may be caused by bacterial or fungal organisms.

Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis (ADEM), also called noninfectious encephalitis, constitutes one-third of all known cases of encephalitis. It is not caused by a virus, although it most often develops in patients 2 - 3 weeks after recovery from a viral illness. (It does not affect children under 2 years old.) Damage to nerve cells in such cases is caused not by the viral infection, however, but most likely by an autoimmune reaction, in which the body's immune system attacks its own brain tissue.

Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis has been reported as a rare complication of childhood illness, including chickenpox, mumps, or measles. Vaccination reduces these risks to nearly insignificant levels. It is a complication of the rabies vaccine in one out of 30,000 cases. Nonspecific respiratory infections are now the most common causes of ADEM, but such cases are also extremely rare.

The inflammation occurs predominantly in the white matter of the brain rather than the gray matter (the usual target of infectious encephalitis). The nerve cells do not die as they do in a viral infection. Rather, the nerve cell coating (called a myelin sheath) is partially destroyed in much the same way as it is in multiple sclerosis. Indeed, the two conditions may at first be difficult to distinguish. Recurrences may occur several months to years after the initial episode.

Symptoms

Symptoms of encephalitis usually appear within 2 days to 2 weeks of exposure to the virus. In milder cases, symptoms may resemble the flu. In severe cases of full-blown encephalitis, symptoms may include:

Behavioral and personality changes
Sensitivity to light
Fever
Headache
Vomiting
Lethargy and reduced consciousness
Seizures -- uncommon with West Nile virus
Memory loss
Stiff neck and back -- accompanied by fever and headache would indicate meningitis
Confusion
Speech, hearing, and vision problems
Muscle weakness
Seizures
Partial paralysis
Loss of consciousness
Coma

Patients experiencing these types of symptoms (especially if they may have recently been bitten by a mosquito or tick of if they have lesions on the lips or genitals) should immediately seek medical treatment.

Symptoms in Infants. Infants with herpes virus encephalitis may develop lesions in the mouth, in the eye, or on the skin 1 - 45 days after birth. Other symptoms include lethargy, seizures, and changes in temperature. Their fontanels, the soft spots on their head where the skull has not yet closed, may bulge outward.

Risk Factors

Encephalitis is a rare disease, extremely uncommon in the U.S. even for people in the risk groups discussed below. Many people fall into the following categories; very few of them will ever contract encephalitis.

Encephalitis can occur at any age; increased age-associated risks depend on the type of encephalitis virus. Newborn infants are particularly at risk for herpes virus. For arboviruses, infants are most vulnerable to Western equine encephalitis. Older children and teenagers are more susceptible to Eastern equine and La Crosse encephalitis. Older and elderly adults are at higher risk for Eastern equine, St. Louis, and West Nile encephalitis.

Immunocompromised Patients

Patients whose immune systems are compromised by conditions such as HIV-AIDS, cancer therapies, or organ transplantation are more susceptible than other individuals to any form of encephalitis. Of particular concern are varicella and cytomegalovirus encephalitis which tend to be more common and deadly in these patients than in the normal population.

U.S. Geographic Regions. The primary risk factor for arbovirus encephalitis is living in areas of possible exposure to virus-carrying mosquitoes. Most viral outbreaks occur in rural or farming areas, but they can also occur in cities. While some forms of arbovirus encephalitis are limited to specific geographical regions, the West Nile virus has become endemic throughout the mainland United States. [See Common Forms of Mosquito-Borne Encephalitis table for more detailed regional information.]

Seasonal Risks. Transmission of arboviruses correlates with the mosquito season and is highest during the months of July through September (late summer through early fall). The ideal conditions for mosquito breeding are a wet spring followed by a hot, dry summer.

Few people in the world have not been infected with at least one of the herpes viruses. Most of these viruses are easily transmitted in body fluids, including from saliva or droplets after people exhale or sneeze. Infants can contract herpes simplex virus from an infected mother during delivery, which can have very serious consequences. [For more information, see In-Depth Report #52: Herpes simplex.]

Prognosis

In most cases of arbovirus infection, symptoms are mild, last 3 - 5 days, and resolve without becoming serious. In fact, the infection is generally unrecognized as anything other than a mild flu.

Prognosis for severe encephalitis depends on many factors, including the following:

Age of the patient -- worse outcomes for infants under age 12 months and adults over age 55
Immune status
Preexisting neurological conditions
Virulence of the virus

In severe cases of encephalitis, the swelling of the brain inside the skull places downward pressure on the brain stem. The brain stem controls vital functions, such as respiration and heartbeat, and if the pressure becomes too severe, these vital functions can cease and cause death.

Coma is a common symptom in patients with severe encephalitis, but does not necessarily predict a fatal or severe outcome. In one study of Eastern equine encephalitis, some survivors averaged 5 days in a coma and had no or only mild-to-moderate complications afterward. One patient was in a coma for 9 days and had only mild complications afterward.

Survivors of encephalitis commonly experience neurologic consequences, which can be long-term and even permanent. The degree and type of brain damage can vary from mild-to-severe and from focal (in one part of the brain) to multifocal (several parts of the brain) to diffuse (throughout the brain).

The location and severity of the infection largely determines the pattern of brain damage and therefore its effects, which can be:

Physical (muscle control)
Behavioral and emotional (personality changes)
Cognitive (memory, speech)
Sensory (vision, hearing)
Some patients who have memory problems and personality changes afterward describe their condition as being an "invisible disease." They appear to be normal to others, but they are plagued with forgetfulness and lapses in attention that have a considerable effect on the quality of their daily lives. Helpful support groups are now available on the Internet.

Diagnosis

In many cases, the symptoms of encephalitis are too similar to aid the doctor in differentiating among the many causes of brain inflammation. The primary objective in diagnosing viral encephalitis is to determine if it is caused by:

Arboviruses or other viruses that can be managed only by relieving symptoms
Herpes simplex or other conditions that are potentially treatable

If the doctor suspects encephalitis, a scanning technique is often the first diagnostic step. Computerized tomography (CT) or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans may show the extent of the inflammation in the brain and help differentiate encephalitis from other conditions. MRI can detect injuries in parts of the brain that suggest infection with herpes virus at the onset of the disease, while CT scans cannot.

Electroencephalogram (EEG), which records brain waves, may reveal abnormalities in the temporal lobe that are indicative of herpes simplex encephalitis.

When encephalitis is suspected, a sample of cerebrospinal fluid is taken using a lumbar puncture, which involves inserting a needle between two vertebrae in the patient's lower back. The sample is taken to count white blood cells and identify specific blood cell types, to measure proteins and blood sugar levels, and to determine spinal fluid pressure. Doctors use cerebrospinal fluid to test for herpes simplex encephalitis and to look for the presence of antibodies to the West Nile virus. While cerebrospinal fluid tests may help diagnose encephalitis, they cannot provide information on how severe the disease will be.

Blood tests are used to test for West Nile virus and other arbovirus infections.

If necessary, tiny samples of brain tissue are surgically removed for examination and testing for the presence of the virus. Tissue is prepared using staining techniques and then viewed under an electron microscope. In a few cases, the viruses in brain cells are able to be cultured; that is, the viruses can actually be made to replicate in samples. A brain biopsy is the gold standard for diagnosing rabies.

Treatment

With the exception of herpes simplex and varicella-zoster encephalitis, the viral forms of encephalitis are not treatable. The primary objective is to diagnose the patient as soon as possible so they receive the right medicines to treat the symptoms. It is very important to lower fever and ease the pressure caused by swelling of the brain.

Patients with very severe encephalitis are at risk for body-wide (systemic) complications including shock, low oxygen, low blood pressure, and low sodium levels. Any potentially life-threatening complication should be addressed immediately with the appropriate treatments.

Since it is difficult to determine the cause of encephalitis, and rapid treatment is essential, it is common to give the patient medication for the symptoms that respond to therapy without waiting to determine the cause of the illness.

Some experts advise immediately administering intravenous acyclovir, the standard treatment for herpes simplex encephalitis, to all patients whose symptoms indicate encephalitis.
Corticosteroids, which reduce inflammation, may also be administered immediately.
Antibiotics, which attack bacteria but not viruses, are used in case the cause of the symptoms is bacterial meningitis.

All encephalitis treatments are aimed at reducing symptoms.

Seizures may be prevented by using fosphenytoin (Cerebyx).
Seizures may be treated with intravenous lorazepam (Ativan).
Sedatives may be prescribed for irritability or restlessness.
Simple pain relievers may be used for fever and headache.
In patients who are otherwise stable, the only other treatment measures are to keep the head elevated and monitor the patient's status.

Intravenous acyclovir is the treatment of choice for encephalitis caused by herpes simplex virus (HSV) or varicella-zoster virus. Treatment must be initiated within 2 days of symptoms for the best outcome. In nearly all cases, the virus clears within 2 weeks of treatment. If it does not, medications are continued for another 2 weeks. In rare cases, surgical measures may be needed to relieve the buildup of pressure in the brain.

Acyclovir is usually administered in the hospital. However, some patients may be safely treated with intravenous medications at home after the first few days with close monitoring by a health professional. Valacyclovir and famciclovir may be used for the treatment of non-life-threatening HSV infection.

About 25% of patients who have been successfully treated for herpes encephalitis have a relapse. Early diagnosis and treatment may help reduce this risk. Doctors are investigating if a 3-month course of oral valacyclovir will improve remission rates after a patient completes treatment with intravenous acyclovir. Foscarnet (Foscavir), another powerful antiviral drug known as a pyrophosphate analogue, may be useful for herpes simplex viral strains that have become resistant to acyclovir.

No other drugs have been effective for treating arboviruses, including West Nile virus. A number of drugs used to treat other virus infections are being investigated. They include ribavirin (an antiviral drug used to treat influenza), interferon alfa 2a (Roferon-A) and other interferons, immunoglobulin G, and glycyrrhizin (a compound in licorice root with anti-viral activity). Researchers with the U.S. National Institutes of Health are investigating Omr-IgG-am, a blood-derived product that contains WNV antibodies, which can be given intravenously.

ADEM is usually treated with high-dose intravenous methylprednisolone, a powerful anti-inflammatory drug known as a corticosteroid. Intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIG), alone or in combination with methylprednisolone, is also showing promise in certain patients, including children with severe ADEM.

Vaccinations

Certain vaccinations can help prevent the diseases that can lead to encephalitis.

Measles used to be a very common childhood disease. In about 1 in 1,000 patients it can lead to encephalitis or death. The risk for these severe complications is highest in the very young and very old. Aggressive vaccination programs have reduced the incidence of measles in the U.S. to fewer than 100 cases a year. Rarely, patients who receive the live-measles vaccine develop encephalopathy (brain damage), but the risk is far lower than brain problems occuring from the disease itself.

Herpes zoster, or shingles, is a reactivation of the varicella virus, which causes chickenpox. Children (and adults who do not have a history of infection and who lack evidence of immunity) should receive 2 doses of the chickenpox vaccine. In 2006, a vaccine for shingles became available for adults age 60 years and older. [For more information, see In-Depth Report #82: Shingles and Chickenpox.]

Researchers are investigating a number of vaccines against the flavivirus family of arboviruses.

A vaccine (JE-VAX) is currently available for Japanese encephalitis. In travelers, it is only recommended for those visiting rural areas in high-risk Asian countries for more than 30 days. These countries include China, Korea, India and neighboring areas, and Southeast Asia. The disease may occur with lower frequency in Japan, Taiwan, Singapore, Hong Kong, and eastern Russia. A new type of Japanese encephalitis virus vaccine is currently in clinical trials.

Another type of vaccine (FSME-IMMUN) is used to prevent tick-borne encephalitis (TBE) in travelers visiting regions where this type of encephalitis is prevalent. TBE is found mainly in Eastern Europe, China, North Africa, and Russia. This vaccine is available in many European countries, but it is not yet approved in the United States.

Two types of vaccines, chimeric and DNA, are under investigation for West Nile virus, but it will be several years before these vaccines could become commercially available.

Anyone exposed to bats, or the secretions of an animal suspected of having rabies, should be evaluated for post-exposure rabies vaccine. Exposed individuals may also receive immune globulin unless they were previously vaccinated. Local health authorities are generally consulted. When the saliva of a potentially infected animal is exposed to an open wound or mucous membrane, treatment is generally warranted. However, the need to administer rabies immunization or immune globulin after saliva exposure to intact skin is not as clear. Veterinarians and animal handlers should be vaccinated. This does not eliminate the need for treatment if they are exposed to rabies, but it reduces the intensity of the treatment. Side effects of these shots include:

Pain
Redness
Headache
Stomach pain
Nausea
Dizziness
Muscle aches
Swelling at the injection site

Allergic response can occur after the first shot and as many as 21 days after a booster shot. Rare cases of neurological disorders have been reported that cause pain and paralysis in the legs and arms, which clear up in about 12 weeks.

Prevention

The risk for mosquito-born infections is highest between dusk and dawn, when mosquitoes feed. A good insect repellent is very helpful in reducing the risk for vector-borne disease. The most complete personal protection program for adults and most children is to apply the insect repellant DEET to the skin, and also permethrin to clothing and other surfaces.

DEET. Most insect repellents contain the chemical DEET (N,N-diethyl-meta-toluamide), which remains the gold standard of currently available mosquito and tick repellents. DEET has been used for more than 40 years and is safe for most children when used as directed. Comparison studies suggest that DEET preparations are the most effective insect repellents now available.

Concentrations range from 4% to almost 100%. The concentration determines the duration of protection. Experts recommend that most adults and children over 12 years old use preparations containing a DEET concentration of 20 - 35% (such as Ultrathon), which provides complete protection for an average of 5 hours. (Higher DEET concentrations may be necessary for adults who are in high-risk regions for prolonged periods.)

Never use DEET products should on infants younger than 2 months. According to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), DEET products can safely be used on all children age 2 months and older. The EPA recommends that parents check insect repellant product labels for age restrictions. If there is no age restriction listed, the product is safe for any age. The American Academy of Pediatrics recommends that children use concentrations of 10% or less; 30% DEET is the maximum concentration that should be used for children. When deciding what concentration is most appropriate, parents should consider the amount of time that children will be spending outside, and the risk of mosquito bites and mosquito-borne disease.

When applying DEET, take the following precautions:

Do not use on the face, and apply only enough to cover exposed skin on other areas.
Do not over apply, and do not use under clothing.
Do not apply over any cuts, wounds, or irritated skin.
Only parents or an adult should apply repellent to a child. They should first put DEET on their own hands and then apply it to the child. They should avoid putting DEET not only near the child's eyes and mouth but also on the hands (since children frequently touch their faces).
Wash any treated skin after going back inside.
If using a spray, apply DEET outdoors -- never indoors. Spray repellents should not be applied directly on anyone's face.

Other Insect Repellent Products. In 2005, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control (CDC) added two new mosquito repellents to its list of recommended products: Picaridin and oil of lemon eucalyptus.

Picaridin, also known as KBR 3023 or Bayrepel, is an ingredient that has been used for many years in repellents sold in Europe, Latin America, and Asia. A product containing 7% picaridin is now available in the United States. Picaridin can safely be applied to young children and is also safe for women who are pregnant or breast-feeding. According to the CDC, insect repellents containing DEET or picaridin work better than other products.

In scientific tests, oil of lemon eucalyptus, also known as PMD, worked as well as low concentrations of DEET. However, oil of lemon eucalyptus is not recommended for children under the age of 3 years.

Permethrin is an insect repellent used as a spray for clothing and bed nets, which can repel insects for weeks when applied correctly. Electric vaporizing mats containing permethrin may be very helpful. A permethrin solution is also available for soaking items, but it should never be applied to the skin. Side effects from direct exposure may include mild burning, stinging, itching, and rash. In general, however, permethrin is very safe and its use may even reduce child mortality rates from malaria. People allergic to chrysanthemum flowers or who are allergic to head-lice scabicides should avoid using permethrin.

Eliminate Sources of Standing Water. Currently, the only proven method for reducing mosquito populations is to eliminate sources of standing water.

Look for any source of standing water, where mosquitoes can breed. For example, discard any rubbish with standing water, such as old tires, cans, and bottles. (Even bottle caps can breed mosquitoes.) Turn over wading pools and wheelbarrows when not in use. Change bird bath water every 3 - 4 days. A product called Mosquito Dunk can be used to prevent breeding in standing water.
Swimming pools and hot tubs should be clean and chlorinated or drained and covered if not in use.
Clean vegetation and debris from the edges of ponds.
Keep gutters clean and unclogged.

Mosquito Traps. Mosquito traps use various methods for repelling or attracting and trapping the insects. Effective traps are expensive, and they usually require electricity or propane, which adds to the cost. Use mosquito trap machines only outdoors. While many traps can draw in significant numbers of mosquitoes, they have limitations. Do not rely on them for sole protection.

All baits should aim to attract the female mosquito, which is the primary transmitter of the viruses. However, different baits may be more or less effective. Some may even attract one species and not others. For example, a comparative study of three traps that used similar attractants found that after 20 hours, the Magnet Liberty and Mosquito Trap MK01 attracted 75% of mosquitoes in a single area, while the Sonic Web had attracted only 25%. However, all three traps tended to attract twice as many Aedes mosquitoes (which carry La Cross and Eastern Equine encephalitis) as the Culex (which transmits West Nile and St. Louis Encephalitis).

Bug Zappers. Insect light traps (commonly called bug zappers), which attract and electrocute insects, may actually spread viruses and bacteria that are on the insects. They are also not very effective for killing female mosquitoes.

Encouraging Natural Defenders. Some attempts have been made to control mosquito populations with natural defenders, including building bat and bird houses to attract natural predators or growing certain insect-repellent plants.

Citronella Candles. Burning citronella candles reduces the likelihood of bites. (Indeed, burning any candle helps to some extent, perhaps because the generation of carbon dioxide diverts mosquitoes toward the flame.)

Your home environment, personal hygiene, and what you wear can also help reduce your risk for mosquito bites:

Wear trousers and long-sleeved shirts, particularly at dusk. One survey suggested that this measure may significantly reduce the incidence of mosquito-born disease.
Sleep only in screened areas.
Air-conditioning may reduce mosquito infiltration. Where air-conditioning is not available, fans may be helpful. Mosquitoes appear to be reluctant to fly in windy air.
Don't wear perfumes.
Cover up bare skin after dusk.
Wash your hair at least twice a week.

Public health measures are the best methods for controlling mosquitoes.

Spraying. Local areas that experience outbreaks of encephalitis from mosquitoes usually have a spraying program.

Insecticides containing synthetic pyrethroids (permethrin, resmethrin, and sumithrin) are generally recommended by consumer groups as being the most effective and the least toxic to people (although they are toxic to fish and bees).
Malathion and naral -- another pesticide -- are organophosphates and approved for spraying mosquitoes. Malathion specifically has been widely used in a number of areas. Organophosphates, however, can have toxic effects on the nervous system. Some people, for example, have reported being sick after exposure to Malathion. In addition, there is a risk that mosquitoes will develop resistance to it.

Report Dead Birds. Dead birds may be indicators that the West Nile virus has reached a specific region. Report any dead birds to your local public health authorities. You should never touch a dead bird with your bare hands.

Resources

www.cdc.gov -- The U.S. Centers for Disease Control (CDC)
www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dvbid/arbor -- CDC website for arboviruses
www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dvbid/westnile -- CDC West Nile virus website
www.ninds.nih.gov -- National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke
www3.niaid.nih.gov -- National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases
www.mosquito.org -- American Mosquito Control Association
www.npic.orst.edu/wnv -- National Pesticide Information Center's West Nile virus resource guide

References

Bleck TP. In: Goldman L and Ausiello DA, eds. Cecil Medicine. 23rd edition. Saunders; 2007.

Modlin JF. In: Goldman L and Ausiello DA, eds. Cecil Medicine. 23rd edition. Saunders; 2007.

Nath A, Berger JR. In: Goldman L and Ausiello DA, eds. Cecil Medicine. 23rd edition. Saunders; 2007.

Whitley RJ. In: Goldman L and Ausiello DA, eds. Cecil Medicine. 23rd edition. Saunders; 2007.

Review Date:
1/26/2008
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital. Also reviewed by David Zieve, MD, MHA, Medical Director, A.D.A.M., Inc.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com